A Time to Think Question Answer Class 11 Alternative English Chapter 4 CHSE Odisha

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Approaches to English Book 1 Solutions Unit 1 Text D: A Time to Think Textbook Activity Questions and Answers.

Class 11th Alternative English Chapter 4 A Time to Think Question Answers CHSE Odisha

A Time to Think Class 11 Questions and Answers

Activity-14

Comprehension:
Decide whether the following statements are True (T) False (F) or you can’t be sure from the above text (N)
a) One can think for improvement even after solution to a problem at hand has been found.
b) Robert 0 Anderson (Chairman of Atlantic Richfield) said that he set aside 10-15 minutes twice a day for thinking.
c) Slow thinking is always a waste of time.
d) You get one idea today, a better idea tomorrow and the best idea… never. This was a favourite saying of Sir Robert Watson Watt.
e) Thinking time is helpful more for problem-solving than for improvement thinking or for thinking around and about a situation.

Answer:
a) One can think for improvement even after solution to a problem at hand has been found. (T)
b) Robert 0 Anderson (Chairman of Atlantic Richfield) said that he set aside 10-15 minutes twice a day for thinking. (F)
c) Slow thinking is always a waste of time. (F)
d) You get one idea today, a better idea tomorrow and the best idea never. This was a favourite saying of Sir Robert Watson Watt. (T)
e) Thinking time is helpful more for problem-solving than for improvement thinking or for thinking around and about a situation. (N)

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text D: A Time to Think

Activity-15

Understanding Diagrams In A Text:
Look at the three diagrams given in para 5 representing three kinds of thinking and briefly explain whether and if so, how the different elements in each diagram clarify description of the corresponding type of thinking given below the diagram.
Answer:

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text D: A Time to Think

Diagram-1:
Thinking to achieve a purpose:
Classically this is problem-solving whether of the open or the closed variety. There is an endpoint. The thinker is trying to reach some destination.

Diagram-2:
Thinking for improvement:
A solution has already been reached. An answer is available. Things are going well. The thinken simply wants to do better.

Diagram-3:
Thinking around and about:
This in using free-wheeling, preparing the field, setting the context, exploring the situation, just as an intending purchaser might prowl around a house is to buy so the thinker prowls around the situation. There is no definite point of focus.

Activity-l6

Study the use of these expression in the text and then use them in suitable form in appropriate blanks in the following passage:
(i) to take place (para-1)
(ii) to call for (para-2)
(iii) to be regard as (para-4)
(iv) to be inclined to (para-6)
(v) in fact (para-8)

On the day of the coronation __________the prince _________ the best sovereign to occupy, the throne of Kanchi. During the first year of
his reign, however, it became obvious that he ___________ sit over problems that ___________ immediate action ____________ even before the first anniversary of his coronation the new king had proved that he was not equal to the task of governing his kingdom.
Answer:
The day the coronation took place the prince was regarded the best sovereign to occupy, the throne of Kanchi. During the first year of his reign, however, it became obvious that he was inclined to sit over problems that called or immediate action in fact, even before the first anniversary of his coronation the new king had proved that he was not equal to the task of governing his kingdom.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text D: A Time to Think

Activity-17
Understanding Text Organisation:

Extract the central idea of Text-D and Write a brief essay of about 300 words on how the other ideas in the text are related to the main idea.
Answer:
Thinking Time and the Solution of Problems: There is an ambivalent attitude towards thinking. Thinking a good thing. There are three kinds of thinking.

(1) Thinking to achieve a purpose: This is a problem solving whether of the dosed variety in which the thinker tries to each a destination.

(2) Thinking improvement: It is a solution already been reached to which an answer is available. The thinker simply wants to do better.

(3) Thinking around and about: It is musing, free wheeling, preparing the field, setting the context, exploring the situation. Just as an intending purchaser might prowl around a house he is to buy so the thinker prowls around the situation. There is no definite point 0f focus.

Thinking is not necessary after getting an appropriate solution. A solved problem is a part 0f whole string of problems. The thinker must be anxious to move on to the next problem. If we suspect that there may be a better solution then how can have full confidence in the one that has been found. How can confidence be inspired to carry out solutions. All the reasons for not thinking beyond the fet solution„ practica| and
realistic. It does not require an effort of will for it is no longer natural behaviour. A habit of some specific thinking time is required for that effort of will. After finding Out such a thinking time, then the agenda for mat thinking time follows.

However, the major use of thinking time comprises thinking around or about a situation or subject. A trivial type of problem-solving is regarded as an on going part of normal work. Time spent in musing is regarded as an investment. It can create an important new insight or specific idea. The maintenance of the thinking habit and exercise of thinking may give a valuable yield on future occasions. Sometimes, slow thinking is considered as the waste of time. Hence, wd should think quickly. But slow thinking is often much more. valuable than quick one. Other things are also involved in slow thinking. These can be unwillingness to make a decision, thinking as an excuse for an in action etc. Thinking has two levels of skill. Such as skill that resides in the tool itself and the skill that is concerned with how and where we use it.

Extra Activity-17(A)

Countable Nouns with A/An and Some A/An and The:
A. Countable Names can be singular or plural.
a dog
dogs
this part
these parts
a child
children
an umbrella
some umbrellas
the evening
the evenings

B. Before singular countable Nouns one can use a/an
Ex.
1. Goodbye! Have a nice evening.
2. Do you need an umbrella?

You can’t use singular countable Nouns alone.
Example:
1. She never wears a shirt.
2. Be careful of the dog.
3. What a beautiful day!
4. I have got a headache.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text D: A Time to Think

C. We use a/an to say what kind, of thing or person something/ somebody is.
Example:
1. A dog is an animal.
2. I’m an optimist
3. Tina’s father is a doctor.
4. Are you a good driver?

D. You can use ‘some’ with plural countable Nouns. We use it in two ways:
1. Some = a number of a few of/a pair of:
Example:
1. I have seen some good films recently.
2. Some friends of mine are going to organize a picnic.

2. Some = Some but not all
Example:
1. Some children learn very quickly (but not all)
2. Some police officers carry guns, (but not all)

Study the following:
1. I had a sandwich and an apple for breakfast.
2. The sandwich wasn’t very good but the apple was nice.
3. A man and a woman were sitting opposite me. The man was American but 1 think the woman was British.
4. When we were on holiday, we stayed at a hotel. Sometimes we had our evening meal at the hotel and sometimes we went to a restaurant.
Answer:
We use ‘the’” when we are thinking of a particular thing. Compare a/an and the.
1. Tom sat down on a chair (one of many chairs)
2. Tom sat down on the chair nearest to the door, (a particular chair)
3. Ann is looking for a job (not a particular job)
4. Ann got the job she applied for (a particular job)

B. We use ‘the’ when it is clear in the situation which thing or person we mean. For example- in a room we talk about the light/ the door/ the ceiling/ the door/ the carpet.
1. Can you turn off the light, please, (the light in this room)
2. I took a taxi to the station, (the station in the town)
3. I’d like to speak to the manager, please, (the manager in this shop)
4. I must go to the Bank to get some money and then I am going to the Post Office to get some stamps.

C. We say ‘once a week/three times a day/Rs.8/- a kilo’ etc.
1 . How often do you go to cinema? (About once a month)
2. How much are these potatoes? (Rs.8/- a kilo)
3. She works eight hours a day. ( six days a week)

Section D
Pre-reading Tips:
In this section you will have the chance to read an excerpt from Letters to Thinkers, a book written by Edward de Bono. Edward de Bono, who now owns and lives on a private island in Venice, is a leading authority in the field of creative thinking and is the originator of the term lateral thinking. He has written more than forty books in the field of creativity and thinking including the international bestsellers such as Lateral Thinking, Six Thinking Hats and Serious Creativity.

Lateral thinking is the core idea in all his writings. In de Bono’s view, the sequence of experiences in our life sets up certain familiar patterns of perception, certain typical ways of looking at things. And it is very difficult, if not impossible, to get out of these familiar patterns of thinking and to think in new ways and be creative.

De Bono says that we can get out of our familiar thought patterns by moving sideways across the acquired patterns (hence lateral thinking) and by imposing a new pattern of perception on the relevant bits of information. Lateral thinking thus refers to moving sideways across the familiar patterns instead of moving along them as in normal thinking, and thus facilitating generation of new patterns of perception and new thoughts. The diagram represents lateral thinking vis-a-vis normal thinking. With this background information at our disposal, we can start reading de Bono’s ‘A Time to Think’. But let’s quickly finish a small pre-reading Activity before going to the text.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text D: A Time to Think

Pre-reading Activity:
Match each word in column A with its meaning in column B. You can look up a dictionary, if you find the Activity difficult to complete.

A B
1. agenda (para 8)
2. ambivalent (para 3)
3. feature (para 1)
4. prevarication (para 4)
(i) a piece of writing in a newspaper or magazine
(ii) not sure whether you want or like something
(iii) a plan to do something
(iv) an effort to hide the truth by not answering the questions directly

A Time to Think Summary in English

Paragraph-1:
The USA based magazine Forbes was issued on 20th December 1982. It carried feature about the author and his thinking. He knew the topic properly well. Several businessmen were asked about their attitude to thinking. George Ball, the Chief Executive Officer, Prudential- Beche Securities said that he thought 10-15 minutes twice a day. Philip Knight, the Chairman, Nike Inc. did it one hour a day, three or four days a week. Robert O Anderson, the Chairman Atlantic Richfield did not set aside any regular time and found that travelling alone in a private air craft provided a great deal of thinking time. It was said that no specific time was devoted to thinking since a lot of thinking was taking place at every instant.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text D: A Time to Think

Paragraphs 2-4:
Actually, there was a natural difference between thinking of an intentional perseverance of will and maintenance of a habit. There is an ambivalent attitude towards thinking. Thinking is a good tiling A teacher thinking. Thinking is a good tiling A teacher to think like a student. There was time when we had less regard for a man who thought than for a man who appeared to know, all the answers.

Paragraph-5:
Three kinds of thinking have been identified in very general terms:
i) Thinking to achieve a purpose: Classically, this is problem-solving. It may be either open or closed type. There is an endpoint. The thinker is trying to reach some destination.

ii) Thinking for improvement: Here, a solution has always been reached. An answer is available. Thinking are going well. The thinker simply wants to do better.

iii) Thinking around and about: This is missing, free wheeling, preparing the field, setting the context, exploring the situation. Just as an intending purchaser might prowled around a house he is to buy, so the thinker prowls around the situation. There is no definite point of focus.

Paragraph-6:
Thinking is not necessary after getting a proper solution. A problem just solved may be only of a whole string of problems. The thinker is anxious to move on to the next problem. If we suspect that there may be a better solution, then how can one have full confidence in the one that has been found. How can confidence is inspired to carry out solution.

Paragraphs 7-8:
All the reasons for not thinking beyond to first solution and practical and realistic. Thinking beyond the first solution does not require an effort of will. It is no longer natural behaviour. The simplest way to make the effort of will is to establish a habit of specific thinking time. After the achievement of this thinking time, the agenda of other thinking time will follow.

Paragraph-9:
Thinking around or about a situation or subject happens to be the major use of thinking time. It is thinking time because problem-solving of the ordinary type would be regarded as an ongoing part of normal work. Time spent in amusing as regarded as an investment. An important new insight or specific idea may emerge from it. The maintenance of thinking habit and exercise of thinking may give a valuable yield on future occasions.

Paragraph-10:
Slow thinking seems to be a waste of time. So we should always think quickly. But slow thinking is often much more valuable than quick one. Other things are also involved in slow thinking. Sometimes further thinking may cloud the nice certainty of our first reactions. Thinking is k tool that involves two levels of skill. Skill .that resides in the tool itself and the skill that is concerned with how and where we use it.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text D: A Time to Think

Analytical outlines of the topic:

  • The USA based magazine Forbes was issued on 20th December 1982.
  • It carried a feature about thinking.
  • Several businessmen were asked about their attitudes to thinking.
  • George Bell was the Chief Executive Officer of Prudential- Bache Securities.
  • He was thinking 10-15 minutes twice a day.
  • Philip Knight was the Chairman of Nike Inc.
  • He was thinking one hour a day, three or four days a week.
  • Robert 0 Anderson was the Chairman of Atlantic Richfield.
  • He was getting much thinking time at the time of travelling alone in a private aircraft.
  • Actually, there was a difference between will of thinking and maintenance of a habit.
  • There is an ambivalent attitude towards thinking.
  • Thinking is a good thing.
  • A teacher should think like a student.
  • In past, thinking was not so important.
  • Three kinds of thinking have been identified.
  • They are (1) Thinking to achieve a , purpose, (2) Thinking for improvement and (3) Thinking around and about.
  • Thinking to achieve a purpose is required for problem-solving.
  • It may be either open or closed.
  • There is an endpoint.
  • Thinking must reach to same destination.
  • Thinking for improvement provides solution.
  • Here, an answer is available.
  • Thinking goes well.
  • The thinker wants to do better.
  • Thinking around and about includes missing, free wheeling, preparing the field, setting the context, exploring the situation.
  • A thinker prowls around the situation.
  • There is no definite point of focus.
  • Thinking is not necessary after getting a proper solution.
  • A problem just solved may be only of a whole string of problems.
  • The thinker is anxious to move into a better solution.
  • All the reasons for not thinking beyond to first solution are practical and realistic.
  • It does not require an effort of will.
  • The simplest way to make the effort of will is to establish a habit of specific thinking time.
  • This thinking times will follow agenda of other thinking time.
  • Thinking around or about a situation or subject happens to be the major use of thinking time.
  • Problem-solving of the ordinary type would be regarded as an ongoing part of normal work.
  • Time spent in amusing is regarded as an investment.
  • It can provide a new insight or specific idea.
  • The maintenance of thinking habit and exercise of thinking may give a valuable yield on future occasions.
  • Slow thinking seems to be a waste of time.
  • So we should always think quickly.
  • Slow thinking is sometimes much more valuable than quick one.
  • Other thinks are also involved in slow thinking.
  • Thinking involves two levels of skill.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text D: A Time to Think

Meanings of difficult words:
Forbes -It is a USA-based newspaper
lateral- belonging to the side,
set aside – sacrificed, devoted to, spared,
allocated – placed, assigned, given.
Instant – at the moment, the very moment or time,
distinction – separation, unidentical, difference,
occur – to come into mind, to be, to be found, to happen, take place.
surroundings – things around us, the environment.
required – needed, desired, wanted.
deliberate – to consider, to think, adj international, willful, purposeful.
effort – endeavour, perseverance, toil, labour.
initial – primary, first, beginning.
Curious – eager, anxious, interested
ambivalent – having either or both of the two contrary or similar values, meanings etc.
implies – to signify, to mean, to express indirectly, connotes.
lack of – absence of, short of, wanting.
decisiveness – settlement, judgement, the act pf taking decision.
pausing – halting stopping standstill.
obvious – perceptible, evident clear, terse, succinct.
accuse of – change with an offence, ill doing.
regard – to consider, to esteem, to respect.
prevarication – making untrue or partly untrue statement, try to evade, telling the truth.
growl – go about cautiously looking for a chance.
adequate – sufficient, a lot of, enough, complete”
a string – a chain of, a series of.
suspect – to doubt have no faith or confidence in.
genuinely – naturally, really, purely, sincerely, authentically.
cliches – idea OT expression that has been too much used and now outdated, stereotyped phrase.

Read More:

BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d)

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d)

Question 1.
ନିମ୍ନ ଉକ୍ତିଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଭୁଲ ଉକ୍ତ ପାଖରେ ‘’ ଚିହ୍ନ ଏବଂ ଠିକ୍ ଉକ୍ତି ପାଖରେ ‘’ ଚିହ୍ନ ଦିଅ ।
(a)କୌଣସି ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର ଦୁଇଟି କୋଣର ପରିମାଣ ସମଷ୍ଟି ତୃତୀୟ କୋଣର ପରିମାଣ ସହ ସମାନ ହେଲେ ତ୍ରିଭୁଜଟି ସମକୋଣୀ ।
ସମାଧାନ:

(b) କୌଣସି ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର ଦୁଇଟି କୋଣର ପରିମାଣ ସମଷ୍ଟି ତୃତୀୟ କୋଣର ପରିମାଣ ଠାରୁ ବୃହତ୍ତର ହେଲେ, ତ୍ରିଭୁଜଟି ସୂକ୍ଷ୍ମକୋଣ ।
ସମାଧାନ:

(c) ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର ଗୋଟିଏ ବହିଃସ୍ଥ କୋଣର ପରିମାଣ ଏହାର ଅନ୍ତଃସ୍ଥ ଦୂରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ କୋଣଦ୍ୱୟର ପରିମାଣର ସମଷ୍ଟି ସହ ସମାନ ।
ସମାଧାନ:

(d) ଗୋଟିଏ ତ୍ରିଭୁଜରେ ଅତି ବେଶିରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ସ୍ଥୂଳକୋଣ ରହିପାରିବ ।
ସମାଧାନ:

(e) ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର ତିନିକୋଣର ପରିମାଣର ସମଷ୍ଟି ସର୍ବଦା 180° ।
ସମାଧାନ:

(f) ଗୋଟିଏ ସମକୋଣୀ ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର ସୂକ୍ଷ୍ମକୋଣଦ୍ବୟ ପରସ୍ପରର ପରିପୂରକ ।
ସମାଧାନ:

(g) ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର ବହିଃସ୍ଥକୋଣ ସର୍ବଦା ଏକ ସ୍ଥୂଳକୋଣ ।
ସମାଧାନ:

(h) ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର ବହିଃସ୍ଥକୋଣର ପରିମାଣ ଏହାର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଅନ୍ତସ୍ଥ ଦୂରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ କୋଣର ପରିମାଣ ଠାରୁ ବୃହତ୍ତର ।
ସମାଧାନ:

BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d)

Question 2.
ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।
(a) ଗୋଟିଏ ସମକୋଣୀ ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର ସୂକ୍ଷ୍ମକୋଣଦ୍ଵୟ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଗୋଟିକର ପରିମାଣ 30° ହେଲେ, ଅନ୍ୟଟିର ପରିମାଣ ________ । 
ସମାଧାନ:
60°

(b) ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର ଗୋଟିଏ ବହିଃସ୍ଥ କୋଣର ପରିମାଣ 130° । ଏହାର ଏକ ଅନ୍ତଃସ୍ଥ ଦୂରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ କୋଣର ପରିମାଣ 75° ହେଲେ, ଅନ୍ୟ ଅନ୍ତଃସ୍ଥ ଦୂରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ କୋଣର ପରିମାଣ ________ ।
ସମାଧାନ:
55°

(c ) ΔABC ରେ m∠A = 55° ଏବଂ m∠B = 75° ହେଲେ ∠C ର ପରିମାଣ ________ ।
ସମାଧାନ:
50°

(d) କୌଣସି ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର କୋଣମାନଙ୍କର ପରିମାଣର ସମଷ୍ଟି ________ ।
ସମାଧାନ:
180°

(e) ΔABC ରେ m∠A = 90°, m∠B = 2 m∠C ହେଲେ ∠Cର ପରିମାଣ ________ ।
ସମାଧାନ:
30°

(f) ΔABC ରେ AB = AC, m∠A = 60° ହେଲେ m∠B =  ________ ।
ସମାଧାନ:
60°

(g) ଗୋଟିଏ ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର ଶୀର୍ଷକୋଣର ପରିମାଣ 120° ଏବଂ ଅନ୍ୟ ଦୁଇକୋଣର ପରିମାଣ ସମାନ ହେଲେ, ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ସମାନ କୋଣର ପରିମାଣ ________ ।
ସମାଧାନ:
30°

(h) ΔABC ରେ AB = AC, m∠B = 30° ହେଲେ ∠A ର ପରିମାଣ ________ ।
ସମାଧାନ:
120°

Question 3.
ନିମ୍ନରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥ‌ିବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଚିତ୍ରରେ ‘x’ ଚିହ୍ନିତ କୋଣର ପରିମାଣ ସ୍ଥିର କର ।
(i)
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 1
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ ଚିତ୍ରରେ ବତ୍ହିଃସ୍ଥ m∠ACD = m∠ABC + m∠BAC
⇒ 130° = x + 70°
⇒ x = 130 – 70° = 60°
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 8

(ii)
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 2
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ ଚିତ୍ରରେ m∠DCE = m∠ACB = 50° (ପ୍ରତୀପ)
ΔABC ରେ ବତ୍ହିଃସ୍ଥ m∠ABF = m∠A + m∠ACB
⇒ 125° = x + 50°
⇒ x = 125° – 50° = 75°
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 9

BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d)

(iii)
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 3
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ ଚିତ୍ରରେ m∠ACD + m∠ACB = 180°  (ସନ୍ନିହିତ ପରିପୂରକ କୋଣ)
⇒ 125° + m∠ACB = 180°
⇒ m∠ACB = 180° – 125° = 55°
ΔABC ରେ m∠BAC = 125° – 45° = 80°
⇒ ପୁନଣ୍ଚ m∠FAB + m∠BAC + m∠CAE = 180°
⇒ 60° + 80° + x = 180°
⇒ 140° + x = 180°
⇒ x = 180° – 140° = 40°
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 10

(iv)
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 4
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ ଚିତ୍ରରେ m∠ACD + m∠ACB = 180°
⇒ 132° + m∠ACB = 180°
⇒ m∠ACB = 180° – 132° = 48°
ΔABC ରେ ବତ୍ହିଃସ୍ଥ m∠EAB = m∠ABC + m∠ACB
⇒ 126° = x + 48°
⇒ x = 126° – 48° = 78°
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 11

(v)
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 5
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ ଚିତ୍ରରେ m∠DOC = m∠AOB = 45° (ପ୍ରତୀପ)
ΔAOB ରେ  m∠ABO = 180° – (80° + 45°)
= 180° – 125° = 55°
AB || CD ଏବଂ BD ଛେଦକ ।
⇒ m∠ABO = m∠ODC = 50° (ଏକାନ୍ତର)
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 12

(vi)
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 6
ସମାଧାନ:
\(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{DE}}\) || BC ଏବଂ BD ଛେଦକ ।
⇒ m∠EDB = m∠DBC = 30° (ଏକାନ୍ତର)
m∠DAC = m∠DBC + m∠ACB = 30° + 50° = 80
m∠BAC = 180° – m∠DAC = 180° – 80° = 100°
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 13

(vii)
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 7
ସମାଧାନ:
ΔABC ରେ ବତ୍ହିଃସ୍ଥ m∠ACD = m∠A + m∠B = 70° + 56° = 126°
ମାତ୍ର m∠ACE = m∠ECD (ଦତ୍ତ)
⇒ m∠ACE + m∠ECD = m∠ACD
⇒ 2m∠ECD = 126° ⇒ 2x = 126°
⇒ x = \(\frac{126°}{2}\) = 63°
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 14

BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d)

Question 4.
ΔABCର ଅନ୍ତଃସ୍ଥ ଏକ ବିନ୍ଦୁ O । ଦର୍ଶାଅ ଯେ, m∠BOC = m∠BAC + m∠ABO + m∠ACO
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 15
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ : O, ΔABCର ଅନ୍ତଃସ୍ଥ ବିନ୍ଦୁ ।
ପ୍ରାମାଣ୍ୟ :  m∠BOC = m∠BAC + m∠ABO + m∠ACO
ଅଙ୍କନ : \(\overrightarrow{\mathrm{AO}}\) ଅଙ୍କନ କର ।
ପ୍ରମାଣ : ΔABO ରେ ବହିଃସ୍ଥ m∠BOE = m∠BAO + m∠ABO … (i)
ΔACO ରେ ବହିଃସ୍ଥ m∠COE = m∠OAC + m∠OCA … (ii)
ସମୀକରଣ (i) ଓ ସମୀକରଣ (ii)କୁ ଯୋଗକଲେ
⇒ mBOE + mCOE = mBAO + mABO + mOAC + mACO
⇒ mBOC = (mBAO + mOAC) + (mABO + mACO)
⇒ mBOC = mBAC + mABO + mACO
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 16  (ପ୍ରମାଣିତ)

Question 5.
ପାର୍ଶ୍ୱସ୍ଥ  ଚିତ୍ରରୁ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ଯେ, a° + b° = x° + y° ।
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 17
ସମାଧାନ:
ମନେକରାଯାଉ ∠BCD = c° ଓ ∠DAB = d°
a° + c° = 180° (ସନ୍ନିହିତ ପରିପୂରକ କୋଣ)
b° + d° = 180° (ସନ୍ନିହିତ ପରିପୂରକ କୋଣ)
ଯୋଗକକେ a° + b° + c° + d° = 180° + 180° = 360° … (i)
ABCD ଚତୁର୍ଭୁଜର  x° + c° + y° + d° = 360° … (ii)
(ଚତୁର୍ଭୁଜର ଚାରି କୋଣର ସମଷ୍ଟି 360°) 
ସମୀକରଣ (i) ଓ (ii) ରୁ 
a° + b° + c° + d° = x° + c° +y° + d° ⇒ a° + b° = x° + y° (ପ୍ରମାଣିତ)
ବିକଳ୍ପ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ : BD ଅଙ୍କନ କର
ΔADB ରେ ବହିଃସ୍ଥ b° = m∠ADB + m∠ABD
ΔCDB ରେ ବହିଃସ୍ଥ a° = m∠CDB + m∠CBD
∴ a° + b° = (mADB + mCDB) + mABD + mCBD
= mADC + mABC = y° + x°
∴ a° + b° = x° + y°
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 18

Question 6.
ΔABC ରେ ∠A ର ସମଦ୍ବିଖଣ୍ଡକ AD, BC କୁ D) ବିନ୍ଦୁରେ ଛେଦକରେ । ଦର୍ଶାଅ ଯେ, m∠ABC + m∠ACE = 2m∠ADC ।
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 19
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ : ΔABCରେ ∠A ର ସମଦ୍ବିଖଣ୍ଡକ AD, BC କୁ D ବିନ୍ଦୁରେ ଛେଦକରୁଛି । 
ΔABCର ଶୀର୍ଷବିନ୍ଦୁ Cରେ ∠ACE କୋଣ ଏକ ବହିଃସ୍ଥ କୋଣ ।
ପ୍ରାମାଣ୍ୟ : m∠ABC + m∠ACE = 2m∠ADC
ପ୍ରମାଣ : ΔABD ରେ ବତ୍ହିଃସ୍ଥ mADC = mABD + mBAD
⇒ mADC = mABD + mCAD
[ mBAD = mCAD ଦତ୍ତ]
⇒ mABD = mADC – mCAD … (i)
ΔACD ରେ ବତ୍ହିଃସ୍ଥ mACE = mCAD + mADC … (ii)
ସମୀକରଣ (i) ଓ (ii) କୁ ଯୋଗକଲେ,
mABD + mACE = mADC – mCAD + mCAD + mADC
⇒ mABD + mACE = mADC + mADC
⇒ mABD + mACE = 2mADC
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 20 (ପ୍ରମାଣିତ)

BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d)

Question 7.
ΔABC ରେ m∠B = 90° । BD ⊥ AC । ପ୍ରମାଣ କର ଯେ, m∠ABD = m∠ACB ଏବଂ m∠BAD = m∠DBC ।
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ : ΔABC ରେ ∠B ସମକୋଣ ଏବଂ BD ⊥ AC ।
ପ୍ରାମାଣ୍ୟ : (i) mABD = mACB
(ii) mBAD = mDBC
ପ୍ରମାଣ : (i) mABC = 90° (ଦତ୍ତ)
⇒ mABD + mDBC = 90° (କୋଣ ସମଷ୍ଟି ସ୍ୱାକା୍ଯ) … (i)
ΔBDC ରେ mBDC = 90° (ଦତ୍ତ)
mDBC + mDCB = 90° ( ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର ତିନିକୋଣର ପରିମାଣର ସମଷ୍ଟି 180°) … (ii)
ସମୀକରଣ (i) ଓ (ii)ରୁ
⇒ mABD + mDBC = mDBC + mDCB
mABD = mDCB
⇒ mABD = mACB
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 21 (ପ୍ରମାଣିତ)

(ii) m∠ABC = 90° (ଦତ୍ତ)
⇒ m∠ABD + m∠DBC = 90° (କୋଣ ସମଷ୍ଟି ସ୍ୱାକା୍ଯ) … (i)
ΔABD ରେ m∠DBC = 90° (ଦତ୍ତ)
⇒ m∠BAD + m∠ABD = 90° ( ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର ତିନିକୋଣର ପରିମାଣର ସମଷ୍ଟି 180°) … (ii)
ସମୀକରଣ (i) ଓ (ii)ରୁ
m∠ABD + m∠DBC = m∠BAD + m∠ABD
⇒ m∠DBC = m∠BAD (ପ୍ରମାଣିତ)

Question 8.
ΔABC ରେ D͞E || B͞C, m∠ABC = 60° ଏବଂ m∠DEC = 135° ହେଲେ, ∠Aର ପରିମାଣ ସ୍ଥିର କର ।
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 22
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ : ΔABC ରେ DE || BC, m∠DEC = 135° ଓ m∠DBC = 60° ।
ପ୍ରାମାଣ୍ୟ : ∠A ର ପରିମାଣ ।
ପ୍ରମାଣ : DE || BC (ଦତ୍ତ) ଏବଂ E͞C ଛେଦକ ।
⇒ mDEC + mECB = 180° (ଛେଦକର ଏକ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵସ୍ଥ କୋଣ)
⇒ 135° + mECB = 180°
⇒ mECB = 180° – 135° = 45°
ΔABC ରେ mA + mB + mC = 180°
mA + 60° + 45° = 180°
⇒ mA + 105° = 180°
⇒ mA = 180° – 105° = 75°
A ର ପରିମାଣ 75° ।

Question 9.
ପ୍ରମାଣ କର ଯେ, କୌଣସି ତ୍ରିଭୁଜର ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଯୋଡ଼ା କୋଣର ପରିମାଣର ସମଷ୍ଟି, ତୃତୀୟ କୋଣର ପରିମାଣ ଠାରୁ  ବୃହତ୍ତର ହେଲେ, ତ୍ରିଭୁଜଟି ସୂକ୍ଷ୍ମକୋଣୀ ।
ସମାଧାନ:
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 23
ଦତ୍ତ : ABC ଏକ ତ୍ରିଭୁଜ । m∠B + m∠C > m∠A, m∠A + m∠C > m∠B, m∠A + m∠B > m∠C
ପ୍ରାମାଣ୍ୟ : ΔABC ସୂକ୍ଷ୍ମକୋଣୀ ।
ପ୍ରମାଣ : ΔABC ରେ m∠B + m∠C > m∠A (ଦତ୍ତ)
⇒ m∠A + m∠B + m∠C > m∠A + m∠A (ଉଭୟ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵରେ m∠A ଯୋଗକରାଗଲେ ।)
⇒ 180° > 2m∠A ⇒ \(\frac{180^{\circ}}{2}\) > \(\frac{2 \mathrm{~m} \angle \mathrm{A}}{2}\)
⇒ 90° > m∠A ⇒ m∠A < 90° … (i)
ସେହିପରି m∠A + m∠C > m∠B
⇒ m∠A + m∠B + m∠C > m∠B + m∠B (ଉଭୟ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵରେ m∠B ଯୋଗକରାଗଲେ ।)
⇒ 180° > 2m∠B ⇒ \(\frac{180^{\circ}}{2}\) > \(\frac{2 \mathrm{~m} \angle \mathrm{B}}{2}\)
⇒ 90° > m∠B ⇒ m∠B < 90° … (ii)
ସେହିପରି ପ୍ରମାଣ କରାଯାଇପାରେ m∠C < 90° … (iii)
ସମୀକରଣ (i) ଓ (ii) ରୁ ∠A < 90°, ∠B < 90° ଓ ∠C < 90°
∴ ΔABC ସୂକ୍ଷ୍ମକୋଣୀ । (ପ୍ରମାଣିତ)

Question 10.
A ABCରେ m∠ABC = m∠ACB, ∠BACର ସମଦ୍ବିଖଣ୍ଡକ BC କୁ D ବିନ୍ଦୁରେ ଛେଦକରେ । ପ୍ରମାଣ କର ଯେ AD, BC ପ୍ରତି ଲମ୍ବ ।
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ : ΔABC ରେ m∠ABC = m∠ACB ଏବଂ AD, m∠Aର ସମର୍ଦ୍ଦିଖଣ୍ଡକ ।
ପ୍ରାମାଣ୍ୟ : AD ⊥ BC
ପ୍ରମାଣ : ΔABCରେ m∠ABC + m∠BAC + m∠ACB = 180°
⇒ m∠ABC + m∠BAD + m∠CAD + m∠ACB = 180°
ମାତ୍ର m∠ABC = m∠ACB (ଦତ୍ତ)
ଏବଂ m∠BAD = m∠CAD (∠BACର ସମର୍ଦ୍ଦିଖଣ୍ଡକ AD)
⇒ 2mABC + 2mBAD = 180°
⇒ 2(mABC + mBAD) = 180°
⇒ mABC + mBAD = \(\frac{180^{\circ}}{2}\) = 90°
⇒mABD + mBAD = 90°
ΔABD ରେ m∠ABD + m∠BAD + m∠ADB = 180°
⇒ 90° + mADB = 180° ⇒ mADB = 180° – 90° = 90
⇒ A͞D B͞C
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 24 (ପ୍ରମାଣିତ)

BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d)

Question 11.
ΔABCରେ ∠Bର ଅନ୍ତଃସମଖଣ୍ଡକ ଏବଂ C ବିନ୍ଦୁରେ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ବହିଃସ୍ଥକୋଣର ସମଦ୍ବିଖଣ୍ଡକର ଛେଦବିନ୍ଦୁ E ହେଲେ ପ୍ରମାଣ କର ଯେ, m∠BEC = m∠A ।
ସମାଧାନ:
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 25
ଦତ୍ତ : ΔABC ରେ ∠Bର ଅନ୍ତଃସମଦ୍ବିଖଣ୍ଡକ BE ଓ ∠C ବହିଃସମଦ୍ଵିଖଣ୍ଡକ CE ପରସ୍ପରକୁ E ବିନ୍ଦୁରେ ଛେଦ କରନ୍ତି ।
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 31

Question 12.
ΔABCରେ ∠ABC ଓ ∠ACB ର ଅନ୍ତଃସମଦ୍ବିଖଣ୍ଡକଦ୍ୱୟ ପରସ୍ପରକୁ O ବିନ୍ଦୁରେ ଛେଦକଲେ, ପ୍ରମାଣ କର ଯେ
m∠BOC = 90° + \(\frac{1}{2}\)m∠A ।
ସମାଧାନ:
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 26

Question 13.
ΔABCରେ ∠B ଓ ∠Cର ବହିଃସମଦ୍ବିଖଣ୍ଡକଦ୍ବୟ ପରସ୍ପରକୁ ୦ ବିନ୍ଦୁରେ ଛେଦକଲେ, ପ୍ରମାଣ କର ଯେ,
m∠BOC = 90° – \(\frac{1}{2}\)m∠A ।
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ : ΔABC ରେ ∠B ଓ ∠Cର ବହିଃ ସମଦ୍ବିଖଣ୍ଡ ଦ୍ବୟର ଛେଦବିନ୍ଦୁ O।
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 27
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 27.1

Question 14.
ପାର୍ଶ୍ୱସ୍ଥ ଚିତ୍ରରେ PS, ∠Pର ସମଦ୍ବିଖଣ୍ଡକ ଏବଂ PT ⊥ OR ।
ପ୍ରମାଣ କର ଯେ, m∠TPS = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(m∠Q – m∠R)
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ : ΔPQR ରେ PS, ∠Pର ସମଦ୍ବିଖଣ୍ଡକ ଏବଂ PT ⊥ OR ।
ପ୍ରାମାଣ୍ୟ : m∠TPS = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(m∠Q – m∠R)
ପ୍ରମାଣ : PT ⊥ OR (ଦତ୍ତ)
⇒ m∠PTQ = m∠PTR = 90°
ΔPQT ରେ ବତ୍ହିଃସ୍ଥ m∠PTS = m∠Q + m∠QPT … (i)
ΔPTS ରେ ବତ୍ହିଃସ୍ଥ m∠PTQ = m∠TPS + m∠PST … (ii)
ମାତ୍ର m∠PTQ = m∠PTS = 90°
∴ (i) ଓ (ii) ରୁ m∠Q + m∠QPT = m∠TPS + m∠PST
⇒ m∠Q + m∠QPT + m∠TPS = m∠TPS + m∠PST + m∠TPS
(ଉଭୟ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵରେ m∠TPS ଯୋଗ କରାଗଲେ ।)
⇒ m∠Q + m∠QPS = 2m∠TPS + m∠PST
⇒ 2m∠TPS = m∠Q – m∠PST + m∠QPS
⇒ 2m∠TPS = m∠Q – m∠PSQ + m∠SPR ( PS, ∠P ର ସମଦ୍ବିଖଣ୍ଡକ)
⇒ 2m∠TPS = m∠Q – m∠SPR – m∠R + m∠SPR
⇒ 2m∠TPS = m∠Q – m∠R ( ΔPSR ରେ ବତ୍ହିଃସ୍ଥ m∠PSQ = m∠SPR + m∠R)
⇒ m∠TPS = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(m∠Q – m∠R)
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 28 (ପ୍ରମାଣିତ)

BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d)

Question 15.
ΔABC ରେ BC ର ମଧ୍ୟବିନ୍ଦୁ O ଏବଂ BQ = AQ ହେଲେ, ପ୍ରମାଣ କର ଯେ ∠BAC ସମକୋଣ ।
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ : ΔABC ରେ BC ର ମଧ୍ୟବିନ୍ଦୁ Q ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ BQ = AQ ।
ପ୍ରାମାଣ୍ୟ :  m∠BAC = 90°
ପ୍ରମାଣ : BC ର ମଧ୍ୟବିନ୍ଦୁ Q । ⇒ BQ = CQ
BQ = AQ (ଦତ୍ତ) ⇒ AQ = BQ = CQ
⇒ mBAQ = mABQ = mACQ = mQAC
(Δର ଦୁଇଟି ବାହୁ ସମାନ ହେଲେ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ବିପରୀତ କୌଣମାନ ସମପରିମାଣ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ହେବେ ।)
ΔABCରେ m∠A + m∠B + m∠C = 180° (Δର ତିନିକୋଣର ସମଷ୍ଟି 180°)
⇒ mBAQ + mCAQ + mABQ + mACQ = 180°
⇒ 2mBAQ + 2mCAQ = 180°
⇒ 2(mBAQ + mCAQ) = 180°
⇒ mBAQ + mCAQ = \(\frac{180°}{2}\)
⇒ m∠BAC = 90°
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 29 (ପ୍ରମାଣିତ)

Question 16.
ΔABCର O ଏକ ଅନ୍ତସ୍ଥ ବିନ୍ଦୁ । ଯଦି m∠OAB = m∠OCA ହୁଏ, ପ୍ରମାଣ କର ଯେ m∠A0C + m∠BAC = 180° 
ସମାଧାନ:
ଦତ୍ତ : ΔABC ରେ ‘O’ ଏକ ଅନ୍ତଃସ୍ଥ ବିନ୍ଦୁ ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ m∠OAB = m∠OCA ।
ପ୍ରାମାଣ୍ୟ :  mZAOC + m∠BAC = 180°
ପ୍ରମାଣ : ΔAOC ରେ m∠AOC + m∠OCA + m∠OAC = 180° (Δର ତିନିକୋଣର ସମଷ୍ଟି 180°)
⇒ m∠AOC + m∠BAO + m∠OAC = 180° [ m∠OAB = m∠OCA (ଦତ୍ତ)]
⇒ m∠AOC + m∠BAC = 180°
BSE Odisha 9th Class Maths Solutions Geometry Chapter 1 ରେଖା ଓ କୋଣ Ex 1(d) 30 (ପ୍ରମାଣିତ)

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ Important Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

Objective Type Questions with Answers 

A ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।

Question 1.
ନିମ୍ନ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣରେ ଭୌତିକ ଅବସ୍ଥା ଦର୍ଶାଇବା ପାଇଁ କେତୋଟି ସଂକେତ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।
CaCO3 + H2O + CO2 → Ca(HCO3)2
ଉ-
4ଟି

Question 2.
ଲେଡ଼୍ ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍‌କୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେଉଥ‌ିବା କଠିନ ଉତ୍ପାଦର ନାମ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
ଲେଡ଼୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ (PbO)

Question 3.
ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣ ହେତୁ ରୂପା ଉପରେ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେଉଥ‌ିବା କଳାରଙ୍ଗର ଯୌଗକଟିର ନାମ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
ସିଲଭର ସଲଫାଇଡ୍

Question 4.
3MnO2 + 4AI → 3Mn + 2Al2O3 ସମ1କରଣରେ ବିଜାରକ କିଏ ?
ଉ-
ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ (Al)

Question 5.
CaO + H2O → Ca(OH)2 ସମୀକରଣଟି କେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ?
ଉ-
ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା

Question 6.
କଲିଚୂନ କେଉଁ ଯୌଗିକ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଶମୀତଚୂନ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ?
ଉ-
H2O

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

Question 7.
କୋଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଗ୍ଲୁକୋଜ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଶରୀରକୁ ଶକ୍ତି ଯୋଗାଉଥ‌ିବା ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରନାମ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
ଶ୍ବସନ

Question 8.
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-1
‘ସମୀକରଣଟି କେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ?
ଉ-
ବିଘଟନ

Question 9.
3Fe + XH2O → Fe3O4 + 4H2 ସମୀକରଣରେ ରେ Xର ମୂଲ୍ୟ କେତେ ?
ଉ-
4

Question 10.
FeSO4 କୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ କେଉଁ ଗନ୍ଧ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୋଇଥାଏ ?
ଉ-
ଜଳନ୍ତା ଗନ୍ଧକ

Question 11.
ଫେରସ୍ ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ୍ ସ୍ଫଟିକର ରଙ୍ଗ କିପରି ହୋଇଥାଏ ?
ଉ-
ସବୁଜ

Question 12.
ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ଜଳର ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣରୁ H2 ଓ O2 ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ତ୍ରର ଆୟତନର ଅନୁପାତ କେତେ ?
ଉ-
2 : 1

Question 13.
A + BC → AC + B ସମ1କରଣଟି କେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରଯାର ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ?
ଉ-
ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା

Question 14.
CuSO4 ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ଲୁହାକଣ୍ଟା ବୁଡ଼ାଇଲେ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ଈଷତ୍ ସବୁଜ ରଙ୍ଗର ଯୌଗିକଟିର ନାମ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
ଫେରସ ସଲଫେଟ୍ FeSO4

Question 15.
Pb + CuCl2 → PbCl2 + Cu – ଉକ୍ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଗି କେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ଅନ୍ତ୍ରଗିତ ?
ଉ-
ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା

Question 16.
O + 2e → O2- ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଗି କି ପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଅନ୍ତ୍ରଗିତ ?
ଉ-
ବିଚ୍ଚାରଣ

Question 17.
Zn ଓ H2SO4 ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକରି କେଉଁ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ?
ଉ-
H2

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

Question 18.
କେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଆଲୋକ ରୂପରେ ଶକ୍ତି ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିଥାଏ ?
ଉ-
ବିଘଗନ

Question 19.
ତୈଳ ଓ ଚର୍ବି ଜାତୀୟ ଖାଦ୍ୟର ଜାରଣକୁ କ’ଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
ଉ-
ସଢ଼ାବସ୍ଥା

Question 20.
କେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଏକା ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ଜାରଣ ଓ ବିଚ୍ଚାରଣ ଘଟିଥାଏ ?
ଉ-
ବିଜାରଣ-ଜାରଣ

Question 21.
ଶରୀରରେ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ପରିପାକ କେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ଉଦାହରଣ ?
ଉ-
ବିଘଟନ

Question 22.
କଳଙ୍କିର ରାସାୟନିକ ନାମ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
ଆଇରନ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍

Question 23.
Fe2O3 +3CO → 2Fe + 3CO2 ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିଯାରେ କେଉଁଟି ଜାରିତ ?
ଉ-
Fe2O3

Question 24.
କାନ୍ଥ ଧଉଳେଇବା ପାଇଁ କେଉଁ ଯୌଗିକ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ?
ଉ-
Ca(OH)2

Question 25.
କପର ଉପରେ କଳା ରଙ୍ଗର ସ୍ତରଟିର ନାମ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
CuO

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

Question 26.
ଖାଦ୍ୟପଦାର୍ଥ ଠ, ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସିଲେ, ଏହାକୁ କେଉଁ ଅବସ୍ଥା କୁହାଯାଏ ?
ଉ-
ସଢ଼ା ଅବସ୍ଥା

Question 27.
MnO2 + 4 HCl → MnCl2 + 2H2O + Cl2 ପମ1କରଣରେ କେଉଁଟି ବଜାରିତ ହୋଇଛି ?
ଉ-
MnO2

Question 28.
କପର ଗୁଣ୍ଡକୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ କପର ଗୁଣ୍ଡର ଚାରିପଟେ କପର ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର କେଉଁ ରଙ୍ଗର ଆସ୍ତରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟିହେବ ?
ଉ-
କଳା

Question 29.
କେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ଯୋଗ କରାଯାଏ ?
ଉ-
ଜାରଣ

Question 30.
କେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଯୋଗ ହୋଇଥାଏ ?
ଉ-
ବିଜାରଣ

Question 31.
ଅବକ୍ଷେପଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ଅନ୍ୟ ନାମ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
ଚୈତ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ

Question 32.
x Na + y H2O → z NaOH + H2 ସମତୁଲ ସମ1କରଣର x, y ଓ z ର ମ୍ଜଲ୍ୟ କେତେ ?
ଉ-
2, 2, 2

Question 33.
ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣ କେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ?
ଉ-
ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ

Question 34.
ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ପାତକୁ ଜଳାଇବା କେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ?
ଉ-
ଦହନ, ଜାରଣ ଓ ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା

Question 35.
ଖାଦ୍ୟଦ୍ରବ୍ୟକୁ ବହୁତ ଦିନ ସାଇତି ରଖିବାପାଇଁ କେଉଁ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ?
ଉ-
N2 ଓ He

Question 36.
ଚର୍ବି ଓ ତେଲ ଜାତୀୟ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ପଦାର୍ଥ ବାୟୁ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସି ରହଣିଆ ଗନ୍ଧ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେବାକୁ କେଉଁ ଅବସ୍ଥା କୁହାଯାଏ ?
ଉ-
ସଢ଼ାଅବସ୍ଥା

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

Question 37.
କପରର ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣ ହେତୁ ତାହା ଉପରେ କେଉଁ ରଙ୍ଗର ଆସ୍ତରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ?
ଉ-
ସବୁଜ

Question 38.
CuSO4 + Zn → Cu + ZnSO4 ସମୀକରଣରେ କେଉଁ ଯୌଗିକ ବିଜାରିତ ହେଉଛି ?
ଉ-
CuSO4

Question 39.
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-2
ଉ-
CO2

Question 40.
Pb3O4 + 8HCl → 3PbCl2 + Cl2 + 4H2O; ଏହି ସମ1କାରଣରେ କାରକ କିଏ ?
ଉ-
Pb3O4

Question 41.
କପର ସହ ସଲଫ୍ୟୁରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ଼ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି କେଉଁ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ।
ଉ-
SO2

Question 42.
Zn + (x) AgNO3 → Zn (NO3)2 + y ସମ1କରଣରେ x ଓ y ର ମାନ କେତେ ?
ଉ-
2 ଓ 2

Question 43.
କେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଏକା ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ଜାରଣ ଓ ବିଜାରଣ ଘଟେ ?
ଉ-
ବିଜାରଣ – ଜାରଣ

Question 44.
Fe + S → FeS ସମୀକରଣରେ ବିଜାରକ କିଏ ?
ଉ-
Fe

Question 45.
C (x) + O2(y) → CO2(y) ସମୀକରଣରେ x ଓ y କାହାକୁ ସୂଚିତ କରେ ?
ଉ-
(s), (g)

Question 46.
2H2S + SO2 → 3S + 2H2O ରେ କିଏ ଜାରିତ ହୋଇଚ୍ଚି ?
ଉ-
H2S

Question 47.
Zn + CuSO4 → ZnSO4 + Cu – ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣଟି କେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ?
ଉ-
ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

Question 48.
କେଉଁ ଯୌଗିକର ଉପସ୍ଥିତି ଯୋଗୁଁ ଚୂନପାଣି ଦୁଧୂ ରଙ୍ଗ କରିଦିଏ ?
ଉ-
କ୍ୟାଲ୍‌ସିୟମ୍ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍

Question 49.
ବାୟୁ ଶୂନ୍ୟ ପାତ୍ରରେ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ପଦାର୍ଥ ରଖିଲେ କେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ବିରୋଧ ଘଟେ ?
ଉ-
ଜାରଣ

Question 50.
NaCI (aq) + AgNO3(aq) → AgCI (s) + NaNO3(aq) ଏହା କେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାରର ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ?
ଉ-
ଅବକ୍ଷେପଣ

B ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।

1. MgO ଚୂର୍ଣ୍ଣର ବର୍ଷ ……………………. |
2. ଲେଡ୍‌ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍‌ ରାସାୟନିକ ସଙ୍କେତ …………………… |
3. ପୋଟାସିୟମ ଆସୋଡ଼ାଚ୍ଚଡ୍‌ର ରାସାୟନିକ ସଙ୍କେତ ……………………… |
4. Zn + HCL → ZnCl2 + ………………. ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ।
5. କଲିଚୁନର ରାସାୟନିକ ସଙ୍କେତ ………………. |
6. ସମ1ତ ଚୂନର ରାସାୟନିକ ସଙ୍କେତ ………………. |
7. CaO(s) + H2O(1) → ………………. |
8. NO2 ଧୂମର ରଙ୍ଗ ………………. |
9. ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ତାପ ଶୋଷିତ ହୁଏ, ସେହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ………………. ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି |
10. କଲିଚୂନ ଜଳ ସହିତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ………………. ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ।
11. ଯେଉଁ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଜାରଣକୁ ବିରୋଧ କରେ ତାକୁ ………………. କହନ୍ତି |
12. ଚିପ୍‌ସ ଖୋଳ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ………………. ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ପୂରିଥାଏ ।
13. ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର ଦିହନ ଏକ ………………. ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ।
14. ଶ୍ଵେତସାରରୁ ………………. ଯୌଗିକ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ।
15. ଉଦ୍ଭଦ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ ବିଘଟନ ଘଟି ଖତରେ ପରିଣତ ହେବା ………………. ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାର ଅନ୍ତିଗଢ ଅଟେ |
16. ଫେରସ୍ ସଲଫେଟ୍ରର ରଙ୍ଗ ………………. |
17. ଫେରସ୍ ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ୍ ସ୍ଫଟିକର ରାସାୟନିକ ସଙ୍କେତ ………………. |
18. ଫେରସ୍ ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ୍ ଅଣୁରେ ………………. ଟି ଜଳ ଅଣୁ ଅଛି ।
19. ବେରିଅମ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍‌ର୍‌ ରାସାୟନିକ ସଙ୍କେତ ………………. |
20. ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ସଲଫେଟ୍ରର ରାସାୟନିକ ସଙ୍କେତ ………………. |
21.॰ ପରିପାକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଶ୍ଵେତସାର ………………. ଯୌଗିକରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।
22. ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟାଲୋକ ଉପସ୍ଥିତିରେ ………………. ଯୌଗିକ ବିଘଟନ ଘଟି ସିଲଭର ଓ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
23. ଦସ୍ତା ସହିତ ଲଘୁ ଗନ୍ଧକାମ୍ଳର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଘଟି ………………. ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
24. ତାପ ପ୍ରୟୋଗଦ୍ଵାରା ଘଟୁଥ‌ିବା ବିଘଟନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ………………. କୁହାଯାଏ ।
25. ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ସମୟରେ ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଆୟନ ବିନିମୟ ଘଟିଲେ ସେହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ………………. ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି ।
26. ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍‌ ର କପର ସହିତ ସଂଯୋଗ ଘଟି କପର ଉପରେ ଏକ କଳା ଆସ୍ତରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ । ଏହି କଳା ପଢାର୍ଥଟି ………………. |
27. ଯେଉଁ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଜାରଣକୁ ନିରୋଧ କରେ, ତାକୁ …………………….. କହନ୍ତି ।
28. ବାୟୁରୋଧୀ ପାତ୍ରରେ ଖାଦ୍ୟପଦାର୍ଥ ରଖିଲେ ………………………. ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ମନ୍ଥର ହୁଏ ।
29. ଅବକ୍ଷେପଣ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ …………………………… ପ୍ରକାର ଲବଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ।
30. ଯେଉଁ ପଦାର୍ଥ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ହରାଏ, ତାକୁ …………………….. କହନ୍ତି ।
31. H2 ଓ O2 ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକରି H2O ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେବା ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାଟି …………………….. ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା
32. …………………….. ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ପାଇଁ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ତାପ, ଆଲୋକ କିମ୍ବା ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଶକ୍ତି ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ହୁଏ ।
33. ଲୌହନିର୍ମିତ ବସ୍ତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକର କ୍ଷୟ ………………………… ଦ୍ଵାରା ଘଟିଥାଏ ।
34. କୌଣସି ଧାତୁର ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ କ୍ଷୟ ଘଟିବାକୁ ……………………. କୁହାଯାଏ ।
35. Zn + CuSO4(aq) → ZnSO4(aq) + ……………….. |
36. ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ ଲୁହା ଉପରେ ଜଳୀୟବାଷ୍ପ ପ୍ରବାହିତ ହେଲେ ………………….. ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
37. ଗୁ କୋଡ୍ ଅଣୁର ରାସାୟନିକ ସଂକେତ ………………….. |
38. ଶ୍ଵାସକ୍ରିୟା ଏକ ……………………. ରାସାୟନକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା |
39. ଲେଡ୍ ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍‌ର ସଂକେତ ………………..
40. ଲେଡ୍ ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍‌କୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ଯେଉଁ ବାଦାମୀ ରଙ୍ଗର ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ତା’ର ନାମ ………………….. \

Answers
1. ଧଳା
2. Pb(NO3)2
3. KI
4. ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍
5. CaO
6. Ca(OH)2
7. Ca(OH)2
8. ବାଦାମୀ
10. ସମୀତ ଚୂନ
11. ପ୍ରତିଜାରକ
12. ନାଇଟ୍ରୋଜେନ୍
13. ତାପଉତ୍ପାଦୀ
14. ଗ୍ଲା କୋଜ
15. ତାପଉତ୍ପାଦୀ
16. ସବୁକ
17. FeSO47H2O
18. 7
19. BaCl2
20. Na2SO4
21. ଗ୍ଲା କୋଡ୍
22. ସିଲଭର କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍
23. ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍‌
24. ତାପୀୟ ବିଘଟନ
25. ଦ୍ବୈତବିସ୍ଥାପନ
26. କପର ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍
27. ପ୍ରତିଜାରକ
28. ଜାରଣ
29. ଅଦ୍ରାବ୍ୟ
30. ଜାରିତ
31. ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ
32. ବିଘଟନ
33. ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣ
34. ର୍ଫକ୍ଷାରଣ ବା କ୍ରମକ୍ଷୟ
35. Cu(s)
36. ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍
37. C6H12O6
38. ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ
39. Pb(NO3)2
40. ନାଇଟ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

C ଠିକ୍ ଉକ୍ତି ପାଇଁ (✓) ବା ଭୁଲ ଉକ୍ତି ପାଇଁ (x) ଲେଖ ।

1. ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ପାତଟି ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ବଳ ଧଳାଶିଖା ସହିତ ବାୟୁରେ ଜଳିଲେ ଯେଉଁ ଧଳା ଚୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ, ତାହା ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ କାରୋନେଟ୍
2. ଉଭିଦ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ବିଘଟନ ଘଟି ଖତରେ ପରିଣତ ହେବା ଏକ ତାପଶୋଷୀ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା |
3. ଫେରସ୍ ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ୍ ସ୍ଫଟିକର ସଙ୍କେତ FeSO43H2O ।
4. Na2SO4 + BaCl2 → BaSO4 + 2NaCl ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଟି ଏକ ଅବକ୍ଷେପଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ।
5. ଯେଉଁ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଜାରଣରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ, ତାକୁ ପ୍ରତିଜାରକ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
6. ଲୁହାରେ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗିବା ଓ ଶ୍ଵାସକ୍ରିୟା ଉଭୟ ବିଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ।
7. ପରିପାକ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ ଶ୍ଵେତସାର ସରଳୀକୃତ ହୋଇ ଗ୍ଲୁକୋଜ ଯୌଗିକରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।
8. ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ଜଳର ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣରୁ H2 ଓ O2 ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର ଅନୁପାତ 2 : 1 |
9. ଚୂନ ବା କଲିଚୂନର ସଂକେତ CaCO3
10. କଲିଚୂନ CO2 ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଶମୀତ ଚୂନ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ।
11. କୋଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଗ୍ଲୁକୋଜ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଶରୀରକୁ ଶକ୍ତି ଯୋଗାଉଥ‌ିବା ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର ନାମ ଶ୍ବସନ ।
12. 3Fe + XH2O → Fe3O4 + 4H2ରେ Xର ମୂଲ୍ୟ = 4 |
13. FeSO4 କୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ଜଳନ୍ତା ଗନ୍ଧକ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
14. ଫେରସ୍ ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ୍ ସ୍ଫଟିକର ରଙ୍ଗ ନୀଳ ।
15. ବିଘଟନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ବାୟୁ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ନୁହେଁ ।
16. AgCI କଳାଧଳା ଫଟୋଉଠା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
17. ରୁପାର ଉପକରଣଗୁଡ଼ିକ କିଛି ସମୟ ବାୟୁରେ ରହିଲେ ସିଲ୍‌ଭର୍‌ ସଲ୍‌ଫାଇଡ୍ ଯୋଗୁ କଳା ପଡ଼ିଯାଏ |
18. Zn ଧାତୁ ଅତିଲଘୁ ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ୍ ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ନିର୍ଗତ କରେ ।
19. FeSO4 କୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ଜଳନ୍ତା ଫସ୍‌ଫରସ୍ ଗନ୍ଧ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
20. ଫେରସ୍ ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ୍ ସ୍ଫଟିକର ରଙ୍ଗ ସବୁଜ ।
21. AgCI କଳାଧଳା ଫଟୋଉଠା କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
22. 4Na + O2 → 2Na2O ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଟି ବିଘଗନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରୟାର ଅନ୍ତଖତ |
23. ମିଥେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର ଦହନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ତାପୀୟ ବିଘଟନ କହନ୍ତି ।
24. AgCI ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ କିରଣରେ ଧଳା ବର୍ଷରୁ ଧୂସର ବର୍ଣ୍ଣରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।

Answer:
1. x
2. ✓
3. x
4. ✓
5. x
6. x
7.✓
8. ✓
9. x
10. x
11. ✔
12. ✔
13.✔
14. x
15. ✓
16. ✔
17.✔
18. ×
19. x
20. ✓
21.✔
22. ×
23. x
24. ✔

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

D ‘କୁ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭର ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭର ଶବ୍ଦ ସହ ମିଳନ କରି ଲେଖ ।

BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-3
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-4
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-5
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-6
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-7
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-8

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

E ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।

1. ରାସାୟନିକ ସମ1କରଣ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ପ୍ରତୀକ ଓ ସଙ୍କେତ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବାକୁ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

2. ଲେଡ୍ ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ ସହିତ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଆୟୋଡାଇଡ୍‌ର ଜଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣକୁ ମିଶାଇଲେ କ’ଣ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ?
ଉ –
ଲେଡ୍ ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍ ସହିତ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଆୟୋଡାଇଡ୍‌ର ଜଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣକୁ ମିଶାଇଲେ ଲେଡ୍ ଆୟୋଡାଇଡ୍ ଓ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।

3. ଶବ୍ଦ ସମୀକରଣ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?

ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଶବ୍ଦ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବାକୁ ଶବ୍ଦ ସମୀକରଣ କହନ୍ତି ।

4. ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ୱ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ନିୟମ କ’ଣ ?
ଊ –
କୌଣସି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ୱ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କିମ୍ବା ବିନାଶ ଘଟେ ନାହିଁ । ଏହାକୁ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ୱ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ନିୟମ କହନ୍ତି । କିମ୍ବା, ମୌଳିକଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମୋଟ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵ ସହିତ ସମାନ । ଏହାକୁ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ନିୟମ କହନ୍ତି । ମୋଟ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵ ସହିତ ସମାନ । ଏହାକୁ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ୱ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ନିୟମ କହନ୍ତି ।

5. ସୂଚକୀୟ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ–
କେବଳ ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ଓ ଉତ୍ପାଦର ସୂଚନା ଦେଉଥ‌ିବା ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣକୁ ସୂଚକୀୟ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

6. ଆକ୍ସାସ୍ (ag) ଶବ୍ଦ କେଉଁଥ୍ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ?
ଉ–
ଯଦି ପ୍ରତିକାରକ କିମ୍ବା ଉତ୍ପାଦ ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ସେହି ଦ୍ରବଣପାଇଁ ଆକ୍ସାସ୍‌ (aq) ଶବ୍ଦ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ଏହାର ସଙ୍କେତ (aq) ଅଟେ ।

7. ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ–
ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଦୁଇ ବା ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇ ଏକମାତ୍ର ଉତ୍ପାଦ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ, ସେହି

8. ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଊ–
ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ତାପ ନିର୍ଗତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତାକୁ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି ।

9. ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ ଦହନର ସମୀକରଣ ଲେଖ ।
CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(g) .

10. ଶ୍ୱସନ ଏକ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହିଁକି ?
ଉ-
ଶ୍ଵସନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଗ୍ଲୁକୋଜ୍ ଶରୀର କୋଷ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକରି ଶରୀରକୁ ଶକ୍ତି ଯୋଗାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଶ୍ୱସନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି ।

11. ବିଘଟନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ-
ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ମାତ୍ର ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ବିଘଟିତ ହୋଇ କିଛି ସରଳତମ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ସୃଷ୍ଟିହୁଏ ତାହାକୁ ବିଘଟନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି ।

12. ତାପୀୟ ବିଘଟନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ-
ତାପ ପ୍ରୟୋଗଦ୍ଵାରା ଘଟୁଥ‌ିବା ବିଘଟନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ତାପୀୟ ବିଘଟନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି ।

13. ଏକ ତାପୀୟ ବିଘଟନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ।
ଉ-
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-9

14. ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଘଟନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ-
ଜଳର ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣଦ୍ଵାରା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ଓ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ ନିର୍ଗତ ହେବା ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଘଟନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି ।

15. ତାପଶୋଷୀ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ-
ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ତାପ ଶୋଷିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ସେହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ତାପଶୋଷୀ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି ।

16. ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ–
ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ମୌଳିକ କୌଣସି ଏକ ଯୌଗିକର ମୌଳିକକୁ ଅପସାରଣ କରେ, ସେହି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

17. ଅବକ୍ଷେପଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ–
ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଅଦ୍ରାବ୍ୟ ଅବକ୍ଷେପ ସୃଷ୍ଟିହୁଏ ତାହାକୁ ଅବକ୍ଷେପଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି ।

18. ↑ ଓ ↓ ତୀର ଚିହ୍ନ କ’ଣ ଦର୍ଶାଏ ?
ଉ–
↑ ତୀରଚିହ୍ନ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନକୁ ଓ ↓ ତୀରଚିହ୍ନ ଅଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ ଅବକ୍ଷେପକୁ ଦର୍ଶାଏ ।

19. କଲିଚୁନରେ ଜଳ ମିଶାଇଲେ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଟି ଲେଖ ।
ଉ–
CaO(s) + H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2(s) + ରାପ

20. ବେରିୟମ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ + ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ସଲଫେଟ୍
→ ବେରିୟମ୍ ସଲଫେଟ୍ + ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ ଏହାର ସମତୁଲ ସମୀକରଣଟି ଲେଖ ।
ଉ–
3BaCl2 + Al2(SO4)3 → 3BaSO4 + 2AlCl3

21. ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ସଲଫାଇଡ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ବାୟୁରେ ଜଳିଲେ ଜଳ ଓ ସଲଫର୍ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ । ଏହାର ସମତୁଲ ସମୀକରଣଟି ଲେଖ ।
ଊ–
2H2S(g) + 3O2(g) → 2H2O(l) + 2SO2(g)

22. HNO3 + Ca(OH)2 → Ca(NO3)2 + H2Oର ସମତୁଲ ସମ1କାରଟି ଲେଖ |
ଊ–
2HNO3 + Ca(OH)2 → Ca(NO3)2 + 2H2O

23. ଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କ’ଣ ?
ଊ–
ଯଦି ଏକ ପଦାର୍ଥ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ସମୟରେ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ ଲାଭକରେ କିମ୍ବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ହରାଏ, ତେବେ ଏହାକୁ ଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

24. ଚୈତ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଊ–
ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ଦୁଇଟି ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଆୟନ ବିନିମୟ ଘଟିଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଦ୍ୱୈତ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

25. ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ପାତକୁ ବାୟୁରେ ଜଳାଇବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ କାହିଁକି ସଫାକରିବା ଉଚିତ ?
ଊ–
ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଧାତୁ ବାୟୁର ଅମ୍ଳଜାନ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଏକ ଆସ୍ତରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ । ଏହା ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଜଳିବାରେ ପ୍ରତିବନ୍ଧକ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ପାତ ବାୟୁରେ ଜଳାଇବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ସଫାକରିବା ଉଚିତ ।

27. ବିଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଊ–
ଯଦି ପଦାର୍ଥଟି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ସମୟରେ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ ହରାଏ କିମ୍ବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରେ ତେବେ ଏହାକୁ ବିଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

28. ZnO + C → Zn + CO ସମୀକରଣରେ କିଏ ଜାରିତ ଓ ବିଜାରିତ ହୋଇଛି ?
ଉ-
କାର୍ବନ, COକୁ ଜାରିତ ହୋଇଛି ଏବଂ Znଠ, Znକୁ ବିଜାରିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

29. ଜାରଣ-ବିଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କ’ଣ ?
ଊ–
କୌଣସି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ସମୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରତିଜାରକ ଜାରିତ ହେଉଥିଲେ, ଅନ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିଜାରକଟି ବିଜାରିତ ହେଉଥାଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଜାରଣ-ବିଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

30. ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ–
ଯେତେବେଳେ ଏକ ଧାତୁ ତାକୁ ଘେରି ରହିଥିବା ଉପାଦାନଗୁଡ଼ିକ (ଯଥା : ବାୟୁ, ଜଳୀୟବାଷ୍ପ, ଅମ୍ଳ ଆଦି) ସହିତ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ, ସେତେବେଳେ ଧାତୁଟିର ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ କ୍ଷୟ ଘଟିଥାଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣ ବା କ୍ରମକ୍ଷୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

31. ଜାରକ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ–
ଯେଉଁ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ଦେଇ କିମ୍ବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ନେଇ ଅନ୍ୟ ପଦାର୍ଥର ଜାରଣ ଘଟାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଜାରକ କୁହାଯାଏ । ବିଜାରିତ ପଦାର୍ଥକୁ ଜାରକ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

32. ବିଜାରକ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ-
ଯେଉଁ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ନେଇ କିମ୍ବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ଦେଇ ଅନ୍ୟ ପଦାର୍ଥର ବିଜାରଣ ଘଟାଇଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ବିଜାରକ କୁହାଯାଏ । ଜାରିତ ପଦାର୍ଥକୁ ବିଜାରକ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

33. ସଢ଼ା ଅବସ୍ଥା କ’ଣ ?
ଉ-
ବହୁଦିନ ଧରି ରହିଯାଇଥିବା ଚର୍ବି ଓ ତେଲ ବାୟୁ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସି ଜାରିତ ହୁଏ । ଏହା ଫଳରେ ତାର ଗନ୍ଧ ଓ ସ୍ଵାଦ ବଦଳିଯାଇଥାଏ । ଏହାକୁ ପଦାର୍ଥର ସଢ଼ା ଅବସ୍ଥା କହନ୍ତି ।

41. ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ ଉପସ୍ଥିତିରେ ମିଥେନ୍‌ର ଦହନ ଘଟିଲେ କାର୍ବନ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଓ ଜଳ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ । ଏହାର ଏକ ସମତୁଲ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ ଲେଖ ।
ଉ-
CH4 (g) + 2O2 (g) → CO2 (g) + 2H2O (l)

42. କଳଙ୍କ ଜ’ ଣ?
ଉ-
ବାୟୁ ତଥା ଅମ୍ଳଜାନ ସହିତ ଲୁହାର ଧୀର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଘଟି ଲୌହ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେବା ଫଳରେ ଲୁହା ଉପରେ ଏକ ଲୋହିତ-ବାଦାମୀ ରଙ୍ଗର ପ୍ରଲେପ ମାଡ଼ିଯାଏ ଏବଂ ଏହି ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଲୁହାରେ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗିବା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

F ପ୍ରଥମଯୋଡ଼ିର ସମ୍ପର୍କକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କରି ଦ୍ୱିତୀୟ ଯୋଡ଼ିର ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।

1. CO(g) + 2H2(g) : CH3OH :: Ca(OH)2 + CO2 : …………..(s) |
2. ଏକାଧ୍ଵ ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇ ଏକ ଉତ୍ପାଦ : ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା :: ଏକ ପ୍ରତିକାରକରୁ ଅନେକ ଉତ୍ପାଦ : ……………………… |
3. C(s) + O2(g) → CO2(g) : ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ :: CaCO3(g) → CaO(s) + CO2(g) ……………. |
4. Pb(NO3)2 : ଧଳା :: PbO : ……………. |
5. AgCl(s): ଧଳା :: Ag : …………… |
6. Ag : ଧୂସର :: Cu : ……………. |
7. Cu : ବାଦାମୀ :: CuO : ……………|
8. ତାପଶୋଷୀ : ତାପଗ୍ରହଣ :: ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ : ………………….. |
9. ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ଲାଭ : ଜାରଣ :: ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଲାଭ : ……………………… |
10. Mg + O2 → MgO : ଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା :: CuO + H2 → Cu + H2O : ……………….. |
11. ସିଲଭର : କଳା ଆସ୍ତରଣ :: କପର : ………………….. |
12. ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଦହନ : ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ :: ଶ୍ବସନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା : …………. |
13. X + Y → XY : ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା :: XY → X + Y : ……………………. |
14. PbI2 : ହଳଦିଆ ଅଧଃକ୍ଷେପ :: BaSO4 : ………………… |
15. CaO + ଜଳ : ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା :: ଏସିଡ୍ + ଜଳ : ……………………. |
16. ଫେରସ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ : FeO : : ଫେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ : ……………………… |
17. CuSO4 : ନାଳ :: ZnSO4 : ………………… |
18. ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ ଦହନ : ତାପଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା :: ଶ୍ବସନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା : …………………… |
19. 2H2 + O2 → 2H2O : ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା :: C + O2 → CO2 : ……………… |
20. କଠିନ : S :: ଜଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣ : …………………. |
21. ପ୍ରତିକାରକର ଅକ୍ସିଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ରହଣ : ଜାରଣ :: ପ୍ରତିକାରକର ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ରହଣ : ………………………. |
22. କପର୍ ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ୍ : ନୀଳ :: ଆଇରନ୍ ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ୍ : ……………………… |

Answer:
1. CaCO3
2. ବିଘଟନ
3. ବିଘଟନ
4. ହଳଦିଆ
5. ଧୂସର
6. ବାଦାମୀ
7, କଳା
8. ତାପ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ
9. ବିଜାରଣ
10. ଜାରଣ ବିଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା
11. ସବୁଜ ଆସ୍ତରଣ
12. ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ
13. ବିଘଟନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା
14. ଧଳା ଅଧଃକ୍ଷେପ
15. ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ
16. Fe2O3
17. ବର୍ଣ୍ଣହୀନ
18. ତାପଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା
19. ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା
20. ag
21. ବିଜାରଣ,
22. ସବୁଜ

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

Subjective Type Questions with Answer

1. ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ଉଦାହରଣ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ଦର୍ଶାଅ । ଏହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହିଁକି କୁହାଯାଏ ? ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌, ଶ୍ୱସନ କ୍ରିୟା ଓ ଖତର ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଇ ବୁଝାଅ ।
ଉ-
(i) ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା – ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଦୁଇ ବା ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇ ଏକମାତ୍ର ଉତ୍ପାଦ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ, ସେହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ : କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଜଳ ସହିତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ପ୍ରଚୁର ପରିମାଣରେ ତାପ ନିର୍ଗତ ହେବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ କାସିୟମ୍ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଯୌଗିକ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
CaO(s) + H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2(aq)
2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O (l) + ତାପ
ଏହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ତାପଶକ୍ତି ନିର୍ଗତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଏହାକୁ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ବା ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦକ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

(ii) କଲିଚୂନ (CaO) ଜଳ ସହ ତୀବ୍ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ପ୍ରଚୁର ପରିମାଣରେ ତାପ ନିର୍ଗତ କରେ ଓ ଶମିତଚୂନରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-10

(iii) ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ ଦହନ ଫଳରେ ପ୍ରଚୁର ତାପଶକ୍ତି ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
CH4(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(g) + ତାପ

(iv) ଶ୍ଵାସକ୍ରିୟା ଏକ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା । କାରଣ ବଞ୍ଚିବାପାଇଁ ଯେଉଁ ଶକ୍ତି ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତାହା ଆମେ ଖାଦ୍ୟରୁ ପାଇଥାଉ । ପରିପାକ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଖାଦ୍ୟ ସରଳତର ପଦାର୍ଥରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ । ଉଦାହରଣସ୍ୱରୂପ, ଭାତ, ଆଳୁ ଓ ରୁଟିରେ ଶ୍ଵେତସାର ରହିଛି । ପରିପାକ କ୍ରିୟା ହେତୁ ଏହି ଶ୍ୱେତସାରରୁ ଗ୍ଲୁକୋଜ ଅଣୁ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ । ଗ୍ଲୁକୋଜ ଅଣୁ ଆମ ଶରୀରର କୋଷଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ସହିତ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ଏବଂ ଶରୀରକୁ ଶକ୍ତି ଯୋଗାଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ନାମ ହେଉଛି ଶ୍ବସନ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ।
C6H12O6(aq) + 6O2(aq) → 6CO2(aq)+ 6H2O(l) + ଶକ୍ତି
(v) ଉଭିଦଜ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟର ବିଘଟନ ଘଟି ଖତରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ । ଏହା ଏକ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ଉଦାହରଣ ।

Question 2.
ଜଳନ୍ତା ଗନ୍ଧକର ଗନ୍ଧ, ବାଦାମୀ ରଙ୍ଗର ଧୂମ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ, ସିମେଣ୍ଡ ଉତ୍ପାଦନ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଯୌଗିକରୁ ଜାରଣ ଓ ବିଜାରଣର ଉଦାହରଣ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ CO2 ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ଏବଂ zn ସହ ଅମ୍ଳ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରୁ H2 ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ନିର୍ଗମନ, ଉଦାହରଣ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ବୁଝାଅ ।
(i) ଫେରସ୍ ସଲଫେଟ୍‌ର ସ୍ଫଟିକକୁ ଗରମ କଲେ ଫେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍, ସଲଫର୍‌ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଓ ସଲଫର୍‌ ଟ୍ରାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-11
ସଲଫର୍ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡରୁ ଜଳନ୍ତା ଗନ୍ଧକର ଲାକ୍ଷଣିକ ଗନ୍ଧ ବାହାରେ ।

(ii) ଲେଡ୍ ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍‌ ଚୂର୍ଣ୍ଣକୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ବାଦାମୀ ରଙ୍ଗର ଧୂମ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେବ, ତାହା NO2 ଅଟେ ।
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-12

(iii) CaCO3ର ବିଘଟନରୁ CaO ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-13

(iv) Znଠ ସହ କାର୍ବନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଜିଙ୍କ ଓ କାର୍ବନ ମୋନୋକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ।
ZnO + C → Zn + CO
ଏଠାରେ କାର୍ବନ୍ CO ଜାରିତ ହୋଇଛି ।
ZnO → Znକୁ ବିଜାରିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

(v) ଜିଙ୍କ ଦାନା ସହ ଲଘୁ ସଲ୍‌ଫୁରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଜିଙ୍କ ସଲଫେଟ୍ ଓ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ।
Zn + H2SO4 → ZnSO4 + H2(g)

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

Question 3.
ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ? ମୌଳିକ-ମୌଳିକ, ମୌଳିକ-ଯୌଗିକ ଏବଂ ଯୌଗିକ-ଯୌଗିକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସଂଘଟିତ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ଗୋଟିଏ ଲେଖାଏଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାର ଉଦାହରଣ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ । ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ନିୟମ କ’ଣ ? ଏକ ସମତୁଲ ସମୀକରଣ ଲେଖ ।
ଉ-
(i) ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଦୁଇ ବା ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇ ଏକମାତ୍ର ଉତ୍ପାଦ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ସେହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି ।

(ii) କୋଇଲାର ଦହନବେଳେ ଦୁଇଟି ମୌଳିକ କାର୍ବନ ଓ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଘଟି କାର୍ବନ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
C + O2 → CO2 + ତାପ

(iii) 340 ବାୟୁମଣ୍ଡଳୀୟ ଚାପରେ କାର୍ବନ ମନୋକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଓ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଘଟି ମିଥାଇଲ୍ ଆଲ୍‌କହଲ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-14

(iv) କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଜଳ ସହିତ ତୀବ୍ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଘଟି ପ୍ରଚୁର ପରିମାଣର ତାପ ନିର୍ଗତ ହେବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ଶର୍ମିତ ଚୂନ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
CaO(s) + H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2(aq)

(v) କୌଣସି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵର ସୃଷ୍ଟି କିମ୍ବା ବିନାଶ ଘଟେନାହିଁ ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ କୌଣସି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦରେ ଥ‌ିବା ମୌଳିକଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମୋଟ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵ ପ୍ରତିକାରକରେ ଥ‌ିବା ମୌଳିକଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମୋଟ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵ ସହିତ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ସମାନ ରହିବ ।
3Fe + 4H2O → Fe3O4 + 4H2

Question 4.
ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ? ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ ଲେଖୁବାପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଆଲୋଚନା କର ।
ଉ-

  • ପ୍ରତୀକ ଓ ସଙ୍କେତ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବାକୁ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
  • ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣକୁ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ ନ କରି ଶବ୍ଦ ରୂପରେ ଲେଖୁଲେ, ଏହାକୁ ଶବ୍ଦ ସମୀକରଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
    ଉଦାହରଣ :

    • ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ + ଅକ୍ସିଜେନ୍ → ଜଳ
    • ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ + ଅକ୍ସିଜେନ୍→ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍

ରାସାୟନିକ ପମ1କରଣ ଲେଖ୍ଚାପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ପ୍ରଣାଳ1 :
(i) ଶବ୍ଦ ସମୀକରଣକୁ ସଙ୍କେତ ଓ ପ୍ରତୀକ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରାଗଲେ ତାକୁ ସୂଚକୀୟ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ ବା କଙ୍କାଳ ସମୀକରଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ :
H2 + O2 → H2O
Mg + O2 → MgO

(ii) ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣର ବାମପାର୍ଶ୍ଵରେ ପ୍ରତିକାରଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଓ ଡାହାଣ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଲେଖାଯାଏ ।

(iii) ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ଓ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ତୀର (→) ଚିହ୍ନ ଦିଆଯାଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ତୀରଟି ବାମରୁ ଡାହାଣକୁ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଏକାଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ଥିଲେ ସେମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଯୁକ୍ତ ଚିହ୍ନ ଦିଆଯାଇଥାଏ ।

(iv) ସୂଚକୀୟ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣଟି ଏକ ଅସମତୁଲ ସମୀକରଣ ଅଟେ । କାରଣ ଏହାର ଉଭୟ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵର ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ୱ ସମାନ ନଥାଏ । କିନ୍ତୁ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ୱ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ନିୟମାନୁସାରେ କୌଣସି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଓ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ପରେ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ୱ ସମାନ ରହିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ଅଟେ । ଏଥିପାଇଁ ଆମକୁ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣକୁ ସମତୁଲ କରିବାକୁ ପଡ଼ିଥାଏ । ସାଧାରଣତଃ ପରଖ-ନୀରେଖ ବିଧ୍ୱଂରେ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣକୁ ସମତୁଲ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ । ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ଓ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵରେ ଥିବା ମୌଳିକମାନଙ୍କ ପରମାଣୁ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ସମାନ କରିଦେଲେ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ୱ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ନିୟମ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକାରୀ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

ଉଦାହରଣ :
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-15

ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ଭତ୍ତରମୂଳକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର

1. ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣର ତିନୋଟି ବୈଶିଷ୍ଟ୍ୟ ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଇ ଲେଖ ।
ଉ-

  • ଅବକ୍ଷେପ ସୃଷ୍ଟି
  • ତାପର ନିର୍ଗମନ
  • ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର ନିର୍ଗମନ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

(i) କେତେକ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଅବକ୍ଷେପ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ – ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଆୟୋଡାଇଡ୍‌ର ଜଳୀୟଦ୍ରବଣ ସହ ଲେଡ୍ ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟର ଦ୍ରବଣ ମିଶାଇଲେ ଲେଡ୍ ଆୟୋଡ଼ାଇଡ୍‌ର ହଳଦିଆ ଅବକ୍ଷେପ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ।
Pb (NO3)2 + 2KI → PbI2 + 2KNO3

(ii) କେତେକ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ତାପ ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ – ବିକରରେ ଜିଙ୍କ ଦାନା ସହ ଲଘୁ ସଲଫ୍ୟୁରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଘଟିଲେ ବିକରକୁ ସ୍ପର୍ଶ କଲେ ହାତକୁ ଗରମ ଲାଗିବ ଓ ପ୍ରଚୁର ତାପ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେବ ।
Zn + H2SO4 → ZnSO4 + H2

(iii) କେତେକ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ ନିର୍ଗମନ ହୁଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ – ଗୋଟିଏ କୋନିକାଲ ଫ୍ଲସ୍କରେ କିଛି ଜିଙ୍କ ଦାନା ସହ ଲଘୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ମିଶାଇଲେ ଜିଙ୍କ ଦାନାର ଉପରେ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର ଫୋଟକା ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ ।
Zn + 2HCl → ZnCl2 + H2

2. ଏକ ସମତୁଲ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ କ’ଣ ? ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣଗୁଡ଼ିକ କାହିଁକି ସମତୁଲ ହେବା ତରାକାର ?
ଉ –

  • ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଉପସ୍ଥାପନ କରିବାପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଉକ୍ତିକୁ ଶବ୍ଦ ସମୀକରଣ କହନ୍ତି ।
  • କିନ୍ତୁ ପ୍ରତୀକ ଓ ସଙ୍କେତ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବାକୁ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ
  • ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣରେ ବାମପାର୍ଶ୍ଵରେ ଥିବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ମୌଳିକର ପରମାଣୁ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଦକ୍ଷିଣ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵରେ ଥ‌ିବା ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ମୌଳିକର ପରମାଣୁ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ସହ ସମାନ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ସମତୁଲ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ କହନ୍ତି ।
  • ଡାଲ୍‌ଟନ୍‌ଙ୍କ ପରମାଣୁ ତତ୍ତ୍ବ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ପରମାଣୁର ସୃଷ୍ଟି କିମ୍ବା ବିନାଶ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ।
  • ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ୱ ସଂରକ୍ଷଣ ନିୟମ ଅନୁଯାୟୀ ଏକ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ସମସ୍ତ ଉତ୍ପାଦରେ ଥ‌ିବା ମୌଳିକଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ମୋଟ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵ ପ୍ରତିକାରକରେ ଥ‌ିବା ମୌଳିକଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମୋଟ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ବ ସହ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ସମାନ ରହିବ । ମୌଳିକଗୁଡ଼ିକର ମୋଟ ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵ ଏହାର ପରମାଣୁ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ଉପରେ ନିର୍ଭର କରେ । ତେଣୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ମୌଳିକର ପରମାଣୁ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ଓ ଉତ୍ପାଦରେ ସମାନ ରହିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

3.

  • 2AgBr → 2Ag + Brର ସମ୍ପାଦନ ପାଇଁ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ସର୍ଭଟି କ’ଣ ? ଏହାର ଏକ ବ୍ୟବହାର ଲେଖ ।
  • ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣଟିକୁ ଲେଖ ।
    BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-16
  • କଲିଚୂନରେ ଜଳ ମିଶାଇଲେ କ’ଣ ହୁଏ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ ।

ଉ –

  • 2AgBr ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟାଲୋକ ଉପସ୍ଥିତିରେ Ag ଓ Brରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ । ଏହା କଳାଧଳା ଫଟୋ ସଂକ୍ରାନ୍ତୟ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
  • BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-17
  • କଲିଚୂନ ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଶମିତଚୂନରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ଓ ଏଥୁରୁ ତାପ ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ ।
    CaO(s) + H2O(l) → Ca (OH)2

4. ପ୍ରାୟ 2 ଗ୍ରାମ୍ ଫେରସ୍ ସଲଫେଟ୍ ସ୍ଫଟିକ ନେଇ ଶୁଷ୍କ ସ୍ଫୁଟନ ନଳୀରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ

  • ରଙ୍ଗର କ’ଣ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ହେବ ?
  • ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣଟି ଲେଖ ।
  • କେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାର ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ ତାହା ବୁଝାଇ ଲେଖ ।

ଉ –

  • ସବୁଜ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣର FeSO4 ବର୍ଣ୍ଣହୀନ ହେବ ଏବଂ ଲୋହିତ ବାଦାମୀ ରଙ୍ଗର କଠିନ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେବ ଏବଂ ଜଳନ୍ତା ଗନ୍ଧକର ଲାକ୍ଷଣିକ ଗନ୍ଧ ମିଳିବ ।
  • BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-18
  • ଏହା ଏକ ବିଘଟନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ, କାରଣ ଏହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ମାତ୍ର ପ୍ରତିକାରକର ବିଘଟନ ଘଟି କିଛି ସରଳତର ଉତ୍ପାଦ; ଯଥା- Fe2O3, SO2 ଓ SO3 ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେଉଛି ।

5.

  • A2O3 + 2B → B2O3 + 2A
  • 3CSO4 + 2B → B2(SO4)3 + 3C
  • 3CO + 2A → A2O3 + 3C
    ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସମୀକରଣରେ A, B ଓ C ତ୍ରୟ ପରସ୍ପର ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରନ୍ତି ।

    • କେଉଁଟି ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ?
    • କେଉଁ ମୌଳିକଟି କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ?
    • ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ସମୀକରଣ ତ୍ରୟ କେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାରର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରନ୍ତି ? –

ଉ –

  • B ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ । କାରଣ B ଉଭୟ ଓ C କୁ ବିସ୍ଥାପିତ କରିଛି ।
  • C କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ । କାରଣ ଉଭୟ A ଓ B ଦ୍ବାରା Cର ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ଘଟେ ।
  • ସମୀକରଣ
    • ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ସମୀକରଣ
    • ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ସମୀକରଣ
    • ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ସୁତରାଂ ତିନୋଟିଯାକ ସମୀକରଣ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରନ୍ତି ।

6. ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କ’ଣ ? ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ କି ? ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଇ ବୁଝାଅ H2S + Cl2 → 2HCl + S ସମୀକରଣରେ ଜାରକ ଓ ବିଜାରକ କିଏ ଦର୍ଶାଅ । ସଢ଼ା ଅବସ୍ଥା କ’ଣ ? କିପରି ଏହାକୁ ଦୂର କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ?
ଉ –
(a) ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା – ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଦୁଇ ବା ଅଧିକ ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇ ଏକମାତ୍ର ଉତ୍ପାଦ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ, ସେହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ : କ୍ୟାଲ୍‌ସିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଜଳ ସହିତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ପ୍ରଚୁର ପରିମାଣରେ ତାପ ନିର୍ଗତ ହେବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ କାସିୟମ୍‌ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
CaO(s) + H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2(aq)
2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O (l) + ତାପ

(b) H2S + CI2 → 2HCI + S ସମୀକରଣରେ ଜାରକ Cl2 ଓ ବିଜାରକ H2S |

(c) ବହୁତ ଦିନ ଧରି ରହିଯାଇଥିବା ଚର୍ବି ଓ ତେଲ ବାୟୁ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସି ଜାରିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଫଳରେ ସ୍ଵାଦ ଓ ଗନ୍ଧ ବଦଳି ଯାଇଥାଏ । ତହିଁରୁ ରହଣିଆ ଗନ୍ଧ ବାହାରେ । ଏହାକୁ ସଢ଼ା ଅବସ୍ଥା କହନ୍ତି । ଏହାର ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ କରିବାପାଇଁ ପ୍ରତିଜାରକ ମିଶାଯାଇଥାଏ ଏବଂ ବାୟୁରୋଧୀ ପାତ୍ରରେ ରଖାଯାଏ । ନାଇଟ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଭଳି ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଭର୍ତ୍ତି କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

7. ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଚାପ, ତାପ ଓ ଉତ୍ପ୍ରେରକର ପ୍ରଭାବ କିପରି ପଡ଼େ, ଉଦାହରଣ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ବୁଝାଅ ?
ଉ –
ଉତ୍ପ୍ରେରକ :
(i) ନାଇଟ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଓ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌କୁ 1 : 3 ବସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵ ଅନୁପାତରେ ନେଇ ଏହାକୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ ଫେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ରେ ପ୍ରବାହିତ କଲେ ଏମୋନିଆ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏଠାରେ ଫେରିକ୍ ଅକସାଇଡ୍ ଉତ୍ପ୍ରେରକର କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଥାଏ । ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣରେ ଏହି ଉତ୍ପ୍ରେରକକୁ ତୀର ଚିହ୍ନ ଉପରେ ବା ତଳେ ଦର୍ଶାଯାଇଥାଏ ।
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-19
ଚାପ :
(ii) ସେହିପରି 340 ବାୟୁମଣ୍ଡଳୀୟ ଚାପରେ କାର୍ବନ୍ ମନୋକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଓ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଘଟି ମିଥାଇଲ୍ ଆଲ୍‌କୋହଲ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-20

ତାପ :
(iii) ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟାଲୋକ ଓ କ୍ଲୋରୋଫିଲ୍‌ର ଉପସ୍ଥିତିରେ ସବୁଜ ଉଦ୍ଭଦରେ ଅଙ୍ଗାରକାମ୍ଳ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଓ ଜଳ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଘଟି ଗ୍ଲୁକୋଜ ଦ୍ରବଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରୁ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ଓ ଜଳ ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ । ଏହାକୁ ଆଲୋକଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-21

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

8. 3Fe(s) + 4H2O(g) → Fe3O4(s) + 4H2O(g)
ଜାରକ ଓ ବିଜାରକ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କରି ଏହି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଟି ଏକ ଜାରଣ ବିଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ, ବୁଝାଅ । ଏତଦ୍‌ବ୍ୟତୀତ ଏହା ଅନ୍ୟ କେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାରର ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା, ବୁଝାଅ ।
ଉ —
(a) ଯଦି ଗୋଟିଏ ପଦାର୍ଥ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ସମୟରେ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରେ କିମ୍ବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ହରାଏ, ତେବେ ପଦାର୍ଥଟି ଜାରିତ ହୁଏ ।
Fe ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରି Fe3O4 କୁ ଜାରିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

(b) ଯଦି ପଦାର୍ଥଟି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ସମୟରେ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ହରାଏ କିମ୍ବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରେ ତେବେ ପଦାର୍ଥଟି ବିଜାରିତ ହୁଏ । H2O ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍‌କୁ ହରାଇ H2 କୁ ବିଜାରିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

(c) ଏଠାରେ H2O ଜାରକ ଓ Fe ବିଜାରକ ଅଟନ୍ତି ।

(d) ଏହା ମଧ୍ୟ ଏକ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା । ଏଠାରେ ଆଇରନ୍ (Fe) ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ (H) ଠାରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ହେତୁ Fe, H2O ରୁ H2କୁ ବିସ୍ଥାପିତ କରି Fe2O4 ଗଠନ କରିଛି ।

9. ଲୁହାରେ କଳଙ୍କି କ’ଣ ? ଲୁହାରେ କଳଙ୍କି କାହିଁକି ଲାଗେ ? ଏହାର ଅପକାରିତା କ’ଣ ଓ ଏହାକୁ କିପରି ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ?
ଊ–

  • ଲୌହ ନିର୍ମିତ ପଦାର୍ଥ କିଛିଦିନ ପାଇଁ ବାହାରେ ପଡ଼ି ରହିଲେ ତା’ ଉପରେ ଏକ ଲୋହିତ-ବାଦାମୀ ରଙ୍ଗର ପ୍ରଲେପ ମାଡ଼ିଯାଏ । ଏହାକୁ ଲୁହାରେ କଳଙ୍କି ବୋଲି କୁହାଯାଏ ।
  • ଲୁହା ବାୟୁମଣ୍ଡଳର ଜଳୀୟବାଷ୍ପ ସହ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଲୌହ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ । ଏହି ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଲୋହିତ ବାଦାମୀ ରଙ୍ଗର ପ୍ରଲେପ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।
  • ଲୌହ ନିର୍ମିତ ପଦାର୍ଥଟିର ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ କ୍ଷୟ ଘଟିଥାଏ ଓ ଦୀପ୍ତି ହରାଇଥାଏ ।
    (iv) ଲୌହ ନିର୍ମିତ ପଦାର୍ଥଟି ବାୟୁମଣ୍ଡଳର ଜଳୀୟବାଷ୍ପ ଓ ଅମ୍ଳଜାନ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ନ ଆସିବା ପାଇଁ ତା’ ଉପରେ ରଙ୍ଗର ପ୍ରଲେପ ଦେଲେ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗେ ନାହିଁ ।

10. ଅବକ୍ଷେପଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କ’ଣ ? ଏହାର ଦୁଇଟି ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ।
ଊ–
ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଅବକ୍ଷେପଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଅବକ୍ଷେପଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ :
(1) ଶମିତ ଚୂନର ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ଅଙ୍ଗାରକାମ୍ଳ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରାଇଲେ କ୍ୟାଲ୍‌ସିୟମ୍ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍‌ର ଅବକ୍ଷେପ ଓ ଜଳ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ।
Ca(OH)2(aq) + CO2 (g) → CaCO3(s) + H2O(l)

(2) ସିଲଭର ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍‌ର ଜଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍‌ର ଜଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଘଟିଲେ ସିଲଭର କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ ବା ଏକ ଧଳାରଙ୍ଗର ଅବକ୍ଷେପ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେବା ସହ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
AgNO3 (aq) + NaCl(aq) → AgCl(s) ↓ + NaNO3(aq)

11. ତମ୍ବାଗୁଣ୍ଡକୁ ବାୟୁର ଉପସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଗରମ କଲେ ତାହା କଳା ପଡ଼ିଯାଏ ଓ ଏହା ମଧ୍ୟଦେଇ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରାଇଲେ ତାହା ବାଦାମୀ ରଙ୍ଗକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ହୁଏ । ଏହାର କାରଣ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ବୁଝାଅ ।

(i) କପର ଧାତୁର ଗୁଣ୍ଡକୁ ଚିନାମାଟି ପାତ୍ରରେ ରଖ୍ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ତାହା ବାୟୁରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି କପର ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।
2Cu(s) + O2(g) → 2CuO(s)

(ii). ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କପର (ii) ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ମଧ୍ୟକୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ପ୍ରବେଶ କରାଇଲେ କପର ଓ ଜଳ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ କପର ପୁନର୍ବାର ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେଉଥ‌ିବାରୁ କଳା ରଙ୍ଗ ବାଦାମୀ ରଙ୍ଗକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତିତ ହୁଏ ।
CuO + H2 → Cu + H2O

(iii) ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ଦୁଇଟି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ପ୍ରଥମ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ କପରର ଜାରଣ ହେଉଥ‌ିବାବେଳେ ଦ୍ୱିତୀୟ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ Cuଠର ବିଜାରଣ ଓ H2 ର ଜାରଣ ଘଟୁଛି ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

ଅତିସଂଯିପ୍ର ଉତ୍ତରମ୍ଜଲକ ପ୍ରଣ୍ଟୋତ୍ତର

1. ଲେଡ୍ ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍‌ର ଜଳୀୟଦ୍ରବଣରେ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଆୟୋଡାଇଡ୍‌ର ଜଳୀୟଦ୍ରବଣ ମିଶାଇଲେ କ’ଣ ହୁଏ ? ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ । କିମ୍ବା, ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ରଙ୍ଗ ଓ ଅବକ୍ଷେପ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରୁଥିବା ଯୌଗିକଦ୍ବୟର ନାମ ଲେଖ ଓ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ବୁଝାଅ ।
ଊ–
(i) ଲେଡ୍ ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍‌ର ଜଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣ ସହ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଆୟୋଡାଇଡ ଜଳୀୟଦ୍ରବଣ ମିଶାଇଲେ ଲେଡ୍ ଆୟୋଡାଇଡ୍ ଓ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ନାଇଟ୍ରେଟ୍‌ର ଜଳୀୟଦ୍ରବଣ ଦିଏ ।
Pb(NO3)2 + 2KI → PbI2 + 2KNO3

(ii) ବର୍ଣ୍ଣହୀନ Pb(NO3)ର ଜଳୀୟଦ୍ରବଣ ସହ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣହୀନ KI ମିଶାଇଲେ ହଳଦିଆ ଅବକ୍ଷେପ PbI2 (ଲେଡ୍ ଆୟୋଡ଼ାଇଡ୍) ମିଳିବ ।

2. ସଂଶ୍ଳେଷଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ବୁଝାଅ । ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କ’ଣ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ ଦହନର ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଇ ବୁଝାଅ ।
ଊ–
(i) ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଦୁଇ ବା ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୋଇ ଏକମାତ୍ର ଉତ୍ପାଦ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ,
CaO(s) + H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2

(ii) ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ତାପ ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ ତାକୁ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ରାସାୟନିକ
CH2(g) + 2O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(g) + ତାପ
CH2 ଦହନରେ CO2, H2O ଓ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।

3. କଲିଚୂନ ସହିତ ଜଳର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ହେଲେ କ’ଣ ହୁଏ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ –
(i) କଲିଚୂନ (CaO) ଜଳ ସହ ତୀବ୍ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ପ୍ରଚୁର ପରିମାଣରେ ତାପ ନିର୍ଗତ କରେ ଓ ଶମିତଚୂନରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-22

4. ଜିଙ୍କ ଦାନା ସହ ଲଘୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ସମୀକରଣ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ଦର୍ଶାଅ । ଏହା କି ପ୍ରକାରର ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ?
ଊ –
(i) ଜିଙ୍କ ଦାନା ସହ ଲଘୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ହେଲେ, ଜିଙ୍କ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ ଓ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
Zn(s) + 2HCl(aq) →→ ZnCl2̧(aq) + H2(g)

(ii) ଏହା ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ଓ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ । ଏହା ମଧଜାରଣ-ବିଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ ।

5. xMgNO3(s) + yH2O(l) → z Mg(OH)2(aq) + kNH3(g) ସମୀକରଣଟିକୁ ସମତୁଲ କରି x, Y, z ଓ k ର ମାନ ନିର୍ଣ୍ଣୟ କର ।
ଊ –
MgNO3(s) + 6H2O(l) → 3Mg(OH)2(aq) + 2NH3(g)
ଏଠାରେ x = 1 , y = 6, z = 3, k = 2

6.

  • CuSO4 + Zn → Cu + ZnSO4
  • Fe2O3 + 3CO2 → 2Fe + 3CO2 ରେ ଜାରକ ଓ ବିଜାରକ କିଏ ଦର୍ଶାଅ

ଊ –

  • CuSO4 ଜାରକ ଓ Zn ବିଜାରକ |
  • Fe2O3 ଜାରକ ଓ CO2 ବିଜାରକ |

7. CuSO4 ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ଲୁହାକଣ୍ଡା ପ୍ରାୟ 30 ମିନିଟ୍ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟନ୍ତ ପକାଇଲେ କ’ଣ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଦେଖୁବ ସମୀକରଣରେ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ –
ଲୁହାକଣ୍ଟାକୁ CuSO4 ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ପକାଇଲେ CuSO4ର ନୀଳବର୍ଣ୍ଣର ଗାଢ଼ତା ହ୍ରାସ ପାଇବ ଏବଂ ଫିକା ହେବାରେ ଲାଗିବ ତତ୍ ସହିତ ଲୁହାକଣ୍ଟାଟି ମାଟିଆ (Brown)ରଙ୍ଗର ଆବରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିବ । ଏହା ଏକ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ।
Fe(s) + CuSO4(aq) → FeSO4 + Cu

8. ତମ୍ବା ପାତ୍ର ଓ ରୁପାର ଗହଣାରେ କିଛିଦିନ ପରେ ଯଥାକ୍ରମେ ସବୁଜ ଓ କଳାରଙ୍ଗର ଆସ୍ତରଣ ପଡ଼େ କାହିଁକି ?
ଊ –
(i) ତମ୍ବାରେ ତିଆରି ପାତ୍ର କିଛିଦିନ ବାୟୁ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସିଲେ ସବୁଜ ରଙ୍ଗର କପର କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍‌ରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।
2Cu(s) + CO2(g) + O2(g) + H2O(l) → CuCO3. Cu(OH)2

(ii) ସେହିପରି ରୁପାରେ ତିଆରି ଗହଣା କିଛିଦିନ ବାୟୁ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସିଲେ କଳାରଙ୍ଗର Ag Sରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।
2Ag(s) + H2S(g) → Ag2S(s) + H2(g)

9. ଗୋଟିଏ ଲେଖାଏଁ ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଇ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ଓ ତାପଶୋଷୀ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କ’ଣ ବୁଝାଅ ।
ଊ –
(i) ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ତାପଶକ୍ତି ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ, ତାହାକୁ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ : କୋଇଲାର ଦହନରୁ ଅଙ୍ଗାରକାମ୍ଳ ଓ ପ୍ରଚୁର ତାପଶକ୍ତି ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ ।
C(s) + O2(g) → CO2(g) + ତାପ

(ii) ଯେଉଁସବୁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଶକ୍ତି ଶୋଷିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ତାପଶୋଷୀ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି ।
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-23

10. ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କ’ଣ ? ଗୋଟିଏ ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ।
ଊ –

  • ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଉତ୍ପାଦ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ତାପଶକ୍ତି ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ, ତାହାକୁ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।
  • ଉଦାହରଣ : କୋଇଲାର ଦହନରୁ ଅଙ୍ଗାରକାମ୍ଳ ଓ ପ୍ରଚୁର ତାପଶକ୍ତି ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ ।
    C(s) + O2(g) → CO2(g) + ତାପ

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ

11. ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ଓ ଦ୍ଵୈତ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ କ’ଣ ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଇ ବୁଝାଅ ।
ଉ –
(i) ବିସ୍ଥାପନ—ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ମୌଳିକ କୌଣସି ଏକ ଯୌଗିକର ମୌଳିକକୁ ଅପସାରଣ କରେ, ସେହି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Zn(s) + CuSO4(aq) → ZnSO4(aq) + Cu(s)

(ii) ଦ୍ଵୈତ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ – ଯେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ପ୍ରତିକାରକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଆୟନ ବିନିମୟ ଘଟେ, ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଦ୍ବୈତ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି ।
Na2SO4(aq) + BaCl2(aq) → BaSO4(s) + 2NaCl(aq)

12. ଜାରଣ-ବିଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କ’ଣ ? ନିମ୍ନ ସମୀକରଣ ଦ୍ଵୟରୁ କେଉଁଟି ଜାରିତ ଓ କେଉଁଟି ବିଜାରିତ ହୋଇଛି ବୁଝାଅ ।

  • 2PbO + C → 2Pb + CO2
  • MnO2 + 4HCl → MnCl2+ 2H2O + Cl2

ଉ—
କୌଣସି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ସମୟରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରତିକାର୍‌କ ଜାରିତ ହେଉଥିଲେ ଅନ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତିକାରକଟି ବିଜାରିତ ହୁଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରକାର ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଜାରଣ-ବିଜାରଣ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

  • PbO ବିଜାରିତ ଓ C ଜାରିତ ହୋଇଛି ।
  • MnO ବିଜାରିତ ଓ HCI ଜାରିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

13. ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଘଟନ କ’ଣ ? ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ଗୋଟିଏ ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ।
ଉ—

  • ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଏକ ଯୌଗିକ ଜଳୀୟ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ କିମ୍ବା ତରଳ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁସ୍ରୋତ ଦ୍ୱାରା ବିଘଟିତ ହୁଏ, ତାହକୁ ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଘଟନ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
  • ଅମ୍ଳୀକୃତ ଜଳରେ ଉଭୟ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରୋଡ୍‌ରେ ଜଳ ବିଘଟିତ ହୋଇ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଓ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ।
    2H2O(l) → 2H2(g) + 2O2(g)

14. ବେରିୟମ୍ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ସହ ଏମୋନିୟମ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍‌ର ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ କେଉଁ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ? ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ଏହା କେଉଁ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାର ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ବୁଝାଅ ।
ଉ—
(i) Ba(OH)2(aq) + 2NH4Cl(aq) → BaCl2(aq) + NH3̧(g) + 2H2O

(ii) ବେରିୟମ୍‌ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଦ୍ରବଣ ସହ ଏମୋନିୟମ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣର ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରେ ବେରିୟମ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ ଏମୋନିଆ ଓ ଜଳ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ଏବଂ ଏମୋନିଆ ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହୁଏ । ଏହା ଏକ ତାପଶୋଷୀ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ ।

15. ସିଲଭର୍ ବ୍ରୋମାଇଡ୍‌କୁ କଳା କାଚବୋତଲରେ ବା ଅନ୍ଧାରରେ ରଖାଯାଏ କାହିଁକି ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ବୁଝାଅ । ଏହା କେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ?
ଉ—
(i) ସିଲଭର୍ ବ୍ରୋମାଇଡ୍ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟାଲୋକରେ ବିଘଟିତ ହୋଇ ସିଲ୍‌ଭର ଓ ବ୍ରୋମିନ୍‌ରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।
BSE Odisha Class 10 Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 1 img-24

(ii) ତେଣୁ ଆଲୋକ ନ ପଡ଼ିବା ପାଇଁ କଳାକାଚ ବୋତଲରେ ଓ ଅନ୍ଧାରରେ ରଖାଯାଏ । ଏହା ଆଲୋକଦ୍ୱାରା ବିଘଟନ ହୁଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ତାପ ଶୋଷିତ ହେଉଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଏହାକୁ ତାପଶୋଷୀ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class History Solutions Chapter 15 ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଐତିହ୍ୟ

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 9th Class History Solutions Chapter 15 ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଐତିହ୍ୟ Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 History Solutions Chapter 15 ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଐତିହ୍ୟ

୧। ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ୬୦ ଗୋଟି ଶବ୍ଦ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଲେଖ ।

(କ) ଷୋଡ଼ଶ ଓ ସପ୍ତଦଶ ଶତାବ୍ଦୀରେ କିପରି ଓଡ଼ିଆ ସାହିତ୍ୟରେ ବିକାଶ ହୋଇଥିଲା ?
Answer:
ଷୋଡ଼ଶ ଓ ସପ୍ତଦଶ ଶତାବ୍ଦୀରେ ଓଡ଼ିଆ ସାହିତ୍ୟରେ ଅଭୂତପୂର୍ବ ବିକାଶ ସାଧ୍ୟ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।

  • ଷୋଡ଼ଶ ଶତାବ୍ଦୀର ପ୍ରାରମ୍ଭରେ ପଞ୍ଚସଖା ଯଥା ବଳରାମ ଦାସ, ଜଗନ୍ନାଥ ଦାସ, ଅନନ୍ତ ଦାସ, ଯଶୋବନ୍ତ ଦାସ ଓ ଅଚ୍ୟୁତାନନ୍ଦ ଦାସଙ୍କ କୃତି ଓଡ଼ିଆ ସାହିତ୍ୟକୁ ଦିଗ୍‌ଦର୍ଶନ ଦେଇଥିଲା ।
  • ବଳରାମ ଦାସଙ୍କ ‘ଓଡ଼ିଆ ରାମାୟଣ’, ଜଗନ୍ନାଥ ଦାସଙ୍କ ‘ଓଡ଼ିଆ ଭାଗବତ’ ଓଡ଼ିଶାରେ ସର୍ବାଧ‌ିକ ଆଦୃତ ଓ ସମ୍ମାନିତ ହୋଇଛି ।
  • ସପ୍ତଦଶ ଶତାବ୍ଦୀର ପ୍ରଥମ ଭାଗରେ କବି ଦୀନକୃଷ୍ଣ ଦାସ, ଉପେନ୍ଦ୍ର ଭଞ୍ଜ, ଅଭିମନ୍ୟୁ ସାମନ୍ତସିଂହାରଙ୍କ କାବ୍ୟକୃତି ଓଡ଼ିଶାରେ ସର୍ବାଧ‌ିକ ଜନପ୍ରିୟତା ଲାଭ କରିଥିଲା ।
  • ଏହି ସମୟରେ ରଚିତ ଦୀନକୃଷ୍ଣଙ୍କ ‘ରସକଲ୍ଲୋଳ’, ଉପେନ୍ଦ୍ର ଭଞ୍ଜଙ୍କ ‘ଲାବଣ୍ୟବତୀ’, ‘ବୈଦେହୀଶ ବିଳାସ’, ‘କୋଟି ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଣ୍ଡ ସୁନ୍ଦରୀ’, ଅଭିମନ୍ୟୁ ସାମନ୍ତସିଂହାରଙ୍କ ‘ବିଦଗ୍‌ଧ ଚିନ୍ତାମଣି’ ଆଦି ଆଳଙ୍କାରିକ କାବ୍ୟକୃତି କବିତାଶୈଳୀର ଶୀର୍ଷସ୍ତରରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଥିଲା ।

(ଖ) ସୋମବଂଶୀ, ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଗଙ୍ଗବଂଶ ଓ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟବଂଶୀ ଗଜପତି ଯୁଗରେ ନିର୍ମିତ ମନ୍ଦିରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉଲ୍ଲେଖ କର ।
Answer:

  • ମନ୍ଦିର ସ୍ଥାପତ୍ୟ କ୍ଷେତ୍ରରେ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଏକ ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର ସ୍ଥାନ ରହିଛି । ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ସୋମବଂଶୀ ଓ ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଗଙ୍ଗବଂଶୀ ଶାସନ କାଳରେ ଓଡ଼ିଶାରେ ଅନେକ ମନ୍ଦିର ନିର୍ମିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।
  • ସୋମବଂଶୀ ରାଜତ୍ଵ କାଳରେ ନିର୍ମିତ ମନ୍ଦିରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଭୁବନେଶ୍ୱରର ମୁକ୍ତେଶ୍ଵର, ରାଜାରାଣୀ, ବ୍ରହ୍ମେଶ୍ୱର ଓ ଲିଙ୍ଗରାଜ ମନ୍ଦିର ଅନ୍ୟତମ ଅଟେ ।
  • ପୁରୀର ଜଗନ୍ନାଥ ମନ୍ଦିର, ଭୁବନେଶ୍ଵରର ମେଘେଶ୍ବର, ଅନନ୍ତ ବାସୁଦେବ, ଭାସ୍କରେଶ୍ଵର ମନ୍ଦିର ଓ ସାରି ଦେଉଳ ଏବଂ ସର୍ବୋପରି କୋଣାର୍କର ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ମନ୍ଦିର ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଗଙ୍ଗବଂଶର ରାଜତ୍ୱ ସମୟରେ ନିର୍ମିତ ହୋଇଥ‌ିବା ମନ୍ଦିରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପ୍ରଧାନ ଅଟେ ।
  • ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟବଂଶୀ ଗଜପତି ଶାସନ ସମୟରେ ଓଡ଼ିଶାରେ ମନ୍ଦିର ନିର୍ମାଣ ହ୍ରାସ ପାଇଯାଇଥିଲା ।
  • ଭୁବନେଶ୍ୱରର କପିଳେଶ୍ଵର ମନ୍ଦିର ଏହି ସମୟରେ ନିର୍ମିତ ଏକମାତ୍ର ଉଲ୍ଲେଖଯୋଗ୍ୟ ମନ୍ଦିର ଥିଲା । ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟବଂଶୀମାନଙ୍କ ଶାସନର ପତନ ପରେ ଓଡ଼ିଶାରେ ମନ୍ଦିର ନିର୍ମାଣର ସମାପ୍ତି ଘଟିଥିଲା ।

(ଗ) ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଚିତ୍ରକଳା ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନ କର ।
Answer:

  • ଓଡ଼ିଶାର କଳାହାଣ୍ଡି ଜିଲ୍ଲାର ଗୁଡ଼ହାଣ୍ଡି, ନୂଆପଡ଼ା ଜିଲ୍ଲାର ଯୋଗୀମଠ, ଝାରସୁଗୁଡ଼ା ଜିଲ୍ଲାର ବିକ୍ରମଖୋଲ, ସୁନ୍ଦରଗଡ଼ ଜିଲ୍ଲାର ମାଣିକମୋଡ଼ା ଓ ଉଷାକୋଠି ପ୍ରଭୃତି ସ୍ଥାନରେ ଆବିଷ୍କୃତ ଚିତ୍ରକଳା ଭାରତର ପୁରାତନ ଚିତ୍ରକଳାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଅନ୍ୟତମ ।
  • ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟୀୟ ଚତୁର୍ଥ-ପଞ୍ଚମ ଶତାବ୍ଦୀର କେନ୍ଦୁଝର ଜିଲ୍ଲାର ସୀତାବାଞ୍ଜିଠାରେ ରାବଣଛାୟା ପାହାଡ଼ର ଚିତ୍ରକଳା, ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟୀୟ ଦ୍ଵାଦଶ ଶତାବ୍ଦୀରୁ ଷୋଡ଼ଶ ଶତାବ୍ଦୀ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ପୁରୀ ଜଗନ୍ନାଥ ମନ୍ଦିର କାନ୍ଥରେ ବୈଷ୍ଣବ ସନ୍ନ୍ୟାସୀ ରାମାନୁଜଙ୍କର ଓଡ଼ିଶାରେ ବୌଦ୍ଧମାନଙ୍କ ଉପରେ ବିଜୟ ଓ ରାଜା ପୁରୁଷୋତ୍ତମଦେବଙ୍କ କାଞ୍ଚ୍ ବିଜୟ ଚିତ୍ରକଳା ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଚିତ୍ରକଳାର ଐତିହ୍ୟରେ ଏକ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ସ୍ଥାନ ଅଧିକାର କରିଛି ।
  • ମଧ୍ୟଯୁଗର ଶେଷ ଭାଗରେ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ମଠ ଓ ମନ୍ଦିରମାନଙ୍କର କାନ୍ଥରେ ପୌରାଣିକ ଓ ଧାର୍ମିକ ବିଷୟବସ୍ତୁମାନ ଅଙ୍କିତ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ।
  • ପଟ୍ଟଚିତ୍ର ଓଡ଼ିଶା ଚିତ୍ରକଳାର ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ରତାର ପରିଚୟ ଦିଏ । କନାରୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ପଟ୍ଟ ଉପରେ ଚିତ୍ରକରମାନେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଦେବଦେବୀ, ରାମାୟଣ, ମହାଭାରତ ଆଦିର କଥାବସ୍ତୁ ଉପରେ ଆଧାରିତ ଘଟଣାବଳୀକୁ ଭିନ୍ନ ଭିନ୍ନ ରଙ୍ଗରେ ଚିତ୍ରିତ କରି ଚମତ୍କାର ଚିତ୍ରକଳା କରିଥା’ନ୍ତି ।
  • ଏହି ପଟ୍ଟଚିତ୍ରର ପରମ୍ପରା ଦ୍ବାଦଶ ଶତାବ୍ଦୀରୁ ଚଳିଆସିଛି । ମୋଟାମୋଟି ଭାବରେ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ଗଲେ ପ୍ରାଗ୍- ଐତିହାସିକ ଯୁଗରୁ ପ୍ରଚଳିତ ଏହି ଚିତ୍ରକଳା ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଐତିହ୍ୟର ଏକ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଉପାଦାନ ହୋଇ ରହିଆସିଛି ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class History Solutions Chapter 15 ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଐତିହ୍ୟ

(ଘ) ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ନୌବାଣିଜ୍ୟ ସମ୍ପର୍କରେ ଏକ ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ବିବରଣୀ ପ୍ରଦାନ କର ।
Answer:

  • ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ନୌବାଣିଜ୍ୟ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଐତିହ୍ୟକୁ ସମୃଦ୍ଧ କରିଛି । ପୁରାତନ ଯୁଗରେ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଅଧିବାସୀମାନେ ବୋଇତରେ ଜାଭା-ସୁମାତ୍ରା, ବାଲି, ବୋର୍ଣ୍ଣିଓ ଦ୍ଵୀପପୁଞ୍ଜ ତଥା ଅନ୍ୟାନ୍ୟ ଦକ୍ଷିଣ-ପୂର୍ବ ଏସୀୟ ଦେଶମାନଙ୍କ ସହିତ ବାଣିଜ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟବସାୟ କରୁଥିଲେ ।
  • ଏହି ବାଣିଜ୍ୟ ଫଳରେ ଓଡ଼ିଆମାନଙ୍କର ଉକ୍ତ ଦେଶଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସହିତ ସାଂସ୍କୃତିକ ସମ୍ପର୍କ ସ୍ଥାପିତ ହେବା ସହ ସେଠାରେ ଓଡ଼ିଶାବାସୀଙ୍କର ସମ୍ମାନ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଥିଲା
  • ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ସାଧବ ପୁଅମାନେ କୃଷିଜାତ ଦ୍ରବ୍ୟ, ମସଲା, ହସ୍ତଶିଳ୍ପ ଓ ହସ୍ତତନ୍ତ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ସାମଗ୍ରୀଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ସମୁଦ୍ର ପାର ହୋଇ ବାହାର ଦେଶରେ ବିକ୍ରିକରି ସେହି ବିକ୍ରୟଲବ୍‌ଧ ଧନସମ୍ପତ୍ତି ଆଣି ଓଡ଼ିଶାକୁ ଧନଶାଳୀ କରୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ସମୟରେ ତାମ୍ରଲିପ୍ତି, ପାଲୋର, ଦନ୍ତପୁରା, ପିଥୁଣ୍ଡ ଓ ଚେଳିତାଲୋ ପ୍ରଭୃତି ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରଧାନ ବନ୍ଦର ଥିଲା
  • କେଉଁ ସମୟରୁ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ନୌବାଣିଜ୍ୟ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହେଲା ତାହା ଯଦିଓ ସଠିକ୍ ଭାବରେ ନିରୂପିତ କରାଯାଇ ପାରିନାହିଁ; କିନ୍ତୁ ମିଳୁଥିବା ତଥ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକରୁ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ନୌବାଣିଜ୍ୟ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟୀୟ ତୃତୀୟ ଶତାବ୍ଦୀରୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥିବାର ଅନୁମାନ କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ତତ୍‌କାଳୀନ ଶ୍ରୀଲଙ୍କା, ମିଆଁମାର, ଇଣ୍ଡୋନେସିଆ, ମାଲୟେସିଆ ଓ ଚୀନ୍ ଦେଶ ସହିତ ମଧ୍ୟ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ସାମୁଦ୍ରିକ ବାଣିଜ୍ୟ ଚାଲିଥିବା କଥା ବିଭିନ୍ନ ପ୍ରାମାଣିକ ତଥ୍ୟରୁ ଜଣାଯାଏ ।

୨। ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ୨୦ ଗୋଟି ଶବ୍ଦ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ଲେଖ ।

(କ) ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଭାଷାଭାଷୀମାନେ କେଉଁ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରୁ ଓଡ଼ିଶାରେ ବସତି ସ୍ଥାପନ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଆସିଥିଲେ ?
Answer:
ଆର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଭାଷାଭାଷୀମାନେ ଅର୍ଥ-ମାଗଧୀ ଓ ସୌରସେନୀ ଅଞ୍ଚଳରୁ ଓଡ଼ିଶାରେ ବସତି ସ୍ଥାପନ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଆସିଥିଲେ ।

(ଖ) କେଉଁ ଦୁଇଟି ରଚନା ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଓଡ଼ିଆ ସାହିତ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଥମ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ନମୁନା ଭାବେ ପରିଗଣିତ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟୀୟ ସପ୍ତମରୁ ନବମ ଶତାବ୍ଦୀ ମଧ୍ଯରେ ରଚିତ ବୌଦ୍ଧ ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟାପଦ ଓ ଦୋହା ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଓଡ଼ିଆ ସାହିତ୍ୟର ପ୍ରଥମ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ନମୁନାଭାବେ ପରିଗଣିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

(ଗ) ମାର୍କଣ୍ଡ ଦାସଙ୍କ ରଚିତ କେଶବ କୋଇଲିର ବୈଶିଷ୍ଟ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:

  • ମାର୍କଣ୍ଡ ଦାସଙ୍କ ରଚିତ ‘କେଶବ କୋଇଲି’ ଚତୁର୍ଦ୍ଦଶ ଶତାବ୍ଦୀର ଏକ ପ୍ରଖ୍ୟାତ ସାଙ୍ଗୀତିକ ଗାଥା କବିତା ଅଟେ ।
  • ଚଉତିଶା ଓ କୋଇଲି ଶୈଳୀରେ ଚଉତିରିଶ ପଦରେ ରଚିତ ଏହି କବିତା ଏବେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଓଡ଼ିଶାରେ ଜନପ୍ରିୟ ।

(ଘ) ‘ସମର ତରଙ୍ଗ’ର ରଚୟିତା କିଏ ?ଏହା କହିଁକି ଭାରତୀୟ ସାହିତ୍ୟରେ ଏକ ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର ସ୍ଥାନ ଅଧିକାର କରିଛି ?
Answer:

  • ‘ସମର ତରଙ୍ଗ’ର ରଚୟିତା ହେଉଛନ୍ତି ବ୍ରଜନାଥ ବଡ଼ଜେନା ।
  • ଏହା ଶୌର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଓ ବୀରତ୍ଵର କବିତା ଭାବେ ଭାରତୀୟ ସାହିତ୍ୟରେ ଏକ ସ୍ବତନ୍ତ୍ର ସ୍ଥାନ ଅଧିକାର କରିଛି ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class History Solutions Chapter 15 ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଐତିହ୍ୟ

(ଙ) ଗଙ୍ଗାଧର ମେହେରଙ୍କ କବିତାର ଶୈଳୀ ଓ ବିଷୟର ଭିଭି କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ସନେଟ୍ ଓ ଗୀତି କବିତା ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଦୃଶ୍ୟ ଓ ମନୁଷ୍ୟର ଭାବାବେଗକୁ ବର୍ଶନ କରିବା କବି ଗଙ୍ଗାଧର ମେହେରଙ୍କର କବିତାର ଶୈଳୀ ଓ ବିଷୟର ଭିଭି ଅଟେ ।

(ଚ) ବାଲେଶ୍ଵର ଜିଲ୍ଲାର କେଉଁ ସ୍ଥାନଗୁଡ଼ିକରେ ଜୈନ କୀର୍ତ୍ତି ଦେଖିବାକୁ ମିଳେ ?
Answer:
ବାଲେଶ୍ଵର ଜିଲ୍ଲାର ଅଯୋଧ୍ୟା, ପୁନ୍ଦଳ, ଭୀମପୁର ଓ ଜଳେଶ୍ଵରଠାରେ ଜୈନ କୀର୍ତ୍ତି ଦେଖିବାକୁ ମିଳେ ।

(ଛ) ଭାରତର ମନ୍ଦିରଗୁଡ଼ିକର ସ୍ଥାପତ୍ୟ ଶୈଳୀ କେତେ ପ୍ରକାର ଓ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:

  • ଭାରତର ମନ୍ଦିରଗୁଡ଼ିକର ସ୍ଥାପତ୍ୟ ଶୈଳୀକୁ ଚାରିଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ କରାଯାଇଛି ।
  • ସେଗୁଡିକ ହେଲା ନାଗର, ବେସର, ଦ୍ରାବିଡ଼ ଓ କଳିଙ୍ଗ ଶୈଳୀ ।

(ଜ) ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଭାସ୍କର୍ଯ୍ୟ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଭାସ୍କର୍ଯ୍ୟ
Answer:
କଳାରେ ସ୍ଥାନ ପାଇଥବା ଚାରିଟି ବାଦ୍ୟଯନ୍ତ୍ରର ନାମ ଲେଖ । କଳାରେ ସ୍ଥାନ ପାଇଥିବା ଚାରୋଟି ବାଦ୍ୟଯନ୍ତ୍ରର ନାମ ହେଲା ଚାଙ୍ଗୁ, ମୃଦଙ୍ଗ, ଝାଞ୍ଜ, ଢୋଲ ।

(ଝ) ଓଡ଼ିଶାର କେଉଁ ସ୍ଥାନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଶିଙ୍ଗ କାରିଗରି କୌଶଳ ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ?
Answer:
ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପାରଳାଖେମୁଣ୍ଡି ଓ କଟକ ଶିଙ୍ଗ କାରିଗରି କୌଶଳ ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ।

(ଞ) ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ବନ୍ଦରଗୁଡ଼ିକର ନାମ କ’ଣ ?
Answer:
ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ବନ୍ଦରଗୁଡ଼ିକର ନାମ ହେଲା ତାମ୍ରଲିପ୍ତି, ପାଲୋର, ଦନ୍ତପୁରା, ପିଥୁଣ୍ଡ ଓ ଚେଳିତାଲୋ ।

୩ । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନର ଉତ୍ତର ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଲେଖ ।

(କ) କାହାକୁ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରଥମ ସ୍ଵଦେଶ ସାହିତ୍ୟଭାବେ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଇଛି ?
Answer:
ଖ୍ରୀ.ପୂ. ପ୍ରଥମ ଶତାବ୍ଦୀର ଭୁବନେଶ୍ବରର ଉଦୟଗିରିରେ ପାଲି-ପ୍ରାକୃତ ଭାଷାରେ ଲିଖ୍ ହାତୀଗୁମ୍ଫା ଶିଳାଲେଖକୁ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ପ୍ରଥମ ସ୍ବଦେଶ ସାହିତ୍ୟଭାବେ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଇଛି ।

(ଖ) ରାଣୀଗୁମ୍ଫା କେଉଁ ପାହାଡ଼ରେ ରହିଛି ?
Answer:
ଭୁବନେଶ୍ଵରସ୍ଥ ଉଦୟଗିରି ପାହାଡ଼ରେ ରାଣୀଗୁମ୍ଫା ରହିଛି ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class History Solutions Chapter 15 ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଐତିହ୍ୟ

(ଗ) କୋଣାର୍କ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ମନ୍ଦିରର ନିର୍ମାତା କେଉଁ ବଂଶର ରାଜା ଥିଲେ ?
Answer:
କୋଣାର୍କ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ମନ୍ଦିରର ନିର୍ମାତା ପରବର୍ତ୍ତୀ ଗଙ୍ଗବଂଶର ରାଜା ଥିଲେ ।

(ଘ) କେବେଠାରୁ ଓଡ଼ିଶାରେ ମନ୍ଦିର ନିର୍ମାଣର ସମାପ୍ତି ଘଟିଥିଲା ?
Answer:
ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟବଂଶୀମାନଙ୍କର ଶାସନର ପତନ ପରେ ଏବଂ ୧୫୬୮ ଖ୍ରୀଷ୍ଟାବ୍ଦରେ ଓଡ଼ିଶା ଆଫଗାନୀମାନଙ୍କଦ୍ବାରା ଅଧିକୃତ ହେବାପରେ ଓଡ଼ିଶାରେ ମନ୍ଦିର ନିର୍ମାଣର ସମାପ୍ତି ଘଟିଥିଲା ।

(ଙ) କଟକ ତିନିକୋଣିଆ ବଗିଚାରେ କେଉଁ ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚା ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ?
Answer:
କଟକ ତିନିକୋଣିଆ ବଗିଚାଠାରେ ବାପ୍‌ଟିଷ୍ଟ ଚର୍ଚ୍ଚା ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ।

(ଚ) ‘ପଶାପାଲି’ ଶାଢ଼ି ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର କେଉଁ ଜିଲ୍ଲାରେ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ସମ୍ବଲପୁର ଓ ବଲାଙ୍ଗୀର ଜିଲ୍ଲାରେ ମୁଖ୍ୟତଃ ‘ପଶାପାଲି’ ଶାଢ଼ି ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଏ ।

(ଛ) ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ବଣିକମାନଙ୍କୁ କ’ଣ କୁହାଯାଉଥିଲା ?
Answer: ପ୍ରାଚୀନ ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ବଣିକମାନଙ୍କୁ ସାଧବ କୁହାଯାଉଥିଲା ।

(ଜ) କେଉଁଠାରେ କଳିଙ୍ଗର ରାଜାଙ୍କୁ ‘ମହୋଦଧୂପତି’ ଭାବେ ଚିତ୍ରଣ କରାଯାଇଛି ?
Answer:
ଗୁପ୍ତଯୁଗରେ ରଚିତ କାଳିଦାସଙ୍କ ‘ରଘୁବଂଶମ୍’ରେ କଳିଙ୍ଗର ରାଜାଙ୍କୁ ‘ମହୋଦଧୂପତି’ ଭାବେ ଚିତ୍ରଣ କରାଯାଇଛି ।

(ଝ) ନୂଆଖାଇ ପର୍ବକୁ ଆଉ କ’ଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
Answer:
ନୂଆଖାଇ ପର୍ବକୁ ନବାନ୍ନ ଭକ୍ଷଣ ମଧ୍ୟ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

(ଞ) କେଉଁଦିନ ବାଲିଯାତ୍ରା ଅନୁଷ୍ଠିତ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
କାର୍ତ୍ତିକ ପୂର୍ଣିମା ଦିନ ବାଲିଯାତ୍ରା ଅନୁଷ୍ଠିତ ହୁଏ ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class History Solutions Chapter 15 ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଐତିହ୍ୟ

୪ । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନରେ ଦିଆଯାଇଥ‌ିବା ଚାରିଗୋଟି ବିକଳ୍ପ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତରଟି ସଙ୍ଗେ ତା’ର କ୍ରମିକ ନମ୍ବର ବାଛି ଲେଖ ।

(କ) ‘ବିଲଙ୍କା ରାମାୟଣ’ର ରଚୟିତା କିଏ ?
(i) ବସ୍ଥା ଦାସ
(ii) ସାରଳା ଦାସ
(iii) ମାର୍କଣ୍ଡ ଦାସ
(iv) ଅର୍ଜୁନ ଦାସ
Answer:
(ii) ସାରଳା ଦାସ

(ଖ) ‘ତପସ୍ବିନୀ’ କିଏ ରଚନା କରିଥିଲେ ?
(i) ଉପେନ୍ଦ୍ର ଭଞ୍ଜ
(ii) ରାଧାନାଥ ରାୟ
(iii) ଗଙ୍ଗାଧର ମେହେର
(iv) ନନ୍ଦକିଶୋର ବଳ
Answer:
(iii) ଗଙ୍ଗାଧର ମେହେର

(ଗ) ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ସର୍ବପ୍ରଥମ ଭାସ୍କର୍ଯ୍ୟଭାବେ କେଉଁଟି ପରିଗଣିତ ?
(i) ଧଉଳି ପାହାଡ଼ର ଅଶୋକଙ୍କ ଶିଳାଲେଖ ଉପରିଭାଗରେ ହାତୀର ପ୍ରତିମୂର୍ତ୍ତି
(ii) ଖଣ୍ଡଗିରି ଓ ଉଦୟଗିରି ଗୁମ୍ଫାର ଭାସ୍କର୍ଯ୍ୟ
(iii) ପର୍ଶୁରାମେଶ୍ଵର ମନ୍ଦିର ଭାସ୍କର୍ଯ୍ୟ
(iv) କୋଣାର୍କ ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟ ମନ୍ଦିର ଭାସ୍କର୍ଯ୍ୟ
Answer:
(i) ଧଉଳି ପାହାଡ଼ର ଅଶୋକଙ୍କ ଶିଳାଲେଖ ଉପରିଭାଗରେ ହାତୀର ପ୍ରତିମୂର୍ତ୍ତି

(ଘ) ମୁକ୍ତେଶ୍ଵର ମନ୍ଦିର କେଉଁଠାରେ ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ?
(i) ଲଳିତଗିରି
(ii) ଭୁବନେଶ୍ଵର
(iii) ସୀତାବାଞ୍ଜି
(iv) ପୁରୀ
Answer:
(ii) ଭୁବନେଶ୍ଵର

(ଙ) ଭୁବନେଶ୍ଵରର କପିଳେଶ୍ବର ମନ୍ଦିର କେଉଁ ଶାସନ ସମୟରେ ନିର୍ମିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ?
(i) ଭୌମକୂର
(ii) ସୋମବଂଶୀ
(iii) ଗଙ୍ଗବଂଶ
(iv) ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟବଂଶୀ ଗଜପତି
Answer:
(iv) ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟବଂଶୀ ଗଜପତି

(ଚ) ତାତର ଖାଁ ମସ୍‌ଜିଦ୍‌ କଟକରେ କେଉଁଠାରେ ଅବସ୍ଥିତ ?
(i) ଦରଘା ବଜାର
(ii) ଦିୱାନ ବଜାର
(iii) ବାଲୁବଜାର
(iv) କାଠଯୋଡ଼ି କୂଳ
Answer:
(ii) ଦିୱାନ ବଜାର

BSE Odisha 9th Class History Solutions Chapter 15 ଓଡ଼ିଶାର ଐତିହ୍ୟ

(ଛ) ‘ଗୀତ ଗୋବିନ୍ଦ’ର ରଚୟିତା କିଏ ?
(i) ଅଚ୍ୟୁତାନନ୍ଦ
(ii) ଭକ୍ତ ସାଲବେଗ୍
(iii) ଜୟଦେବ
(iv) ଅଭିମନ୍ୟୁ ସାମନ୍ତସିଂହାର
Answer:
(iii) ଜୟଦେବ

(ଜ) କେଉଁ ନୃତ୍ୟଶୈଳୀରୁ ଓଡ଼ିଶୀ ନୃତ୍ୟର ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଛି ?
(i) ଦଣ୍ତନାଚ
(ii) ନାଗନାଚ
(iii) ମାହାରୀ ନାଚ
(iv) ଛଉନାଚ
Answer:
(iii) ମାହାରୀ ନାଚ

(ଝ) କେଉଁ ପର୍ବରେ ଶ୍ରୀଜଗନ୍ନାଥ, ବଳଭଦ୍ର ଓ ସୁଭଦ୍ରାଙ୍କ ତିନିରଥର ନିର୍ମାଣ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟର ଶୁଭାରମ୍ଭ ହୋଇଥାଏ ?
(i) ବିଷୁବ ସଂକ୍ରାନ୍ତି
(ii) ଅକ୍ଷୟ ତୃତୀୟା
(iii) ଶୀତଳ ଷଷ୍ଠୀ
(iv) ଦେବସ୍ନାନ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣିମା
Answer:
(ii) ଅକ୍ଷୟ ତୃତୀୟା

(ଞ) କେଉଁ ସ୍ଥାନ ଧନୁଯାତ୍ରା ପାଇଁ ସମଗ୍ର ଭାରତରେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧି ଲାଭ କରିଛି ?
(i) ସମ୍ବଲପୁର
(ii) ଧବଳେଶ୍ଵର
(iii) ବରଗଡ଼
(iv) ବାଙ୍କୀ
Answer:
(iii) ବରଗଡ଼

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ Important Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

Objective Type Questions with Answers 

A ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।

1. କାର୍ବନର ଏକ ଅପରରୂପର ନାମ ଲେଖ ।
ଉ –
ଗ୍ରାଫାଇଟ୍

2. ଜିଙ୍କ ଆମାଲଗାମରେ ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ସହ କ’ଣ ଥାଏ ?
ଉ –
ପାରଦ

3. Al2O3 + 2NaOH → ………………. + H2O.
ଉ –
2NaAlO3

4. ଜଳରେ କେଉଁ ଯୌଗିକଟି ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହେଲେ NaOH ଦିଏ ?
ଉ –
Na2O

5. ଉଭୟ ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ଓ କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ଧର୍ମ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରୁଥ‌ିବା ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌କୁ କ’ଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
ଉ –
ଏମ୍ପୋଟେରିକ୍‌ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍

6. କେଉଁ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାରେ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ମୌଳିକ ଉପରେ ପ୍ରଲେପ ଦିଆଯାଏ ?
ଉ –
ଏନୋଡାଇଡିଂ

7. ଏନୋଡାଇଜିଂ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ କେଉଁ ଅମ୍ଳ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ?
ଉ –
dil. H2SO4

8. Zn(s) + FeSO4(aq) → ZnSO4(aq) + Fe….(5) ମଧ୍ୟରେ କେଉଁଟି ବର୍ଣ୍ଣହୀନ ?
ଉ –
ZnSO4

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

9. ଗରମ ପାଣିଟାଙ୍କି ପାଇଁ କେଉଁ ଧାତୁର ପାତ୍ର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ?
ଉ –
ତମ୍ବା

10. Ca(s) + 2 H2O(l) → ………………. + H2(g)
ଉ –
Ca(OH)2

11. ଧାତୁକୁ କେଉଁ ତରଳ ପଦାର୍ଥରେ ବୁଡ଼ାଇ ରଖାଯାଏ ?
ଉ –
କିରୋସିନି

12. BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-1 ସମୀକରଣ କେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଅଟେ ?
ଉ –
କାସିନେସନ୍

13. BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-2 ସମୀକରଣଟି କେଉଁ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଅନ୍ତର୍ଗତ ?
ଉ –
ରୋଷ୍ଟିଂ

14. ଲୌହ ବାମ୍ଫ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି କେଉଁ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଥାଏ ?
ଉ –
Fe3O4

15. ଜଳ କେଉଁ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଥିବାବେଳେ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ ?
ଉ –
ବାମ୍ଫ

16. ଅମ୍ଳରାଜରେ ଗାଢ଼ ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ଓ ଗାଢ଼ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର ଅନୁପାତ କେତେ ?
ଉ –
1:3

17. MgCI2 ରେ ଯୌଗିକଗଠନପାଇଁ କେତୋଟି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ଭାଗ ନେଇଥାନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
16

18. ଏକ ଅମ୍ଳରାଜ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତିରେ HNO3 6 ml ହେଲେ HCIର ପରିମାଣ କେତେ ?
ଉ –
18 ml

19. ଧାତୁ ଲଘୁ ଅମ୍ଳସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି କେଉଁ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରାଏ ?
ଉ –
ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

20. ହିଲିୟମ୍ ବ୍ୟତୀତ ନୋବଲ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର ବହିଃସ୍ଥ କକ୍ଷରେ କେତୋଟି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍ ରହିଥାଏ ?
ଉ –
କେବଳ 8ଟି

21. NaCl ର ଗଳନାଙ୍କ କେତେ K ?
ଉ –
1074

22. ଧାତୁ ଉପରେ Znର ଲେପକୁ ………………………. କୁହାଯାଏ |
ଉ –
ଗାଲଭାନାଇଜିଂ

23. ଯେଉଁ ଖଣିଜରୁ ଧାତୁକୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନ କରିବା ଲାଭଜନକ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ତାକୁ କ’ଣ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ

24. ପ୍ରକୃତିରେ ଭୂତ୍ଵକ୍‌ରୁ ମିଳୁଥିବା ମୌଳିକ ବା ଯୌଗିକକୁ କେଉଁ ପଦାର୍ଥ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ଖଣିଜ

25. ଲୁହା ଉପରେ ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଲେପନକୁ କ’ଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ?
ଉ –
ଗାଲ୍‌ଭାନାଇଜିଙ୍ଗ୍

26. ଭାରତରେ କେତେ କ୍ୟାରେଟ୍ ସୁନା ଅଳଙ୍କାର ତିଆରି ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ?
ଉ –
22

27. ପିତ୍ତଳରେ ତମ୍ବାର ପରିମାଣ ଶତକଡ଼ା କେତେ ଥାଏ ?
ଉ –
70

28. ସୋଲଡ଼ର,କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ଧାତୁର ଏକ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ ।
ଉ –
ସୀସା ଓ ଟିଣ

29. ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ତାରର ଝଳେଇରେ କେଉଁ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
ଉ –
ସୋଲଡ଼ର

30. MnO2 କାହାଦ୍ଵାରା ବିଜାରିତ ହୁଏ ?
ଉ –
Al

31. ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ପ୍ରଲେପନଦ୍ଵାରା ଟିଫିନ୍ ବକ୍ସ ଉପରେ କେଉଁ ଧାତୁର ଲେପ ଦିଆଯାଏ ?
ଉ –
Sn

32. ଲୁହାରେ ଶତକଡା କେତେଭାଗ କାର୍ବନ ମିଶାଇଲେ ତାହା ଶକ୍ତ ହୁଏ ?
ଉ –
0.05

33. କେଉଁ ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡକୁ କାସିନେସନ୍ ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କରାଯାଏ ?
ଉ –
କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍

34. ଲୁହାରେ କ’ଣ ମିଶାଇଲେ ତାହା ଶକ୍ତ ଓ କଠିନ ହୋଇଥାଏ ?
ଉ –
କାର୍ବନ

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

35. ବ୍ରୋଞ୍ଜ ଓ ସୋଲ୍ଡରରେ କେଉଁ ସାଧାରଣ ଉପାଦାନ ଥାଏ ?
ଉ –
Sn

36. କଳଙ୍କିହୀନ ଇସ୍ପାତରେ ଲୌହ ସହ କ’ଣ ମିଶାଯାଇଥାଏ ?
ଉ –
Ni + Cr

37. ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ୱଳ ଦେଖାଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ଏକ ଅଧାତୁର ନାମ ଲେଖ ।
ଉ –
ଆୟୋଡ଼ିନ୍

38. କାର୍ବନ୍ କେଉଁ ରୂପରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରିଥାଏ ?
ଉ –
ଗ୍ରାଫାଇଟ୍

39. ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଏଲୁମିନେଟ୍‌ ରାସାୟନିକ ସଙ୍କେତ କେତେ ?
ଉ –
NaAIO2

40. କେଉଁ ଧାତୁର ଗୁଣ୍ଡକୁ ଅଗ୍ନିଶିଖାରେ ଛିଦେଲେ ତାହା ଜଳିଯାଏ; କିନ୍ତୁ ତାହାକୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ତାହା ଜଳି ନ ଥାଏ ?
ଉ –
ଲୌହ

41. କେଉଁ ଧାତୁ ନିଆଁରେ ଜଳେନାହିଁ; କିନ୍ତୁ ଏହା ଉପରେ ଏକ କଳା ଆବରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ?
ଉ –
ତମ୍ବା

42. LiClର ସ୍ଫୁଟନାଙ୍କ ଓ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ କେତେ ?
ଉ –
1600K 3 887K

43. କପରକୁ ବାୟୁରେ ରଖିଲେ ଏହା ଉପରେ କେଉଁ ରଙ୍ଗର ଆବରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ?
ଉ –
ସବୁଜ

44. ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ଶୋଧନରେ କେଉଁ ଧାତୁକୁ ଏନୋଡ଼ ରୂପେ ନିଆଯାଏ ?
ଉ –
ଅଶୋଧୃ ଧାତୁ

45. କାର୍ବନ୍‌ର ସର୍ବୋଚ୍ଚ କଠିନତା ପ୍ରାକୃତିକ ଅପର ରୂପଟି କ’ଣ ?
ଉ –
ହୀରା

46. ଅଧିକାଂଶ ଧାତୁ କେଉଁ ପଦାର୍ଥରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହେଲେ କ’ଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟିକରେ ?
ଉ –
କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

47. Cu2S ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡର ନିଷ୍କାସନରୁ କେଉଁ ଧାତୁ ମିଳେ ?
ଉ –
ତମ୍ବା

48. କେଉଁ ଧାତୁ ଗରମ ଜଳ ସହ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ?
ଉ –
Mg

49. ସିନାବାର୍ କେଉଁ ଧାତୁର ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ ଅଟେ ?
ଉ –
ପାରଦ

50. ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଅଧିକାଂଶ ଧାତୁର ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ ହେଉଛି
ଉ –
ଅକ୍ସାଇଡ୍

51. କେଉଁ ଧାତୁ ଥଣ୍ଡା ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଜଳରେ ଭାସେ ?
ଉ –
Ca

52. ଗରମ ପାଣିଟାଙ୍କି ପାଇଁ କେଉଁ ଧାତୁର ପାତ୍ର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ?
ଉ –
ତମ୍ବା

B ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।

1. ଧାତୁର ନମନୀୟତା ଓ …………………. ଗୁଣ ଯୋଗୁଁ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଆକାରରେ ବଦଳାଯାଇପାରେ ।
2. ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରୁଥିବା ଅଧାତୁର ନାମ …………………. |
3. ………………………. ଅଧାତୁର ଔଜଲ୍ୟ ଅଛି ।
4. ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଗୁଣ ………………….. |
5. …………………… ଧାତୁ କିରୋସିନ୍‌ରେ ରଖାଯାଏ ।
6. …………………. ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ସ୍ତର ଧାତୁକୁ ଅଧ୍ଵ ଜାରଣରୁ ରକ୍ଷା କରେ ।
7. K2O ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହୋଇ ……………… ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।
8. କ୍ୟାଲ୍‌ସିୟମ୍‌ର ସଂଯୋଜକ ସେଲ୍‌ରେ …………………… ଟି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍‌ ଅଛି ।
9. ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ………………… ଦେଇଥାଏ ।
10. ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତାର ଅନୁକ୍ରମରେ ନିମ୍ନରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଧାତୁ …………………… |
11. ସକ୍ରିୟତା ଅନୁକ୍ରମରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଅଧାତୁଟି ……………………. |
12. NaCl ର ଆନାୟନରେ ଥ‌ିବା ମୋଟ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍‌ ସଂଖ୍ୟା …………………….|
13. MgCl2ଏକ ………………………. ଯୌଗିକ |
14. CaO ର ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ……………………… |
15. CaCl2 ର ସ୍ଫୁଟନାଙ୍କ …………………… |
16. ଧାତୁର ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଉତ୍ସ ହେଉଛି ……………… |
17. Au, Ag, Pt, Cu ……………. ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ମିଳେ ।
18. ଧାତୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନରେ କାର୍ବନ ………………….. ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
19. ଫେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ସହ ……………….. ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ରେଳଧାରଣା ଯୋଡ଼ିବାରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
20. ବାୟୁରେ ଥିବା …………………….. ରୁପା ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ।
21. ଥରମିଟ୍ ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ …………………….. କୁ ବିଜାରକ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
22. ପାରଦର ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡର ନାମ …………………. |
23. ଫ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ର L ସେଲ୍‌ରେ …………………. ଟି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍ ଅଛି ।
24. ପାରଦ ମିଶ୍ରିତ ମିଶ୍ର ଧାତୁକୁ ……………………. କହନ୍ତି ।
25. ଲୁହାକୁ ଆଦ୍ର ବାୟୁରେ ରଖୁ …………………….. ରଙ୍ଗର ଆବରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ।
26. Zn ଓ Fe ମଧ୍ୟରେ …………… ଅଧ୍ଵ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ।
27. H ଓ Cu ମଧ୍ୟରେ …………….. ଅଧ୍ଵ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ।
28. ସଲ୍‌ଫର୍‌ର ପରମାଣୁ କ୍ରମାଙ୍କ …………………… |
29. ଧାତୁର ତାର ବାହାରିବା ଗୁଣକୁ ………………………….. କହନ୍ତି ।
30. ଗ୍ରାମ୍ ସୁନାରୁ ପ୍ରାୟ …………………………. କି.ମି. ଦୈର୍ଘ୍ୟର ତାର ଟଣାଯାଇପାରିବ ।
31. …………………….. ଏକ ଅଧାତୁ ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ତା’ର ଧାତବ ଔଜଲ୍ୟ ଅଛି ।
32. 4Al + 302 → ………………
33. ………………. ଅକ୍ସାଇଡର ପ୍ରତ ଧାତୁକୁ ଅଧିକ ଜାରଣରୁ ରଷ୍ଟାକରେ
34. ଧାତୁ + ଲଘୁ ଅମ୍ଳ → ………………… + ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍
35. ତମ୍ବା …………….ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ନାହିଁ ।
36. ……………….. ର ଗ୍ୟାସୀୟ ମୌଳିକଟି ସକ୍ରିୟତା ଅନୁକ୍ରମରେ ଅଛି ।
37. ଫ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ର ବହିସ୍ଥ କକ୍ଷରେ …………………… ଟି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ଅଛି ।
38. ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ବିଜାରକ …………………. ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
39. ରେଳ ଧାରଣା ଯୋଡ଼ିବା ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ……………………… ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି |
40. ଆଲୁମିନିୟମ୍‌ର ଏକ ମୋଟା ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ପ୍ରଲେପ ଦେବା ପଦ୍ଧତିକୁ …………………. କୁୁତାଯାଏ |
41. ଅମ୍ଳରାଜ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତି ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରତି 3 ml ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ………………….. ପରିମାଣର ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ୍ ଅମ୍ଳ ମିଶାଯାଏ |
42. ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଜଳର ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହେଲେ ……………… ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।

Anwer:
1. ମନ୍ୟତା
2. ଗ୍ରାଫାଇଟ୍
3. ଆୟୋଡ଼ିନ୍
4. କ୍ଷାର1ପ୍
5. ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍/ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍
6. ସଂରକ୍ଷୀ
7. KOH
8. 2
9. ଧାତବ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍
10. ସୁନା
11. ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍
12. 18
13. ଆୟନିକ୍/ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ସଂଯୋଜ୍ୟ
14. 2850 K
15. 1900 K
16. ଭୂତ୍ବକ୍
17. ମୁକ୍ତ
18. ବିଜାରକ
19. ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍
20. ସଲ୍ଫର୍
21. ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍
22. ସିନାବାର
23. 7
24. ଆମାଲଗାମ୍
25. ବାଦାମୀ
26. Zn
27. H
28. 16
29. ତନ୍ୟତା
30.2
31. ଆୟୋଡ଼ିନ୍
32. 2Al2O3
33. °1
34. ଲବଣ
35. ଲଘୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍
36. ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ
37. 7
38. ଥରମିଟ୍
39. ଥରମିଟ୍
40. ଏନୋଡ଼ାଇଜିଙ୍ଗ୍

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

C ଠିକ୍ ଉକ୍ତି ପାଇଁ (✓) ବା ଭୁଲ ଉକ୍ତି ପାଇଁ (x) ଲେଖ ।

1. ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ ଧାତୁକୁ ଜଳରେ ରଖାଯାଏ ।
2. କଠିନ ଗାଲିଲିୟମ୍ ଧାତୁକୁ ପାପୁଲିରେ ଧରିଲେ ତାହା ତରଳିଯାଏ ।
3. ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଅମ୍ଳର ପରିମାଣର ଅନୁପାତ 3 : 1 |
4. ସିଲ୍‌ଭର, ଗୋଲ୍ଡ ଆଦି ଧାତୁ କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ।
5. କୌଣସି ଧାତୁରେ ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଧାତୁର ପ୍ରଲେପନ କରିବାକୁ ଏନୋଡ଼ାଇଜିଙ୍ଗ୍ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
6. ବାଇକାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡକୁ କାସିନେସନ୍ ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କରାଯାଏ ।
7. ବ୍ରୋଞ୍ଜ ଓ ସୋଲ୍ଡରରେ Sn ସାଧାରଣ ଉପାଦାନ ଥାଏ ।
8. କଳଙ୍କିହୀନ ଇସ୍ପାତ୍‌ରେ ଲୌହ ସହ Ni + Cr ମିଶାଯାଇଥାଏ ।
9. ଆୟୋଡ଼ିନ୍ ଅଧାତୁ ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଉଜ୍ଜଳ ।
10. କାର୍ବନ୍ ଗ୍ରାଫାଇଟ୍ ରୂପରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରେ ।
11. ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଏଲୁମିନେଟ୍‌ର ରାସାୟନିକ ସଙ୍କେତ NaAlO3
12. ଲୌହ ଧାତୁର ଗୁଣ୍ଡକୁ ଅଗ୍ନିଶିଖାରେ ଛିଞ୍ଚିଦେଲେ ତାହା ଜଳିଯାଏ; କିନ୍ତୁ ତାହାକୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ତାହା ଜଳି ନ ଥାଏ ।
13. ତମ୍ବା ଧାତୁ ନିଆଁରେ ଜଳେ ନାହିଁ; କିନ୍ତୁ ଏହା ଉପରେ ଏକ କଳା ଆବରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ।
14. ସିନାବାର୍ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଧାତୁର ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ ଅଟେ ।
15. Cu2S ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡର ନିଷ୍କାସନରୁ ତମ୍ବା ଧାତୁ ମିଳେ ।
16. ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ଶୋଧନରେ ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡକୁ ଏନୋଡ଼ ରୂପେ ନିଆଯାଏ ।
17. ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ଶୋଧନରେ ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଧାତୁ ଏନୋଡ୍‌ଠାରେ ଜମା ହୁଏ ।
18. କପର୍‌କୁ ବାୟୁରେ ରଖିଲେ ଏହା ଉପରେ ସବୁଜ ରଙ୍ଗର ଆବରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ।
19. ଲୁହା ଉପରେ ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଲେପନକୁ ଏନୋଡ଼ାଇଜିଙ୍ଗ୍ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
20. ଭାରତରେ 22 କ୍ୟାରେଟ୍‌ ସୁନା ଅଳଙ୍କାର ତିଆରି ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।
21. ପିତ୍ତଳରେ ତମ୍ବା 80 ଶତକଡ଼ା ଥାଏ ।
22. ସୀସାର ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡର ନାମ ଗାଲେନା ।
23. ତରଳ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ସ୍ରୋତ ପ୍ରବାହିତ କଲେ ଏନୋଡ଼ଠାରେ ବିଘଟନ ଘଟେ ।
24. ଜଳରେ NaNO3 ଯୌଗିକଟି ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ ହେଲେ NaOH ଦିଏ ।
25. ଧାତୁ ଲଘୁ ଅମ୍ଳସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରାଏ ।
26. HgS ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ ପାଇଁ ରୋଷ୍ଟିଙ୍ଗ୍‌ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ ଅବଲମ୍ବନ କରାଯାଏ ।
27. MgCI2 ରେ ଯୌଗିକଗଠନପାଇଁ 14ଟି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ଭାଗ ନେଇଥାନ୍ତି ।
28. ଭାରତରେ ସାଧାରଣ ଭାବେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ସୁନା ଅଳଙ୍କାରଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉପଧାତୁରେ ତିଆରି ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
29. ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ତାରର ଝଳେଇରେ ସୋଲଡ଼ର ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
30. ପ୍ରକୃତିରେ ଭୂତ୍ଵକ୍‌ରୁ ମିଳୁଥିବା ମୌଳିକ ବା ଯୌଗିକକୁ ଖଣିଜ କହନ୍ତି ।

Answer:
1. ✓
2. ✓
3. x
4. ✓
5. ✓
6. x
7. x
8. ✓
9. ✓
10. ✓
1. x
2. ✓
3. x
4. ✓
5. x
6. x
7. ✔
8. ✓
9. ✓
10. ✓
11. x
12.✔
13.✔
14. ×
15.✔
16. ×
17 x
18.✔
19. x
20. ✓
21.✔
22.✔
23. x
24. x
25. ✔
26. ✔
27. x
28. x
29.✓
30.✔

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

D ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭର ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭର ଶବ୍ଦ ସହ ମିଳନ କରି ଲେଖ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-3
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-4
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-5
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-6
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-7

E ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦିଅ ।

1. ଧାତୁର ନମନୀୟତା ଗୁଣ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ-
ଧାତୁକୁ ଆଘାତକଲେ ତାହା ପତଳା ଚଦରରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ । ଏହି ଗୁଣକୁ ନମନୀୟତା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

2. ନମନୀୟତା ଗୁଣ କେଉଁ କେଉଁ ଧାତୁରେ ସର୍ବାଧ‌ିକ ?
ଉ –
ସୁନା ଓ ରୂପାର ନମନୀୟତା ଗୁଣ ସର୍ବାଧ‌ିକ ।

3. ଧାତୁର ତାର ବାହାରକରିବା ଗୁଣକୁ କଣ କୁହାଯାଏ ? କେଉଁ ଧାତୁରେ ତନ୍ୟତା ଗୁଣ ସର୍ବାଧ‌ିକ ?
ଉ –
ଧାତୁରୁ ତାର ବାହାରିବା ଗୁଣକୁ ତନ୍ୟତା କୁହାଯାଏ । ସୁନାର ତନ୍ୟତା ଗୁଣ ସର୍ବାଧ୍ଵ ।

4. ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ କିପରି ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୁଅନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍‌ର ସ୍ଥାନାନ୍ତରଣ ଦ୍ଵାରା ପରସ୍ପର ସହ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ ହୁଅନ୍ତି । ଧାତୁ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍‌ ତ୍ୟାଗକଲେ ଅଧାତୁ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରେ ।

5. ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ତାର ଉପରେ PVC କିମ୍ବା ରବର ଭଳି ପଦାର୍ଥର ଲେପ ଦିଆଯାଇଥାଏ କାହିଁକି ?

ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ତାର ଉପରେ PVC କିମ୍ବା ରବରର (କୁପରିବାହୀ) ଆବରଣ ଦେବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । କାରଣ ଏହା ଆମକୁ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଧକ୍‌କା (Shock) ରୁ ରକ୍ଷାକରେ ।

6. ସ୍କୁଲ ଘଣ୍ଟା ନାହିଁକି ଧାତୁରେ ତିଆରି କରାଯାଇଛି ?
ଉ –
ଧାତୁର କଠିନ ବସ୍ତୁକୁ ଆଘାତକଲେ ସୁମଧୁର ଧ୍ଵନି ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ଏବଂ ଦୂରକୁ ଶୁଣାଯାଇଥାଏ ।

7. ଧାତୁ କାହିଁକି ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ସୁପରିବାହୀ ଅଟେ ।

ଧାତୁର ପରମାଣୁ ସହଜରେ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିପାରେ, ତେଣୁ ଧାତୁ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ସୁପରିବାହୀ ଅଟେ ।

8. ସିଜିୟମ୍ ଓ ଗ୍ୟାଲିୟମ୍‌କୁ ହାତ ପାପୁଲିରେ ରଖିଲେ ତାହା ତରଳିଯାଏ କାହିଁକି ?
ଉ-
ସିଜିୟମ୍ ଓ ଗାଲିୟମ୍ ଅତି ନିମ୍ନ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଧାତୁ । ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ଏତେ କମ୍ ଯେ ଧାତୁକୁ ତରଳରେ ପରିଣତ କରିବା ପାଇଁ ଶରୀରର ତାପମାତ୍ରା ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ହୁଏ । ତେଣୁ ସିଜିୟମ୍ ଓ ଗାଲିୟମ୍‌କୁ ହାତ ପାପୁଲିରେ ରଖିଲେ ତାହା ତରଳିଯାଏ ।

9. ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଓ କପର୍‌ରେ ରୋଷେଇ ଉପକରଣ କାହିଁକି ତିଆରି କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ?
ଉ-
ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଓ କପର ଭଳି ଧାତୁ ତାପର ସୁପରିବାହୀ ଏବଂ ଉଚ୍ଚ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ରୋଷେଇ ଉପକରଣଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଓ କପର୍‌ରେ ତିଆରି ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

10. ଦୁଇଟି ନରମ ଧାତୁ ଯାହାକୁ ଛୁରିରେ କଟାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ତାର ନାମ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ –
ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଓ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଦୁଇଟି ନରମ ଧାତୁ ।

11. କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଓ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଜଳରେ ଭାସେ କାହିଁକି ?
ଉ –
କ୍ୟାଲ୍‌ସିୟମ୍ ଓ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ । ଏହାର ପୃଷ୍ଠ ଭାଗରେ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର ଫୋଟକା ଥ‌ିବା ଯୋଗୁଁ ଏହା ଭାସିଥାଏ ।

12. କେଉଁ ଧାତୁ ଜଳସହ ଆଦୌ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ?
ଭ –
ଲେଡ୍, ତମ୍ବା, ରୁପା ଓ ସୁନା ଜଳ ସହ ଆଦୌ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ନାହିଁ ।

13. ଧାତୁ ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି କ’ଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ?
ଉ –
ଧାତୁ ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଲବଣ ଓ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ।

14. ଧାତୁ HNO3 ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ବାହାରେ ନାହିଁ କାହିଁକି ? (Mg ଓ Mn ବ୍ୟତୀତ)
ଭ –
ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ଏକ ସବଳ ଜାରକ । ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍‌କୁ ଜାରଣ କରି ଜଳ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।

15. ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତାର ଅଧଃକ୍ରମରେ ସଜାଅ । (Mg, Fe, Zn, Al)
ଭ –
Mg > Al < Zn > Fe

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

16. ଅମ୍ଳରାଜ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ –
ଅମ୍ଳରାଜ ହେଉଛି ସଦ୍ୟ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଗାଢ଼ HCl ଏବଂ ଗାଢ଼ HNO3 ର 3 : 1 ଅନୁପାତର ମିଶ୍ରଣ । ଏହା ସୁନାକୁ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ କରିପାରେ ।

17. ଦୁଇଟି ଧାତୁର ନାମ ଲେଖ ଯାହାକି ଅତି ଲଘୁ ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି H2 ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଦିଏ ?
ଭ –
ମାଙ୍ଗାନିଜ୍ (Mn) ଓ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ (Mg)

18. ଖଣିଜ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ପ୍ରକୃତିରେ ଭୂତ୍ଵକ୍‌ରୁ ମିଳୁଥିବା ମୌଳିକ ବା ଯୌଗିକକୁ ଖଣିଜ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

19. ଓର୍ ବା ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ଯେଉଁ ଖଣିଜରୁ ଧାତୁକୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନ କରିବା ଲାଭଜନକ ହୋଇଥାଏ, ସେହି ଖଣିଜକୁ ଓର୍ ବା ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

20. ଅଧିକାଂଶ ଧାତୁର ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ କାହିଁକି ?
ଉ –
ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ ଅତି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ମୌଳିକ ଏବଂ ବହୁଳ ପରିମାଣରେ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀରେ ଉପଲବ୍ଧ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଅଧିକାଂଶ ଧାତୁର ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଅଟେ ।

21. କେଉଁ ଧାତୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ କରିପାରିବ ?
ଉ –
ସକ୍ରିୟତାର ଅନୁକ୍ରମରେ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଉପରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ କରିପାରିବେ ।

22. ଗାଈ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ଖଣିରୁ ବାହାରୁଥୁବା ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡରେ ବାଲି, ମାଟି ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ଅପଦ୍ରବକୁ ଗାଙ୍ଗୁ କହନ୍ତି ।

23. ରୋମିଂ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡକୁ ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ପରିମାଣର ବାୟୁର ଉପସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପରିମାଣରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କରିବା ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ ରୋଟିଂ କହନ୍ତି ।

24. କାନେସନ୍ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ –
ସିମୀତ ପରିମାଣର ବାୟୁରେ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡକୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କରି ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରାଯାଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ କାଲ୍‌ସିନେସନ୍ କହନ୍ତି ।

25. ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁକୁ ବିଜାରକ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ କାହିଁକି ?
ଉ –
ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁ; ଯଥା : ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍, କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁକୁ ଏମାନଙ୍କର ଯୌଗିକରୁ ଅପସାରଣ କରିପାରନ୍ତି । ତେଣୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁ ବିଜାରକ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।

26. ଥରମିଟ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ଫେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ (Fe2O3) ର ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରୁ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ତାପ ରେଳଧାରଣା ଯୋଡ଼ିବା କିମ୍ବା ଫାଟିଯାଇଥ‌ିବା ଯନ୍ତ୍ରାଂଶକୁ ଯୋଡିବାପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ଏହାକୁ ଥରମିଟ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କହନ୍ତି ।

27. ଏନୋଡ୍ କର୍ଦ୍ଦମ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଶୋଧନରେ ଅଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ ଅପଦ୍ରବ ଏନୋଡ୍‌ର ତଳେ ବସିଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଏନୋଡ୍ କର୍ଦ୍ଦମ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

28. ରୁପାର ଉପକରଣ କଳାପଡ଼େ କାହିଁକି ?
ଉ –
ରୁପାର ଉପକରଣ ବାୟୁରେ ଥିବା ସଲଫର ସହିତ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ସିଲଭର ସଲଫାଇଡ୍‌ର ଏକ କଳାରଙ୍ଗର ଆବରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।

29. କପର ବାୟୁରେ ରଖୁଲେ ଏକ ସବୁଜ ଆସ୍ତରଣ ଲାଭକରେ କାହିଁକି ?
ଉ –
କପର ବାୟୁରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଆଦ୍ର ଅଙ୍ଗାରକାମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି କପର କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍‌ ଏକ ସବୁଜ ଆସ୍ତରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

30. ଏନୋଡାଇଜିଂ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ –
ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଧାତୁରେ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଏକ ଲେପ ଦେବାକୁ ଏନୋଡାଇଭିଂ କହନ୍ତି ।

31. ଗାଲ୍‌ଭାନାଇଜିଂ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ –
ଲୁହା ଭଳି ନିକୃଷ୍ଟ ଧାତୁ ଉପରେ ଜିଙ୍କର ଲେପ ଦେବାକୁ ଗାଲ୍‌ଭାନାଇଜେସନ୍ ବା ଗାମ୍‌ଭାନାଇଜିଂ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

32. ଏମ୍ପୋଟେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ଯେଉଁ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉଭୟ କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ଓ ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ଗୁଣ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରିଥାଏ, ତାହାକୁ ଏଫୋଟୋରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

33. ‘22 କ୍ୟାରେଟ୍ ସୁନା’ର ଅର୍ଥ କ’ଣ ?
ଉ –
22 ଭାଗ ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ସୁନା ଓ 2 ଭାଗ ତମ୍ବା କିମ୍ବା ରୁପା ମିଶାଇ ମିଶ୍ର ଧାତୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଏ । ତାହାକୁ 22 କ୍ୟାରେଟ୍ ସୁନା

34. P ଗୋଟିଏ ଅଧାତୁ ଠୁ ଓ R ରୂପରେ ମିଳେ । Q କଠିନତମ ପଦାର୍ଥ ଏବଂ R ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରେ । P, Q ଓ R ର ନାମ ଲେଖ ।
ଉ –
P- କାର୍ବନ, Q- ହୀରା, R- ଗ୍ରାଫାଇଟ୍ ।

35. ଦୁଇଟି ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ଅକସାଇଡ଼ର ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ।
ଊ –
CO2, SO2

36. ଦୁଇଟି ନିରପେକ୍ଷ ଅକସାଇଡ଼ର ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ।

କାର୍ବନ ମନୋକସାଇଡ଼୍ (CO) ନାଇଟ୍ରୋଜେନ ଅକସାଇଡ଼ (N2O)
ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ଅକସାଇଡ୍ (H2O)

37. ଧାତବ ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ବଳତା କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଧାତୁର ପୃଷ୍ଠ ଚକ୍ ଚକ୍ କରେ ଏବଂ ଧାତୁର ଏହି ଧର୍ମକୁ ଧାତବ ଦିସ୍ତୀ ବା ଧାତବ ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ବଳତା କୁହାଯାଏ ।

38. ଧାତୁ ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ଉଦ୍‌ଜାନ ଗ୍ୟାସ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ କାହିଁକି ?
ଉ –
ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ ଏସିଡ଼୍ ଏକ ଉତ୍ତମ ଜାରକ, ଏହା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନକୁ ଜାରଣ କରି ଜଳ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ଏବଂ ନିଜେ ବିଜାରିତ ହୋଇ ନାଇଟ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।

39. ଧାତୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡରୁ ଧାତୁକୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନ ଏବଂ ପରେ ଶୋଧନ କରି ବ୍ୟବହାର ଉପଯୋଗୀ କରିବାକୁ ଧାତୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

40. ଧାତୁକୁ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଯୁକ୍ତାତ୍ମକ କାହିଁକି କୁହାଯାଏ ?

ଧାତୁ ସହଜରେ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ତ୍ୟାଗକରି ଯୁକ୍ତାତ୍ମକ ଆୟନରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।
Na → Na+ + e

41. ଆମାଲ୍‌ଗମ୍ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ପାରଦର ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁକୁ ଆମାଲ୍‌ଗମ୍ କହନ୍ତି ।

42. ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ?
ଉ –
ଦୁଇ କିମ୍ବା ତହିଁରୁ ଅଧ୍ଵ ଧାତୁ କିମ୍ବା ଏକ ଧାତୁ ଓ ଏକ ଉପଧାତୁର ସମଜାତୀୟ ମିଶ୍ରଣକୁ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ କୁହାଯାଏ ।

43. କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଧାତୁକୁ ଜଳରେ ପକାଇଲେ ଯେଉଁ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ହୁଏ ତା’ର ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣଟି ଲେଖ ।
ଉ –
Ca + 2H2O → Ca (OH)2 + H2

44.
ଧାତୁ X ବାୟୁରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ଜଳେ ନାହିଁ କିନ୍ତୁ Y ର ଏକ କଳା ଆବରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ । X ଧାତୁର ନାମ ଲେଖ ।
ଉ –
X କପର ଅଟେ ଏବଂ Y କପର (II) ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

F ପ୍ରଥମଯୋଡ଼ିର ସମ୍ପର୍କକୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ କରି ଦ୍ୱିତୀୟ ଯୋଡ଼ିର ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।

1. ପାରଦ : ତରଳ :: କ୍ରୋମିନ୍ : …………………… |
2. ସୁନା : ନମନୀୟ :: ଗ୍ରାଫାଇଟ୍ : …………………… |
3. ଲୌହ : ଉଚ୍ଚ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ :: ଗାଲିଲିୟମ୍ : …………………. |
4. MgO : କ୍ଷାରୀୟ :: SO2 : …………… |
5. Na : ଅଧ୍ଵ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ :: Ag : …………….. |
6. K : 1 :: Mg : …………… |
7. Ne : 8 :: Ar : …………. |
8. କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍ : କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ :: ଫ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ : ………………….. |
9. Na : ଯୁକ୍ତାତ୍ମକ :: Cl : …………….. |
10. NaCl: 1686 :: CaO: ……………. |
11. Cu+Zn: ପିତ୍ତଳ :: Cu+Sn : ……………… |
12. Fe + C: ଷ୍ଠିଲ୍‌ :: Pb + Sn: ……………… |
13. Al: ବୈତ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଜାରଣ :: Mn : …………. |
14. Na : କ୍ୟାଥେଠାରେ :: Cl2: ……………. |
15. ଅଶୋଧିତ ଧାତୁ : ଏନୋଡ୍ :: ଶୁଦ୍ଧଧାତୁ : ………………………… |
16. ରୁପା : କଳା :: କପର : ………………….. |
17. ରୁପା : ସିଲ୍‌ଭର ସଲଫାଇଡ୍ :: କପର : ……………………… |
18. ସଲଫାଇଡ୍ ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ : ରୋଚିଂ :: କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ : ……………………………|
19. ZnO: C:: MnO2 : ……………….. |
20. Al + H2O : Al2O3 : : Fe + H2O : ……………….. |
21. K : ଥଣ୍ଡାଜଳ :: Zn : ………………. |
22. ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଲେପ : ଏଲାଡାଇଜିଂ :: ଜିଲ୍‌ର ଲେପ : …………………… |
23. ଓର୍ : ଯୌଗିକ :: ଏଲୟ : …………………… |
24. Al2O3 : ଏଫୋଟୋରିକ୍ :: ZnO : ……………. |
25. CuO ::: CuCO3: ……………… |
26. Ca: ବୈତ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ: Fe: ……………… |
27. ସୋଲଡର : ସର୍ବନିମ୍ନ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ :: ଷ୍ଟିଲ୍‌ : ……………… |
28. ଧାତୁ : ପାରଦ :: ଅଧାତୁ : …………………….. |
29. Cu + O2 → CuO :: Al + O2 → …………………
30. ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ : ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନକୁ ବିସ୍ଥାପିତ କରେ :: କପର : …………………………….
31. CaCl2 : 1045 :: MgCl2 : ……………….
32. ପାରଦ : ସିନାବାର :: ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ : ……………………. |
33. କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଧାତୁ : କାଲ୍‌ସିନେସନ : : ସଲଫାଇଡ୍ ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ : ……………………….|
34. ଶୁଦ୍ଧଧାତୁ : କ୍ୟାଥୋଡ଼ :: ଅଶୋଧ ଧାତୁ : ………………………….. |
35. ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ଵଳ ଧାତୁ : ସୁନା :: ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ଵଳ ଅଧାତୁ : ………………………………….. |
36. ଫ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ : ଗ୍ୟାସୀୟ ଅଧାତୁ :: ବ୍ରୋମିନ୍ : ………………………………… |
37. କାସିନେସନ୍ : କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ :: ରୋଚିଂ : ……………………………… |

Answer:

1. ତରଳ
2. ଭଙ୍ଗୁର
3. ନିମ୍ନ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ
4. ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ
5. କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ
6.2
7.8
8. ଫ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍
9. ବିଯୁକ୍ତାତ୍ମକ
10. 3120
11. ବ୍ରୋଞ୍ଜ
12. ସୋଲ୍ଡର
13. ଧାତବ ବିଜାରଣ
14. ଏନୋଡଠାରେ
15. କ୍ୟାଥୋଡ୍
16. ସବୁଜ
17. କପର କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍
18. କାସିନେସନ୍
19. Al
20. Fe3O4
21. ବାମ୍ଫ
22. ଗାଲ୍‌ଭାନାଇଜିଙ୍ଗ୍
23. ମିଶ୍ରଣ
24. ଏମ୍ପୋଟେରିକ୍
25. ସବୁଜ
26. କାର୍ବନ ବିଜାରଣ
27. ଉଚ୍ଚ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ
28. ବ୍ରୋମିନ୍
29. Al2O3
30. ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍‌ଦ୍ୱାରା ବିସ୍ଥାପତି ହୁଏ
31.981
32. ବକ୍‌ସାଇଟ୍
33. ରୋଷ୍ଟିଙ୍ଗ୍
34. ଏନୋଡ୍
35. ଆୟୋଡ଼ିନ୍
36. ତରଳ ଧାତୁ
37. ସଲଫାଇଡ୍ ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

SUBJECTIVE TYPE QUESTIONS WITH ANSWERS

1. ଧାତୁ ଜଳ ସହ କିପରି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ । ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତା ସମ୍ବନ୍ଧରେ ଆଲୋଚନା କର ।
ଉ-
(i) ଧାତୁ ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଏବଂ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ । ଯେଉଁ ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଜଳରେ ଦ୍ରବଣୀୟ ତାହା ପୁଣି ଜଳରେ ମିଶି ଧାତବ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ । ସବୁ ଧାତୁ ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।
ଧାତୁ + ଜଳ → ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ + ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍‌
ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ + ଜଳ → ଧାତବ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍‌

ଥଣ୍ଡା ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା :
(ii) ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଏବଂ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଭଳି ଧାତୁ ଥଣ୍ଡା ଜଳ ସହ ତୀବ୍ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ । ଏଠାରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଦ୍ଵୟ ଖୁବ୍ ତୀବ୍ର ଏବଂ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍‌ରେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ନିଆଁ ଲାଗିଯାଏ।
2K(s) + 2H2O(l) → 2KOH(aq) + H2(g) + ତାପଣକ୍ରି
2Na(s) + 2H2O(l) → 2NaOH(aq) + H2(g) + ତାପଣକ୍ରି

(iii) କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍‌ର ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କମ୍ ତୀବ୍ରତାରେ ହୋଇଥାଏ ଏବଂ ଏଥୁରୁ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇଥିବା ତାପ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍‌କୁ
Ca(s) + 2H2O(l) → Ca(OH)2(aq) + H2(g)
କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଜଳରେ ଭାସିବାକୁ ଆରମ୍ଭ କରେ କାରଣ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର ଫୋଟକାଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଧାତୁର ଉପରିଭାଗରେ ଲାଖ୍ ରହିଯାଏ ।

ଗରମ ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା :
(iv) Mg ଥଣ୍ଡା ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ନାହିଁ କିନ୍ତୁ ଗରମ ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଏବଂ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ । ଏହାର ପୃଷ୍ଠରେ ଭାସୁଥ‌ିବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ର ଫୋଟକା ଯୋଗୁ ଭାସେ ।
Mg(s) + 2H2O(l) → Mg(OH)2 + H2O

ଚାମ୍ପ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା :
(v) ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍, ଲୌହ ଏବଂ ଜିଙ୍କ ପରି ଧାତୁ ଥଣ୍ଡା ବା ଗରମ ପାଣିରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଆଦୌ କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ଏହି ଧାତୁ ବାମ୍ଫ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଧାତବ ଅକସାଇଡ୍ ଏବଂ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରନ୍ତି ।
2Al(s) + 3H2O(g) → Al2O3(s) + 3H2(g)
3Fe(s) + 4H2O(g) → Fe3O4(s) + 4H2(g)

(vi) ଲେଡ୍, ରୁପା, ତମ୍ବା ଏବଂ ସୁନା ଆଦି ଧାତୁ ଜଳ ସହ ଆଦୌ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।

(vii) ଏଥିରୁ ଜଣାଯାଏ ଯେ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍, ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଧାତୁ କାଲସିୟମ୍‌ଠାରୁ ଅଧ୍ଵ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଓ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍‌ଠାରୁ କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ।ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍, ଆଇରନ୍, ଜିଙ୍କ ଧାତୁ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍‌ଠାରୁ କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ।

2. ଏଲୟ କ’ଣ ? ଏହା କିପରି ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଏ ? ଏଲୟ କିପରି ମୂଳ ଧାତୁଠାରୁ ଭିନ୍ନ । ଏଲୟର 2ଟି
ଉ –
ଏଲୟ ଧାତୁ ସହ ଧାତୁ, ଅଧାତୁ କିମ୍ବା ଉପଧାତୁର ସମଜାତୀୟ ମିଶ୍ରଣକୁ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ ବା ଏଲୟ କହନ୍ତି ।

  • ପ୍ରଥମେ ପ୍ରାରମ୍ଭିକ ଧାତୁକୁ ତରଳାଯାଏ ଏବଂ ତା’ପରେ ଏକ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ଅନୁପାତରେ ଅନ୍ୟ ମୌଳିକକୁ ଏଥ‌ିରେ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ କରାଇ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଏ । ଏହାପରେ ଏହାକୁସାଧାରଣ ତାପମାତ୍ରାରେ ଶୀତଳ କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ଧାତୁର ଧର୍ମରେ ଉନ୍ନତି ଆଣିବାପାଇଁ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁର ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତୀକରଣ ଏକ ଉତ୍ତମ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ ଅଟେ ।
  • ଲୁହା ଏବଂ ବହୁଳ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଧାତୁ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଏହାକୁ କଦାପି ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ନାହିଁ । କାରଣ ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଲୁହା ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ନରମ ଏବଂ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ସହଜରେ ପ୍ରସାରିତ ହୁଏ । ମାତ୍ର ଏହାକୁ ଅଳ୍ପ ପରିମାଣର କାର୍ବନ ପ୍ରାୟ (0.05%) ସହ ମିଶାଇଲେ ତାହା ଶକ୍ତ ଏବଂ କଠିନ ହୋଇଯାଏ ।
    ଲୁହା, ନିକେଲ ଓ କ୍ରୋମିୟମ୍ ସହ ମିଶିଲେ ଷ୍ଟେନ୍‌ସ୍‌ ମିଳେ । ଏହା ଶକ୍ତ ଓ ଏଥ‌ିରେ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗେ ନାହିଁ । ଲୁହା ଯଦି ଅନ୍ୟ କୌଣସି ପଦାର୍ଥ ସହ ମିଶେ ତେବେ ତା’ର ଧର୍ମ ବଦଳିଯାଏ ।
  • ଗୋଟିଏ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁର ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବାହିତା ଏବଂ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ଧାତୁଠାରୁ କମ୍ । ସୀସା ଓ ଟିଣ (pb ଓ Sn)ର ଏକ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ ହେଉଛି ସୋଲଡ଼ର ଯାହାର ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ମୂଳଧାତୁଠାରୁ କମ୍ ଅଟେ ।

ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁର ଉପଯୋଗିତା :

  • Sn ଓ Pb ର ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ ସୋଲଡ଼ରକୁ ଫ୍ୟୁଜ୍ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ସୁନାରେ 2 ଭାଗ ଖାଦ ମିଶାଇ 22 କ୍ୟାରେଟ୍ ସୁନା ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ କରାଯାଏ ଯାହାକି ଶକ୍ତ ଓ ଅଳଙ୍କାର ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତିରେ ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ବ୍ରୋଞ୍ଜକୁ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ କୁପରିବାହୀ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ କରାଯାଏ । .
  • ସୋଲଡ଼ର ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ତାରର ଝଳେଇ ବା ସଂଯୋଗରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

3. ୟନିକ ଯୌଗିକ କାହାକୁ କହନ୍ତି ? ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ (NaCl) ଯୌଗିକର ଗଠନ ଚିତ୍ର ସହ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କର ।

ଆୟନିକ୍ ଯୌଗିକ : ଧାତୁ ଗୁଡ଼ିକର ପରମାଣୁରୁ କୌଣସି ଅଧାତବ ପରମାଣୁକୁ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନର ସ୍ଥାନାନ୍ତରଣ ଯୋଗୁଁ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ଯୌଗିକକୁ ଆୟନିକ ଯୌଗିକ ବା ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ସଂଯୋଜ୍ୟ ଯୌଗିକ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ (NaCI) ର ଗଠନ :
(i) ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ର ପରମାଣୁ କ୍ରମାଙ୍କ 11 । ଏହାର ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍‌ ସଂରଚନା K(2), L(8), M(1)। ଏହା ଯଦି M କକ୍ଷରୁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍ ହରାଇ ଦିଏ ତେବେ L କକ୍ଷଟି ବାହ୍ୟତମ କକ୍ଷ ହୋଇଯିବ । L କକ୍ଷରେ 8 ଟି ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍‌ ଥ‌ିବାରୁ ଏହା ସ୍ଥାୟୀ ଅଷ୍ଟକ ଅଟେ । Na ର ପରମାଣୁର ନ୍ୟୁକ୍ଲିୟସରେ 11 ଟି ପ୍ରୋଟନ ଅଛି ଓ କିନ୍ତୁ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ସଂଖ୍ୟା 10 ହୋଇଯାଇଛି । ବଳକା ଗୋଟିଏ ପ୍ରୋଟନ (ଯୁକ୍ତ ଚାର୍ଜ) ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ କାଟାୟନ (Na+) ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରୁଛି ।
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-8

(ii) କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ର ପରମାଣୁ କ୍ରମାଙ୍କ 17 ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ସଂରଚନା K(2), L(8), M(7), ଅଷ୍ଟକ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣହେବା ପାଇଁ ମାତ୍ର ଗୋଟିଏ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ ସହ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ହେଲେ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ହରାଇଥିବା ଗୋଟିଏ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରିପାରିବ । ଗୋଟିଏ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରମ୍ ପାଇବା ଫଳରେ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍ (CI) ଏନାୟନରେ ପରିଣତ ହେବ ।
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-9

(iii) Na+ ଓ CI ବିପରୀତ ଚାର୍ଜ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ପରସ୍ପରକୁ ଆକର୍ଷଣ କରେ ଏବଂ ଶକ୍ତିଶାଳୀ ସ୍ଥିର ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ଆକର୍ଷଣ ବଳଦ୍ଵାରା ଧରି ରଖ୍ NaCI ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ ।
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-10

ସଂକ୍ଷିପ୍ତ ଭତ୍ତରମୂଳକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର

1. ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁକୁ ଭୌତିକ ଧର୍ମାନୁଯାୟୀ ବର୍ଗୀକରଣ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ନାହିଁ – ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଇ ବୁଝାଅ ।
ଭ –

  • ସାଧାରଣ ତାପମାତ୍ରାରେ ପାରଦ ବ୍ୟତୀତ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଧାତୁ କଠିନ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ଥାଏ । ସାଧାରଣତଃ ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉଚ୍ଚ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ, କିନ୍ତୁ ଗାଲିଲିୟମ ଏବଂ ସୀସିୟମ ଅତି ନିମ୍ନ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଧାତୁ । ଏହି ଧାତୁ ଦ୍ଵୟକୁ ପାପୁଲିରେ ରଖୁଲେ ତାହା ତରଳିଯାଏ ଯାହାକି ଧାତୁର ଭୌତିକ ଧର୍ମ ନୁହେଁ ।
  • ଧାତୁର ଔଜ୍ୱଲ୍ୟ ଅଛି; କିନ୍ତୁ ଆୟୋଡ଼ିନ୍ ଅଧାତୁ ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ତାହାର ଔକ୍ସଲ୍ୟ ଅଛି ।
  • କାର୍ବନ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ରୂପରେ ରହିଥ‌ିବା ଅଧାତୁ ଅଟେ । ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ରୂପକୁ ଅପରରୂପ କୁହାଯାଏ । ହୀରା ଅଧାତୁ ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ କଠିନତମ । ଯାହା ଧାତୁର ଧର୍ମ । ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ଓ ସ୍ଫୁଟନାଙ୍କ ଅଧିକ । ହୀରା ଅଧାତୁ ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହାର ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ଓ ସ୍ଫୁଟନାଙ୍କ ଅଧିକ ।
  • କ୍ଷାର ଧାତୁ ନିମ୍ନ ସାନ୍ଦ୍ରତା ଓ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଧାତୁ ଅଟେ, ଯାହାକି ଅଧାତୁମାନଙ୍କଠାରେ ଦେଖାଯାଏ । ତେଣୁ ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ଆଲୋଚନାରୁ ଆମେ ଜାଣିଲେ ଯେ ଭୌତିକ ଧର୍ମ ଅନୁସାରେ ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁକୁ ବର୍ଗୀକରଣ କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।

2. ଏନୋଡ଼ାଇଜିଙ୍ଗ୍ କ’ଣ ? ଏହା କିପରି କରାଯାଏ ?
ଉ –

  • ଏନୋଡାଇଜିଙ୍ଗ୍ ହେଉଛି ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ ଉପରେ ମୋଟା ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ପ୍ରଲେପ ଦେବା ପ୍ରଣାଳୀ । ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ବାୟୁରେ ରହିଲେ ଏକ ପତଳା ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଆବରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ । ଏହି ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ପ୍ରଲେପ ଅଧ‌ିକ ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣ ହେବାକୁ ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ କରେ ।
  • ଏହି ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ ପରିଷ୍କାର ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍‌କୁ ଏନୋଡ଼ରେ ସଂଯୁକ୍ତ କରି ଲଘୁ ସଫ୍ୟୁରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣ କରାଯାଏ ।
  • ଏନୋଡ଼ରେ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୋଇ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଏହା ଉପରେ ମୋଟା ପ୍ରତିରୋଧକାରୀ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଆବରଣ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ । ଏହା ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍‌କୁ ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣରୁ ରକ୍ଷାକରେ । ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ପଦାର୍ଥକୁ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ସ୍ତରଦ୍ଵାରା ରଙ୍ଗେଇ ସହଜରେ ଆକର୍ଷଣୀୟ ରୂପ ଦିଆଯାଏ ।

3. କୌଣସି ଧାତୁ ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ କାହିଁକି ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ ? କିନ୍ତୁ Mn Mg ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି H2 ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ନିର୍ଗତ କରେ ।
ଉ –

  • କୌଣସି ଧାତୁ ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ନାଇଟ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ କାରଣ ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ଏକ ସବଳ ଜାରକ ।
  • ଏହା ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍‌କୁ ଜାରଣ କରି ଜଳ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ଏବଂ ନିଜେ ବିଜାରିତ ହୋଇ ଯେକୌଣସି ନାଇଟ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ (N2O, NO, NO2) ରେ ପରିଣତ କରେ ।
  • କିନ୍ତୁ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ ଓ ମାଙ୍ଗାନିଜ ଅତି ଲଘୁ ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି H, ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ନିର୍ଗତ କରେ ।
    Mg(s) + HNO3(aq) → Mg(NO3)2(aq) + H2(g)

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

4. ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍, ଜଳ ଓ ଲଘୁଅମ୍ଳ ସହ କିପରି ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରନ୍ତି, ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ବୁଝାଇ ଲେଖ ।
ଭ –
(i) ଧାତୁ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଗଠନ କରେ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ :
ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ ପାତକୁ ବାୟୁରେ ଜାଳିଲେ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ମିଳେ ।
2Mg + O2 → 2MgO

(ii) କେତେକ ଧାତୁ ଥଣ୍ଡା ଜଳ ଓ କେତେକ ଧାତୁ ଗରମ ଜଳ ଓ କେତେକ ଧାତୁ ବାମ୍ଫ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାକରି କ୍ଷାରକ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରନ୍ତି ।
ଉଦାହରଣ :
ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଥଣ୍ଡା ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ପୋଟାସିୟମ ହାଇଡ୍ରକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ।
2K(s) + 2H2O(l) → 2KOH(aq) + H2(g)
ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ବାମ୍ଫ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଅକସାଇଡ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ।
2Al(s) + 2H2O(g) → Al2O3(s) + 3H2(g)

(iii) କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଓ ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍ ଭଳି ଧାତୁ ଲଘୁ ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଲବଣ ଓ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ।
Ca(s) + 2HCl(aq) → CaCl2(aq) + H2(g)
କିନ୍ତୁ ତମ୍ବା ଲଘୁ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ ନାହିଁ ।

5. ଧାତୁର କ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତାର ଅନୁକ୍ରମ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ଏବଂ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଅଧାତୁ ହେଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ସକ୍ରିୟତାର ଅନୁକ୍ରମରେ ଅଛି କାରଣ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।
ଉ –
(i) ଧାତୁର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତାର କ୍ରମଟି ହେଲା –
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-11

(ii) ସକ୍ରିୟତା ଅନୁକ୍ରମର ଊର୍ଦ୍ଧ୍ବରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଏତେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଯେ ତାହା ପ୍ରକୃତିରେ ମୁକ୍ତ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ମିଳେ ନାହିଁ ।

(iii) ସକ୍ରିୟତା ଅନୁକ୍ରମରେ ମଝିରେ ଥ‌ିବା Zn, Fe, Pb ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ମଧ୍ୟମ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଓ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଭୂତ୍ଵକ୍‌ରେ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍, ସଲ୍‌ଫାଇଡ୍ କିମ୍ବା କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ରୂପରେ ମିଳିଥାଏ ।

(iv) ସକ୍ରିୟତା ଅନୁସାରେ ନିମ୍ନରେ ଥିବା ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତା ହେତୁ ପ୍ରକୃତିରୁ ମୁକ୍ତ ଭାବରେ ମିଳିଥାଏ । ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ ଏକ ଧାତୁ ହୋଇନଥିଲେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଏହା ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍‌ ତ୍ୟାଗକରି ଯୁକ୍ତାତ୍ମକ ଆୟନ (H+) ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରେ ।

6. ସକ୍ରିୟତା କ୍ରମର ଊର୍ଦ୍ଧ୍ବରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକର ନିଷ୍କାସନ କିପରି ସମ୍ଭବ ହୁଏ କାରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ–

  • ସକ୍ରିୟତା କ୍ରମର ଊର୍ଦ୍ଧ୍ବରେ ଥିବା ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍, ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍, କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍, ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍, ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଆଦି ଧାତୁ ତୀବ୍ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ।
  • ଏହି ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌କୁ କାର୍ବନ ବିଜାରଣ ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ବିଜାରତ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ନାହିଁ, କାରଣ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକର କାର୍ବନ ଅପେକ୍ଷା ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ପ୍ରତି ଆକର୍ଷଣ ଅତ୍ମକ । ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକରୁ ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଜାରଣଦ୍ବାରା ଧାତୁ ମିଳିପାରିବ ।
  • ତରଳ କ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍‌ରୁ ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଶ୍ଳେଷଣଦ୍ଵାରା ଜଳରେ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍, ମ୍ୟାଗ୍ନେସିୟମ୍, କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଇତ୍ୟାଦି ମିଳିଥାଏ । ଧାତୁ କ୍ୟାଥୋଡ଼ଠାରେ ଜମା ହେଉଥିଲାବେଳେ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍ ଏନୋଡ଼ଠାରେ ନିର୍ଗତ ହୁଏ ।
    BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-12

7. ସକ୍ରିୟତା କ୍ରମର ନିମ୍ନରେ ଥିବା ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ କିପରି ନିଷ୍କାସନ କରାଯାଏ ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଇ ଲେଖ ।
ଉ–
(i) ସକ୍ରିୟତାର ଅନୁକ୍ରମର ନିମ୍ନରେ ଥିବା ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ; ଯଥା- Cu, Hg, Au, Ag ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ । ବାୟୁରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କରି ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ରୁ ଧାତୁକୁ ପୃଥକ୍ କରାଯାଏ ।
ଡତାହରଣ –

(ii) ପାରଦର ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡର ନାମ ସିନାବାର (HgS) । ଏହାକୁ ବାୟୁରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କରି ପ୍ରଥମେ ମର୍‌କ୍ୟୁରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ (HgO)ରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଯାଏ । ଏହାକୁ ଆହୁରି ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ମରକ୍ୟୁରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ବିଜାରିତ ହୋଇ
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-13

(iii) ପ୍ରକୃତିରୁ ମିଳୁଥିବା (Cu2S) ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡରୁ ତମ୍ବା ପାଇବା ପାଇଁ ଏହାକୁ ବାୟୁର ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କରିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ ।
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-14

8. ଜାରଣ-ବିଜାରଣ ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ଧାତୁ ନିଷ୍କାସନରେ କିପରି ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରେ ଉଦାହରଣ ଦେଇ ବୁଝାଅ । ଥରମିଟ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କ’ଣ ବୁଝାଅ ।
ଉ–
(i) ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌, କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଓ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଆଦି ଧାତୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ବିଜାରକ ରୂପେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରେ । ସେମାନେ କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁକୁ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଯୌଗିକରୁ ଅପସାରଣ କରନ୍ତି ।
ଉଦାହରଣ –
ମାଙ୍ଗାନିଜ୍ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌କୁ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଗୁଣ୍ଡ ସହ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ମାଙ୍ଗାନିଜ୍ ଧାତୁ ମିଳେ ।
3MnO2(s) + 4Al(s) → 3Mn(l) + 2Al2O3(s) + ଚାପ
ଏଠାରେ MnO2, Mn କୁ ବିଜାରିତ ହୋଇଥିଲାବେଳେ Al, AlO3କୁ ଜାରିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

(ii) ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ଅତିମାତ୍ରାରେ ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ – ଫେରିକ୍‌ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା ରେଳଧାରଣାଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ଯୋଡ଼ିବାରେ କିମ୍ବା ଫାଟିଯାଇଥିବା ଯନ୍ତ୍ରାଂଶକୁ ଯୋଡ଼ିବାପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୋଇଥାଏ । ଏପରି ଯୋଡ଼ିବା ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟାକୁ ଥରମିଟ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କୁହାଯାଏ ।
Fe2O3(s) + 2Al(s) → 2Fe(l) + Al2O3(s) + ତାପ

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

9. ଏଲୟ କ’ଣ ? ସୁନାର ଏଲୟ ଆବଶ୍ୟକ କାହିଁକି ?
ଭ –

  • ଦୁଇ ବା ତତୋଽଧ୍ଵ ସମଜାତୀୟ ଧାତୁର ମିଶ୍ରଣ କିମ୍ବା ଗୋଟିଏ ଧାତୁ ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ଅଧାତୁର ମିଶ୍ରଣକୁ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ ବା ଏଲୟ କହନ୍ତି ।
  • ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ସୁନା 24 କ୍ୟାରେଟ୍ ନାମରେ ଜଣାଶୁଣା । ତାହା ଅତ୍ୟନ୍ତ ନରମ ହୋଇଥିବାରୁ ସେଥ‌ିରେ ଅଳଙ୍କାର
  • ଏହାକୁ ଶକ୍ତ କରିବାପାଇଁ ଏଥିରେ ରୁପ କିମ୍ବା ତମ୍ବା ମିଶାଯାଏ ।
  • ଭାରତରେ 22 କ୍ୟାରେଟ୍ ସୁନା ଅଳଙ୍କାର ପାଇଁ ଏହା ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ । ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ 22 ଭାଗ ବିଶୁଦ୍ଧ ସୁନା ସହ 2 ଭାଗ ତମ୍ବାର କିମ୍ବା ରୁପା ମିଶାଯାଇ ସୁନା ଅଳଙ୍କାର ତିଆରି ହୁଏ ।

10. କେଉଁ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ (a) ସକ୍ରିୟତା କ୍ରମରେ ନିମ୍ନରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଧାତୁ (b) ମଧ୍ୟମକ୍ରମରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଧାତୁ (c) ଅଧିକ ସକ୍ରିୟତା କ୍ରମରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଧାତୁ ବିଜାରିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ?
ଉ –
(a) ସକ୍ରିୟତା କ୍ରମରେ ନିମ୍ନରେ ଥ‌ିବା ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସ୍ବତଃ କିମ୍ବା ତାପ ପ୍ରୟୋଗ କଲେ ବିଜାରିତ ହୁଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ –
Cu2S ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡରୁ ତମ୍ବା ପାଇବାପାଇଁ ଏହାକୁ ବାୟୁରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କରାଯାଏ ।
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-15

(b) ମଧ୍ୟମ କ୍ରମର ସକ୍ରିୟ ଧାତୁ କୋଦ୍ବାରା ବିଜାରିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ –
ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌କୁ କାର୍ବନ ସହିତ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ତାହା ଧାତବ ଜିକୁ ବିଜାରିତ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
ZnO(s) + C(s) → Zn(s) + CO(g)

(c) ଅଧିକ ସକ୍ରିୟତା କ୍ରମରେ ଥିବା ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଜାରଣ କରାଯାଇଥାଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ –
ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ରୁ ବୈଦ୍ୟୁତିକ ବିଚ୍ଚାରଣ ସାହାଯ୍ୟରେ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ମିଳେ । କ୍ୟାଥୋଡ୍ଠାରେ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଓ ଏନୋଡ୍‌ଠାରେ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ ମିଳେ ।
Al2O3 → 2A3+ + 3O22-
କ୍ୟାଥୋଡ଼ଠାରେ : Al3+ + 3e → Al
ଏନୋଡ୍‌ଠାରେ : 2O2- → O2 + 4e

11. ଲିଥ୍ୟମ୍ ଫ୍ଲୋରାଇଡ୍ ଅଣୁର ଗଠନ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କର ।
ଉ –

  • ଲିଥେମ୍ ପରମାଣୁ ସହଜରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ତ୍ୟାଗକରି Li+ ଆୟନରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ଏବଂ ନିକଟତମ
  • ଲିଥ୍ୟମ୍ ଆୟନ ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିଥିବା ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍‌କୁ ଫ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରି Fଆୟନରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ଏବଂ ନିକଟତମ ନିଷ୍କ୍ରିୟ ମୌଳିକ ନିୟନ୍ ସଂରଚନା ଧାରଣ କରେ ।
  • ଉଭୟ ଯୁକ୍ତାତ୍ମକ ଆୟନ ଓ ବିଯୁକ୍ତାତ୍ମକ ଆୟନ Li+ ଓ F ପରସ୍ପରକୁ ଆକର୍ଷଣ କରନ୍ତି ଫଳରେ LiF ଯୌଗିକ ଗଠିତ ହୁଏ ।
    BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-16

ଅତିସଂଯିପ୍ର ଉତ୍ତରମ୍ଜଲକ ପ୍ରଣ୍ଟୋତ୍ତର

1. ଧାତୁର ତନ୍ୟତା ଗୁଣ କ’ଣ ? କେଉଁ ଧାତୁର ଏହି ତନ୍ୟତା ଗୁଣ ସର୍ବାଧ୍ଵ ଓ କିପରି ଧାତୁର କେଉଁ ଗୁଣପାଇଁ ଆମେ ଏହାର ଆକାର ବଦଳାଇପାରୁ ?
ଉ –

  • ଧାତୁର ତାର ବାହାର କରିବା ଗୁଣକୁ ତନ୍ୟତା କହନ୍ତି ।
  • ସୁନାର ଏହି ତନ୍ୟତା ଗୁଣ ସର୍ବାଧ‌ିକ ।
    1 ଗ୍ରାମ୍ ସୁନାରୁ ପ୍ରାୟ 2 କି.ମି. ଦୈର୍ଘ୍ୟର ତାର ଟଣାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ।
  • ଧାତୁର ନମନୀୟତା ଓ ତନ୍ୟତା ଗୁଣ ଯୋଗୁଁ ଆମେ ଆମ ଆବଶ୍ୟକତା ଅନୁସାରେ ସେଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଆକାର ବଦଳାଇ ପାରୁ ।

2. କ୍ଷାର ଧାତୁ ଦୁଇଟିର ନାମ ଓ ଦୁଇଟି ଧର୍ମ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ–

  • କ୍ଷାର ଧାତୁ ଦୁଇଟି – ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଓ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ।
  • ଏହା ଅତି ନରମ
    • ଏହାର ସାନ୍ଦ୍ରତା ଓ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ନିମ୍ନ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।

3. ଧାତୁକୁ ବାୟୁରେ ଦହନ କଲେ କ’ଣ ହୁଏ ଉଦାହରଣ ଓ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ–
(i) ଧାତୁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବାୟୁ କିମ୍ବା ଅମ୍ଳଜାନ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ।
ଧାତୁ + ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍ → ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍

(ii) ଉଦାହରଣ – ଏଲୁମିନିୟମକୁ ବାୟୁରେ ଦହନ କଲେ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ ଅକସାଇଡ୍ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ କରେ ।
4Al + 3O2 → 2Al2O3

4. ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଓ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌କୁ କିରୋସିନ୍‌ରେ ବୁଡ଼ାଇ ରଖାଯାଏ କାହିଁକି ?
ଊ–

  • ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଓ ପୋଟାସିୟମ୍ ଧାତୁ ତୀବ୍ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁ । ସକ୍ରିୟତାର ଅନୁକ୍ରମରେ ଏହା ଶୀର୍ଷରେ ଅଛି । ବାୟୁ ଓ ଜଳ ସହ ଏହା ତୀବ୍ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରେ।
  • କିରୋସିନ୍‌ରେ ବୁଡ଼ାଇ ରଖିଲେ ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବାୟୁ କିମ୍ବା ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ କାରଣ ଏମାନେ ବାୟୁ ଓ ଜଳ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସି ନଥା’ନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ପ୍ରଜ୍ବଳନତାର ମାତ୍ରା ପାଇନଥାନ୍ତି ।

5. ଧାତୁ ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ କ’ଣ ହୁଏ ରାସାୟନିକ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ–

  • ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ ଭଳି ବହୁ ଧାତୁ ଅମ୍ଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଲବଣ ଓ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍ ନିର୍ଗତ କରେ ।
  • 2Na + 2Cl → 2NaCl + H2(g)

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

6. ଅମ୍ଳରାଜ କ’ଣ ? ଏହା କେଉଁ ଧାତୁକୁ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ କରିପାରିବ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ–

  • ଅମ୍ଳରାଜ ହେଉଛି ସଦ୍ୟ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଗାଢ଼ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋକ୍ଲୋରିକ ଏସିଡ୍, ନାଇଟ୍ରିକ୍ ଏସିଡ୍‌ର 3 : 1 ଅନୁପାତରେ ମିଶ୍ରଣ । ଏହି ମିଶ୍ରଣ ସବୁକୁ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ କରିପାରେ ।
  • ଅମ୍ଳରାଜ ଏକ ଭଲ ସଂକ୍ଷାରଣ ଧୂମଶୀଳ ତରଳ ।
  • ଏହାର ସୁନା ଓ ପ୍ଲାଟିନମ୍କୁ ଦ୍ରବୀଭୂତ କରିବାର କ୍ଷମତା ରହିଛି ।

7. ତମ୍ବା ଓ ଲୁହା ମଧ୍ଯରେ କେଉଁଟି ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଓ କାହିଁକି ? ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ–

  • ବିସ୍ଥାପନ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାରୁ ଧାତୁର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତା ବିଷୟରେ ଅଧ୍ବକ ତଥ୍ୟ ମିଳେ ।
  • ଯଦି A ଧାତୁ, ଧାତୁ Bକୁ ଏହାର ଦ୍ରବଣରୁ ବିସ୍ଥାପନ କରେ, ତେବେ B ଠାରୁ A ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ହେବ ।
  • ଧାତୁ A + B ର ଲବଣ ଦ୍ରବଣ → Aର ଲବଣ ଦ୍ରବଣ + ଧାତୁ B
  • କପର ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ୍ ଦ୍ରବଣ ନେଇ ସେଥୁରେ ଲୁହାକଣ୍ଟା ଭର୍ଭିକଲେ 20 ମିନିଟ୍ ପରେ କପର ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ୍‌ର ନୀଳବର୍ଣ ହ୍ରାସ ଘଟିବ ଓ ଏହା ବର୍ଣ୍ଣହୀନ ଆଇରନ୍ ସଲ୍‌ଫେଟ୍‌ରେ ପରିଣତ ହେବ ।
  • Fe(s) + CuSO4(aq) → FeSO4(aq) + Cu(s)
    ଏଥୁରୁ Fe, Cu ଠାରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ବୋଲି ଜଣାପଡ଼ିଲା ।

8. NaCl ର ଗଠନ ଚିତ୍ରଦ୍ୱାରା ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।
ଊ–
(i) ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ପରମାଣୁର ବାହ୍ୟତମ କକ୍ଷରେ ଥିବା ଗୋଟିଏ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍ କ୍ଲୋରିକୁ ଦହନକରି Na+ ଆୟନରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ଏବଂ କ୍ଲୋରିନ୍‌ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍‌ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରି Cl ଆୟନରେ ପରିଣତ ହୁଏ ।

(ii) Na+ ଓ Cl ଆୟନ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ଆକର୍ଷଣ ଘଟି NaCI ଅଣୁ ଗଠନ କରେ ।
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-17

9. ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ ଓ ଅକ୍‌ସିଜେନ୍‌ର ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ୍ ଡଟ୍ ସଂରଚନା ଲେଖୁ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରନ ସ୍ଥାନାନ୍ତରଣଦ୍ଵାରା Na2O ର ଗଠନ ଦର୍ଶାଅ ।
ଊ–
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-18

10. ଆୟନିକ୍ ଯୌଗିକର ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ଓ ସ୍ଫୁଟନାଙ୍କ ଉଚ୍ଚ କାହିଁକି ? ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବାହିତ ହୁଏ କାହିଁକି ?
ଊ–

  • ଆୟନିକ୍ ଯୌଗିକଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଉଚ୍ଚ ଗଳନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଉଚ୍ଚ ସ୍ଫୁଟନାଙ୍କ ବିଶିଷ୍ଟ କାରଣ ଶକ୍ତ ଅନ୍ତଃ ଆୟନୀୟ ଆକର୍ଷଣ ଭାଙ୍ଗିବାପାଇଁ ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ପରିମାଣର ଶକ୍ତି ଆବଶ୍ୟକ
  • ଜଳରେ ଆୟନିକ୍ ଯୌଗିକର ଏକ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ଆୟନ ରହିଥାଏ । ଉକ୍ତ ଦ୍ରବଣରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପ୍ରବାହିତ କଲେ ଏହି ଆୟନଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସର୍ବଦା ବିପରୀତ ଚାର୍ଜବିଶିଷ୍ଟ ଇଲେକ୍‌ଟ୍ରୋଡ଼ ଆଡ଼କୁ ଗତି କରିଥାଏ ଫଳରେ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ପରିବହନ କରିଥାଏ ।

11. ଷ୍ଟେନ୍‌ଲେସ୍ ଷ୍ଟିଲ୍ କିପରି ମିଳେ ?
ଊ–

  • ଲୁହା, ନିକେଲ ଓ କ୍ରୋମିୟମ ସହ ମିଶିଲେ ଷ୍ଟେନ୍‌ଲେସ୍ ଷ୍ଟିଲ୍ ମିଳେ ।
  • ଏହା ଶକ୍ତ ଏବଂ ଏଥରେ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗେ ନାହିଁ ।

12. କଳଙ୍କି କ’ଣ ଓ କିପରି ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ ?
ଭ –

  • ଲୁହାକୁ ଆର୍ଦ୍ର ବାୟୁରେ ବହୁତ ସମୟ ରଖେଲେ ଏକ ବାଦାମୀ ରଙ୍ଗର ପତଳା ଆଚ୍ଛାଦନ ସୃଷ୍ଟି ହୁଏ, ଏହାକୁ କଳଙ୍କି
  • ଲୁହା, ଜଳ ଓ ବାୟୁ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସିଲେ ହିଁ ସେଥ‌ିରେ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗେ । କେବଳ ଜଳ କିମ୍ବା କେବଳ ବାୟୁ ସଂସ୍ପର୍ଶରେ ଆସିଲେ ଲୁହାରେ କଳଙ୍କି ଲାଗେ ନାହିଁ ।

BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 ଧାତୁ ଓ ଅଧାତୁ

13. ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ କୁପରିବାହୀ ଏଲୟ ଏବଂ ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ତାରର ଝଳେଇ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ଏଲୟ କେଉଁ ଧାତୁରୁ ତିଆରି ଏବଂ ଏହାର ବ୍ୟବହାର ଲେଖ ।
ଊ–

  • ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ କୁପରିବାହୀ ଏଲୟର ନାମ ବ୍ରୋଞ୍ଜ । ଏହା ତମ୍ବା ଓ ଟିଣକୁ ନେଇ ଗଠିତ ।
  • ବିଦ୍ୟୁତ୍ ତାରର ଝଳେଇ ପାଇଁ ସୋଲଡ଼ର ବ୍ୟବହାର କରାଯାଏ । ଏହା ସୀସା ଓ ଟିଣର ଏକ ମିଶ୍ରଧାତୁ ।

14. କାଲସିନେସନ୍ ଓ ରୋଲିଂ କ’ଣ ବୁଝାଅ ?
ଊ–
(i) କାଲସିନେସନ୍ : ସୀମିତ ପରିମାଣ ବାୟୁରେ କାର୍ବୋନେଟ୍ ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡକୁ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କରି ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରାଯାଏ । ଏହି ପ୍ରଣାଳୀକୁ କାଲସିନେସନ୍ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-19

(ii) ରୋଲିଂ – ସଲ୍‌ଫାଇଡ୍ ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡକୁ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ରେ ପରିଣତ କରିବାକୁ ହେଲେ ଏହାକୁ ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ପରିମାଣର ବାୟୁର ଉପସ୍ଥିତିରେ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପରିମାଣରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କରାଯାଏ ।
ଉଦାହରଣ :
2ZnS(s) + 3O2(g) → 2ZnO(s) + 2SO4(g)

15. କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଧାତୁ ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ଉଦ୍‌ଜାନ ଗ୍ୟାସ୍‌ରେ ନିଆଁ ଲାଗୁଥ‌ିବାବେଳେ ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍ ଜଳରେ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍ ଜଳି ଉଠେ କାହିଁକି ?
ଊ–

  • କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଜଳ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେଉଥ‌ିବା ତାପ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍‌କୁ ଜଳାଇବାକୁ ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇନଥାଏ, ତେଣୁ ନିଆଁ ଲାଗେନାହିଁ ।
  • ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍‌ ଜଳ ସହ ତୀବ୍ର ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରୁଥିବାରୁ ଉତ୍ପନ୍ନ ହେଉଥିବା ତାପ ହାଇଡ୍ରୋଜେନ୍‌କୁ ଜଳାଇବାକୁ ଯଥେଷ୍ଟ ହୁଏ, ଫଳରେ ନିଆଁ ଧରେ ।
  • ଉପରୋକ୍ତ ଦୁଇଟି ପ୍ରକ୍ରିୟା ତାପ ଉତ୍ପାଦୀ ଅଟେ ।

16. ଧାତବ ବିଜାରଣ ଓ କାର୍ବନ ବିଜାରଣ ଦ୍ଵୟ ସମୀକରଣ ସହ ଲେଖ ।
ଊ–
(i) ଧାତବ ବିଜାରଣ – ସୋଡ଼ିୟମ୍, କ୍ୟାଲସିୟମ୍ ଓ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଭଳି ଧାତୁ ବିଜାରକ ରୂପେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ, କାରଣ ଏମାନେ କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁକୁ ସେମାନଙ୍କର ଯୌଗିକରୁ ଅପସାରଣ କରେ ।
ମାଙ୍ଗାନିଜ୍ ଡାଇଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍ ଗୁଣ୍ଡ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କଲେ ମାଙ୍ଗାନିଜ୍ ଧାତୁ ମିଳିଥାଏ ।
3MnO2(s) + 4Al(s) → 3Mn(l) + 2Ạl2O3(s) + ତାପ

(ii) କାର୍ବନ ବିଜାରଣ – ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଭଳି ଧାତବ ଅକସାଇଡ୍ କାର୍ବନ ଗୁଣ୍ଡ ସହ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟା କରି ଧାତବ ଜିକୁ ବିଜାରିତ ହୁଏ ।
ZnO(s) + C(s) → Zn(s) + Ca(g)

17. ଧାତବ ସଲ୍‌ଫାଇଡ୍‌କୁ ବାୟୁରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ତରଳ ଧାତୁ ମିଳେ । ଧାତୁଟିର ନାମ,ଏହାର ଧାତୁପିଣ୍ଡ ଏବଂ କେଉଁ ପଦ୍ଧତିରେ ନିଷ୍କାସନ କରାଯାଏ ଲେଖ ।
ଉ-
ତରଳ ଧାତୁଟିର ନାମ ପାରଦ ।
HgSକୁ ରୋମିଂ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀରେ ଉତ୍ତପ୍ତ କଲେ ପାରଦ ମିଳେ ।
BSE Odisha 10th Class Physical Science Important Questions Chapter 3 img-20
ଏହି ରାସାୟନିକ ପ୍ରଣାଳୀର ନାମ ରୋମିଂ ।

18. କାହିଁକି Na ଓ Mgକୁ କାର୍ବନ ବିଜାରଣ କରିପାରେ ନାହିଁ ? Na ଓ Mg ମୁକ୍ତ ଅବସ୍ଥାରେ ମିଳିପାରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ କାହିଁକି ?
ଉ –

  • Na ଓ Mg କାର୍ବନଠାରୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ । ତେଣୁ କାର୍ବନ Na ଓ Mgକୁ ବିଜାରଣ କରିପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।
  • Na,Mg ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳତା ଅନୁକ୍ରମର ଶୀର୍ଷରେ ଅଛନ୍ତି, ତେଣୁ ଏମାନେ ଅଧ‌ିକ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ।

19. ଏଫୋଟେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ କ’ଣ ? ଏହି ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍‌ର ଦୁଇଟି ଉଦାହରଣ ଦିଅ ।
ଉ –

  • ଯେଉଁ ଧାତବ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଉଭୟ ଅମ୍ଳୀୟ ପ୍ରକୃତି ଓ କ୍ଷାରୀୟ ପ୍ରକୃତି ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରନ୍ତି, ସେମାନଙ୍କୁ ଉଭୟଧର୍ମୀ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ବା ଏମ୍ପୋଟେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ କୁହାଯାଏ ।
  • ଉଦାହରଣ– ଏଲୁମିନିୟମ୍‌ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ (Al2O2) ଏବଂ ଜିଙ୍କ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ (ZnO) ଉଭୟଧର୍ମୀ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ବା ଏମ୍ପୋଟେରିକ୍ ଅକ୍‌ସାଇଡ୍ ଅଟନ୍ତି ।

20. ପ୍ଲାଟିନମ୍, ସୁନା ଓ ରୁପା ଗହଣା ତିଆରିରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ କାହିଁକି ?

  • ପ୍ଲାଟିନମ୍, ସୁନା ଓ ରୁପା ସବୁଠାରୁ କମ୍ ପ୍ରତିକ୍ରିୟାଶୀଳ ଧାତୁ ଏବଂ ସହଜରେ ବାୟୁଦ୍ଵାରା କ୍ଷୟପ୍ରାପ୍ତ ହୁଅନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।
  • ଏଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଅତି ନମନୀୟ, ତନ୍ୟ ଓ ଉଜ୍ଜ୍ଵଳ । ତେଣୁ ପ୍ଲାଟିନମ୍, ସୁନା ଓ ରୂପା ଗହଣା ତିଆରିରେ ବ୍ୟବହୃତ ହୁଏ ।

Confessions of a Misspent Youth Question Answer Class 11 Alternative English Chapter 3 CHSE Odisha

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Approaches to English Book 1 Solutions Unit 1 Text C: Confessions of a Misspent Youth Textbook Activity Questions and Answers.

Class 11th Alternative English Chapter 3 Confessions of a Misspent Youth Question Answers CHSE Odisha

Confessions of a Misspent Youth Class 11 Questions and Answers

Activity – 8

State The Central Idea From The Text:
Answer:
1. The text deals with the worst system of school he was made to carry on his studies. It was the school which was known by Sand and Sea.
2. The writer was enrolled in a small private school in Greenwich village. In this school, there was a tremendous emphasis on art and educational freedom. The students were free not to learn anything that bored them and there were no tests.
3. They learned history by recreating its least important elements but without gaining ‘any knowledge or insight.
4. Their reading lessons were postponed till the third grade as early reading was considered harmful to creative spontaneity.
5. As a result, the students of Sand and Sea committed suicide out of frustration although the writer was fortunate to continue her education and pass her B.A.
6. They came to discover that their early education had gone waste only when they came to the high school. The writer’s mother came to realize his folly and sent her son to a traditional school.

Activity – 9

Understanding The Sequence Of Presentation:
Rearrange the following sentences to that they reflect the sequence in which Wolynski presents her ideas. You can begin with sentence (d) The writer was enrolled in small private school in Greenwich village – which is the first sentence in the sequence,
(a) The students were free not to learn anything that bored them and there were no tests.
(b) One of the students of Sand and Sea committed suicide out of frustration although the writer was fortunate to continue her education and pass her B.A.
(c) Their reading lessons were postponed till the third grade as early .reading was -considered harmful to creative spontaneity.
(d) The writer was enrolled in a small private school in Greenwich village.
(e) As a result, the students of Sand and Sea came to hate intellectuality.
(f) They learned history by recreating its least important elements but without gaining any knowledge Or insight.
(g) In this school, there was a tremendous emphasis on arts and educational freedom.
(h) The writer’s mother came to realise her folly and sent her son to a traditional school.
(i) They came to discover that their early education had gone waste when they came to the high School.
Answer:
The writer was enrolled in . a small private school in Greenwich village. In this school there was a tremendous emphasis on art and educational freedom. The students were flee and not to learn anything that bored them and there were no tests. They learned history by recreating its least important elements, but without, going any knowledge or insight. Their reading lessons were postponed till the third grade as early reading was considered harmful to creative spontaneity etc: As a result, the students of Sand and Sea came to make intellectuality. One of the students of Sand and Sea committed suicide out of instruction although the writer was fortunate to continue her education and pass her B.A. They came to discover that their early education. had gone waste only when they came to the high school. The writer’s mother came to realise her falling and sent her son to a traditional school.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text C: Confessions of a Misspent Youth

Activity – 10

Comprehension:
Answer the following questions briefly :
(a) What is Wolyuskl’s major criticism of sand and Sea’s emphasis on creativity?
Answer:
Wolynski’s major criticism of Sand and Sea’s emphasis on creativity is that it. attracted great emphasis to arts and educational freedom. Their reading lessons were postponed, till the third grade as early reading was. considered harmful to creative spontaneity. Students were forbidden to be bored or miserable or made to compete with one another. When someone felt bored with math, he was allowed to write short stories in the library. This process shocked the students overall progress.

(b) Wolynski says that she was an example of “educational freedom- freedom .not to learn”. What does she mean?
Answer:
Wolynski says that she was an example of educational freedom, because she was herself, a student of Sand and Sea in which the students were guaranteed optimum liberty. She. when got bored with math was allowed to write stories in the library. She was a direct experience holder of all kinds of the intellectual educational pattern in the school.

(C) What is the basis of contrast between two kinds of education?
Answer:
The traditional pattern of education and the kind of education at Sand and Sea are greatly contrasted. Liberty, in the traditional pattern greatly rested on rationality Freedom was given out with limitation. But, freedom at this school was let loose and students were not found what they did not like. This brought about partial learning neglecting the main motto of education. Students were thrust into uncertainty and frustration.

(d) Does Wolynski explicitly state the points of contrast between the two types of education? If your answer is ’yes’, indicate the paragraph 5 and quote the words which explicitly state these differences. If your answer is ‘no’, say why the author does not explicitly state her points of contrast.
Answer:
Yes, the contrasts are explicit. The paragraph 3 “It was the school policy that we were forbidden to be bored or miserable”… “There were no tests and no hard times”. Paragraph 5- “We did not learn to read until we were in the third grade because early, reading was thought to discourage creative spontaneity. The one thing they taught us very well was to hate intellectuality…” Paragraph-9 – “They (parents) had sent in bright curious children and gotten back, nine years later, helpless adolescents Paragraph-10- Now 1 see my twelve-year-old brother (who is in a traditional school) doing college level math and I know that he knows more about many other things besides math, than I do and I also see traditional education working in the case of my reformed mother. When he was eight so that he wouldn’t become like me. Now, after seven years of real education he is making impressive film documentation for he Project in Bicentennial explicitly edpress the constructing difference.

(e) In paragraph 9 Wolynski admits that she could be accused of overstanding her case. How effectively does she reflect this change?
Answer:
Wolynski admits the fact that she | could be accused of overstating her case for some might say that those who freaked out of Sand and Sea would have freaked out any f where. But she pleads that such accusation does not hold true because when one sees the same bizarre behaviour pattern in succeeding. graduating classes, one can draw certain, terrifying conclusion.

(f) Briefly comment on the effectiveness of Wolynski’s conclusion. Does it accurately sum up her essay, or should she have written a different conclusion?
Answer:
Wolynski supplies a well-knit conclusion with strong effectiveness. The conclusive words run- “And now I have come to see that the real job of a school is to entice the student, into the web of knowledge and then, if he is not enticed to drag him in. 1 wish I had been. “These lines explicitly express .that a student must not be guaranteed freedom to the excess. There must be limitations to it. force and compulsion need be exerted upon the students for better results.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text C: Confessions of a Misspent Youth

Extra Activity – 10(A)

Question 1.
What does appeal Wolynski’s mother in 1956?
Answer:
The idea of permissive education appeals Wolynski’s mother in 1956. She was a Bohemian and the writer was four years old at that time. She found a small private school in Greenwich village whose beliefs were her and got her child i.e., the writer admitted in this school.

Question 2.
What does the writer say about Sand and Sea in paragraph-1?
Answer:
Sand and Sea in paragraph-1 gives an impression that it was a’ school without pain. It was the kind of school which believed in back to basics which people are truly afraid of. It guarantees freedom-freedom not to learn.

Question 3.
How was the school managed?
Answer:
The school was managed by sixteen teachers out of which fifteen were lady teachers and one teacher. The teacher was teaching science.’They were decent people both young and old. ‘they devoted themselves to cultivate the internal creativity in man. They gave high stress on arts.

Question 4.
What was the pattern of education?
Answer:
Total freedom was given to the students. Reading is not considered important. But other things are considered important. When the students become bored in a subject they change it immediately. The writer was bored in math. He was told to write short stories in the library. No tests were conducted there. They were allowed to go there own way. For this reason, all-round development of the students was not possible. They taught history in a different way The teaching methods were not suitable for human development.

Question 5.
What was the method of doing history?
Answer:
The students of Sand and Sea public school, were taught history in a different method. They were to learn history by recreating its least important elements without acquiring any knowledge from it. They pounded com, made tepees, ate buffalo meat and learnt Indian words. This was all about teaching American history. They made elaborate contumes, clay pots and papier- mache Gods of Greek culture. They were also made maidens and knights in armour like the Middle Age.

Question 6.
What does the writer say about the creative spontaneity?
Answer:
In the Sand and Sea public school, the students spent a lot of time in being creative. Because they were told by their mentors that to be happy in life was to be creative. They did not go to read until they were in the third grade. It is because, early reading was thought to discourage creative spontaneity. They were made to develop a sense of hatred for intellectuality for nine years.

Question 7.
What was the result of the type of schooling at Sand and Sea?
Answer:
The pattern of education at Sand and Sea made the students fall down the hill. they felt a profound sense of abandonment. The parents were also harassed and perplexed. The students were allowed to change their subject again and over again. Their standards diminished. No all round development was possible. The students became underachievers and culturally disadvantaged. Even a student committed suicide out of frustration.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text C: Confessions of a Misspent Youth

Question 8.
What did the psychologist suggest the writer’s mother?
Answer:
Due to the rough teaching method, the standards of the students of Sand and Sea public school diminished to a great extent. During the Writer’s high school years, the school psychologist puzzled by her lack of real knowledge. He suggested her mother that the writer had to undergo a better of psychological tests to find out the reason why she was blocking out information although she had no information to block.

Question 9.
What does she say about her former classmates?
Answer:
The standards of students of Sand and Sea school reduced unexpectedly. The parents of her former classmates could not find out the reason of this problem! Their children were bright and curious but after nine years, they got back dull and helpless children. They said that those of them who had .freaked out, would have freaked out anywhere. it was surprising that the same bizarre behavior pattern was earmarked in succeeding graduating classes. It was really a very horrifying conclusion.

Question 10.
What does she say about the educational achievements of her younger brother in the traditional schools?
Answer:
The writer’s brother was twelve years old. He was reading in a traditional school. He was capable of doing the college-level math, and knew much more about many other things besides math. His brother who was summarily ranked from Sand and Sea was making impressive film documentaries for a project On the Bicentennial.

Activity – 11

Understanding The Structure Of The Test.
Now, keeping the above sequence in mind notice the pattern the author has used in presenting her thoughts and give an account of the structure of the text on the model presented under discussion of Text-B.

Paragraph No.(s) Ideas in points
1
2
3 and 4
5 through 7
8
9 and 10
11

Answer:
Paragraph-1
(i) The writer was enrolled in a small private school in Greenwich village.
(ii) The name of the school was Sand and Sea which was run by fifteen women and one man who attached more importance to inborn and natural creativity!

Paragraph-2:
The Sand and Sea school had total 16 teachers out of which 15 were lady teachers and one was science teacher who gave much importance and stress to inborn and natural creativity.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text C: Confessions of a Misspent Youth

Paragraphs- 3 and 4:
1. The students were free not to learn anything that bored them and there were no tests.
2. They learned history by recreating its least important elements but without gaining any knowledge or insight.
3. In this school, .there was a great emphasis on arts and educational freedom.

Paragraphs- 5 through 7:
1. Their reading lessons were stopped till the third grade, as early reading was accepted harmful to creative spontaneity.
2. They discovered that their early education was wasted only when they came to high school.
3. One of the students of Sand and Sea committed suicide out of frustration although the writer was fortunate to continue to her education and passed.

Paragraph-8:
The school psychologist who was puzzled by the writer’s deprived of real knowledge, suggested that she should undergo a bitterly of psychological tests to find out the reason why she was lacking out of information.

Paragraph 9 and 10:
1. The writer’s mother came, to realize her folly and sent her to; a traditional school, parents sent their bright, curious children to this school and after nine years got back helpless adolescents.
2. The writer’s twelve years and fifteen years old brothers did wonders in the traditional schools.

Paragraph-11:
This paragraph tells about the writer’s conclusion of the text in which she opines that a school has, to attract, the students into the web of knowledge and if they are not enticed, they have to be dragged in.

Activity-12

Grammar:
Go back to Text-C and notice the following sentence in paragraph 1- “And it was the kind of school that the back to basics people feared most. The underlined parts is called a relative clause. A clause is a sentence within a sentence and it is a part of a long sentence. A relative clause modifies as noun phrase. Hence, in (i), the relative clause begins with that which stands for the noun phrase the kind of school’ “that’ is called the relative pronoun. The relative pronouns that being relative clauses are:
who, whom, which, that and whose.
Examples:
1. The girl who loved dancing _________.
2. The clown whom everyone liked __________.
3. The jewels which belonged to the queen ________.
4. The boy whose father is a teacher _________.

Below you have a few phrases. Put them in their appropriate places in the paragraph after adding who/whom/which/that/ whose in form of the phrase. The first one has been done for you.

  • was part of a long holiday.
  • was again in very, warm and sunny, was both a bathroom and laundry.
  • was in the hills.
  • the children poured over themselves.
  • mothers were carrying large bundles of clothes.
  • they had brought with them.

We decided to spend the weekend. which was part of a long holiday, in a small hotel __________ where it would be cooler. We arrived late on Friday evening and sent straight to bed. On the Sunday, morning _________ we went to a nearby pool. It was surrounded by rocks and seemed to be very private. Soon after we arrived, a lot of children came. They were followed by their mothers. The children __________ quickly jumped into the pool. Then their mother threw them some large bottles. The bottles contained some
soapy water __________. Then the matters un did the bundles of cloths __________ and started to wash them and scrub them on the rocks nearby. For being a place of a quiet swim, the pool became a place ___________ The children were very happy and laughed and shouted as they washed their clothes. We sat quietly at the edge of the pool. We didn’t know what to do.
Answer:
We decided to spend the weekend, which was part of a long holiday, in a small hotel which was in the hills where it would be cooler. We arrived late on Friday evening and sent straight to bed. On the Sunday morning when the weather was again very warm and sunny, we went to a nearby pool. It was surrounded by rocks and seemed to be very private. Soon after we arrived, a lot of children came. They were followed by their mothers.’ The children whose mothers were carrying large bundles of clothes quickly jumped into the pool. Then their mother threw them some large bottles. The bottles contained some soapy water which, the children poured over themselves. Then the mothers undid the bundles of clothes which they had brought with them and started to wash them and scrub them on the rocks nearby. For being a place of a quiet swim, the pool became a place which was both a bathroom and laundry. The children were very happy and laughed and shouted as they washed their clothes. We sat quietly at the edge of the pool. We didn’t know what to do.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text C: Confessions of a Misspent Youth

Extra Activity- 12(A)

VERB+[-ing (enjoy doing/stop doing etc.)] Look at these sentences.
I enjoy dancing.
Would you mind closing the door?
I can suggest going to the cinema.

(i) After enjoy, mind and suggest we use -ing (not to-).
Here are some more verbs that are following by – ing
stop
delay
fancy
consider
admit
miss involve
finish
postpone
imagine
avoid
deny
risk
practice

  • Suddenly everybody stopped talking. There was silence.
  • I’ll do the shopping when I have finished clearing, to flat.
  • He tried to avoid answering my question.
  • I don’t fancy join out this evening.
  • Have you ever considered going to live in another country.

Note the negative form of not -ing.

  • When I’m on holiday, I enjoy not having to get up early

(ii) We also use -ing after:
Give up (- stop)
put off (= postpone)
carry on/go on (= continue)
keep or keep on(=F’ do-.something, continuously or repeatedly)

  • Ram has given up smoking.
  • We must do something. We can’t go on living like this.
  • Don’t keep interrupting, me. while I’m speaking.

(iii) With some verbs: verb+somebody+ (-ing):

  • I can’t imagine George; riding a motorbike.
  • You can’t stop me. doing what I want.
  • Sorry to keep you -waiting so long.

Note the passive form (being done/ seen etc.)

  • I don’t mind being kept waiting.

(iv) When one talks about finished action, one can say having done/ stolen/said etc.

  • She admitted having stolen the money

(v) After some of the verbs on this page (especially- admit/deny/suggest) you can use that.

  • She denied that she had stolen the money or she denied stealing the money.
  • I am suggested that we went to the cinema.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text C: Confessions of a Misspent Youth

Verb+ (-ing)/to… (1) (remember/regret)

(a) When one verb+(-irtg) or verb+to… Compare the sentences in the table below:

Verb- (-ing) verb – to…
They denied stealing the money. The decided to steal the money.
I enjoy going out → Often we use –ing
action that happen before the first verb or at the same time
Stealing ←denied
(enjoy going)
I want to go out. Often we use to… for an action that follows the first verb
decided to →steal
want → to do

(b) Some verbs can be followed by -ing or to -% with a difference of meaning:

Remember

 

I remember doing something.
= I did it and now I remember, this you remember doing something after you have done it.
I remembered to do something.
÷remembered that I had to do something
= I remembered that I had to do it and so I did it. You remember to do something before you do it.
I remember locking the door
= I locked it and now I remember this.
I remember to lock the door when I left
= I remembered that I had to lock the door and so I locked it.
Regret I regret doing something
= I did it and now I am sorry about it.
I regret to say/to tell you/to inform you
= I am sorry that I have to say etc.
I now regret saying what I said. I should not have said it. We regret to inform you that we are unable to offer you the job.
Go on Go on doing something
continue doing the same thing.
The minister went on the talking for two hours.
We must change our ways can’t to on the living like this.
= Go on to do something
= do or say something new.
After discussing the economy, the minister then went on to talk about foreign policy,

(c) Begin, start, intend, continue, bother.
These verbs can be followed by – ing or to – with little or no difference in meaning. So you can say :

  • It has started on meaning or it has started to rain.
  • John intends buying a house or John intends to buy
  • Don’t bother locking the door or Don’t bother to lock

(d) But we usually do not use -ing after -ing.

  • It’s starting -to fain (not it’s starting raining.)

Confessions of a Misspent Youth Summary in English

Summary (Paragraph 1-2):
The writer’s mother was highly inspired by the idea of permissive education in 1956. At that time, he was only four years old. His mother found a small private school in Greenwich village. The writer called die school “Sand and Sea”. It was a school without pain. Here, there was total educational freedom – the freedom not to learn. There were fifteen lady teachers and one teacher. He was teaching ‘science’. They were giving much stress to cultivate natural creativity in man. They give more stress on arts.

Happiness And Hieroglyphics
Summary (Paragraph 3-4) :
They used to learn various subjects. But they could cancel anyone at any time. It was te policy of the school. It was making the students out of any pressure. They were free from any mental stress. This policy, on the other hand, was creating a competitive mind among themselves. Once the writer was bored with math. So he was permitted to write short stories in the library. One year, the students pounded corn made tepees, ate buffalo meat and learned Indian words. Another year, they made elaborate costumes, clay pots and papier- mache gods. And in still another year they were all maidens and knights in armor like Middle Ages. One year, the writer while building pyramids, did a thirty feet long moral for. which laboriously cupid hieroglyphics on the sheet of brown paper.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text C: Confessions of a Misspent Youth

Ignorance Is Not Bliss
Summary (Paragraph 5-8) :
The writer and his friends were spending their time to be creative. Their mentos told them that to be happy is to create. They were made not to learn, because early reading could discourage creative spontaneity. Hence, they were forced to be creative for nine years. Much emphasis was provided for forming and reforming interpersonal relationship. When they graduated from Cannot all the happy little children fell down the hill. Both children and their parents felt abandoned. The children though themselves to be under¬achiever and culturally disadvantaged. The school psychologist was puzzled by his lack of actual knowledge. He suggested that the writer should undergo a battery of psychological tests to know the reason why he was lacking of information. The author was often asked by teacher how he had come into the high school. ‘

The Lure Of Learning
Summary (Paragraphs 9-11):
The- parents of the writer’s former classmates were unable to find out the real problems of the system. Parents sending their children who were bright and curious returned back helpless. His twelve years old brother who was reading in a traditional school was far better than him except math.

Outlines of the text-C :

  • The writer’s mother was highly inspired by permissive education.
  • At that time, he was only four years old.
  • His mother admitted him in a small private school.
  • It was situated in Greenwich village.
  • The writer called the school ‘Sand and Sea”.
  • In this school, there was total educational freedom.
  • It was the freedom for not to learn.
  • There were fifteen lady teachers and one teacher.
  • The teacher was teaching them science.
  • They were giving much stress to cultivate natural creativity.
  • They gave more stress on arts.
  • They used to learn various subjects.
  • But they could change any subject at any time.
  • It was the policy of the school.
  • It was making the students free of pressure.
  • They were free from any mental stress.
  • This policy was creating competitive minds among them.
  • Once the writer was bored with math.
  • So he was permitted to write short stories in the library.
  • They learned different things in different years.
  • One year, they pounded corn made tepees, ate buffalo meat and learned Indian words.
  • Another year, they made elaborate costumes, clay pots and paper-mache gods.
  • Again in one year, they were all maidens and knights in armour.
  • Once, the writer while. building pyramids did a thirty feet long mural cupid hieroglyphics on the sheet of brown paper.
  • The writer and his friends were spending their time to be creative.
  • Their mentos told them that to be happy is to create.
  • They were made not to learn.
  • Because early reading could discourage creative spontaneity.
  • Hence, they were forced to be creative for nine years.
  • Much stress was provided for forming and reforming interpersonal relationships.
  • All the happy little children fell down to hill.
  • Both children and their parents feel abandoned.
  • The children thought themselves to be ‘underachievers.
  • They became culturally disadvantaged.
  • The school psychologist was puzzled by his lack of actual knowledge.
  • He suggested the writer to have the psychological tests.
  • So that the reason could be found out.
  • The teacher often asked how he had come to high school.
  • The parents could not find out the real problems.
  • The good students returned back helpless.
  • His brother was reading in a traditional school. ,
  • He was twelve years old.
  • His standard was better than the writer

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text C: Confessions of a Misspent Youth

Meanings of difficult words :

example – a person an example; of something.
decent – proper, modest, nice, fairly good.
innate – inborn, a quality from birth, internal.
tremendous – huge, marvelous; astounding, amazing.
stunted – checked the growth or development of.
forbidden – prohibit, not to be done.
least – superlative degree of ’little’ (little-less-least)
pounded – thump, to crush into powder, break to pieces.
tepees – round texts used by Red Indians in America.
elaborate – detail, more illustrated or descriptive.
costumes – dresses, items of dress put on occasion.
armor – a defensive covering worn during fighting.
pegged their horses – pattern with pegs.
a quarrel of blood – blood measuring capacity equal to two points about 1.14 liter.
the Hums – medieval invaders from Central Asia.
mural hieroglyphics – system of writings which uses pictures to represent words.
bliss – blessing, higher happiness, divine happiness.
incurably – that which can’t be cured.
optimistic – hopeful, looking at the brighter side of life.
mentors – person who takes care of the little men.
discourage – make dispirited, unenthusiastic.
creative spontaneity – natural flow of creative work.
continually – again and again, again and over again, continue at a stretch, interpersonal.
relationship – relationship among various kinds of persons.
twist – distort, bend, make deformed.
introverted – being interest in one’s own thoughts and feelings than the things outside oneself,
cowered in the corner – shrank back and crunched in the comer.
sense of abandonment – a feeling of being left completely, alone, a state of loneliness.
flunking out – fail an examination, fail a candidate.
occupational therapy- treatment for helping people to get that their health by giving them special work.
baffle – trouble, bewilder, mentally disturbed.
substantive knowledge – knowledge having an independent existence real or actual
enduring – bearing, tolerating, withstanding putting up with stumbling.
through – speak in a hesitating way with pauses and mistakes.
braked out – became upset and frightened, disturbed.
bizarre – odd, ridiculous, absured, unnatural, yanked (American) taken away suddenly.
bicentennial – celebrating of completion of 200 years after the American declaration of independence.

Read More:

The One and only Houdini Question Answer Class 11 Invitation English Non-Detailed Chapter 4 CHSE Odisha

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Invitation to English 2 Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 4 The One and only Houdini Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 11th Invitation English Non-Detailed Chapter 4 The One and only Houdini Question Answers CHSE Odisha

The One and only Houdini Class 11 Questions and Answers

Unit – I

Gist :
The writer takes us back to the swimming pool at New York’s Shelton Hotel. In response to Houdini’s declaration, a box is ready. After he enters inside, it will be tightly closed. The pool now becomes the scene of an incredible performance. Driven by curiosity, people are gathering here. The reporter finds a telephone and an alarm bell with batteries inside the box for eventualities. According to Collins, he is going without air for even an hour. Houdini is as good as words. In the mean time, Dr. MacConnell emerges on the scene. He has already checked Houdini’s blood pressure and pulse. Everything is fine. The reporter is interested to know how long he can live without air. To the doctor, it is a difficult question.

He comes to know of Houdini’s knowledge of breathing easily and saving the oxygen. His condition is stable, yet he is fifty-two. The doctor is sure of Houdini’s ability to cope with danger. Now Houdini clad in a black swimming suit appears, smiling and determined. He expresses his thanks to the ladies and gentlemen for coming to see his performance. He is going to explode the myth that a man can live only three minutes without air. Now we find Houdini in the box. Several men are engaged in sealing it tightly. Then the box was submerged in the swimming pool of Hotel Shelton. Joseph Rinn, the official time keeper is in charge of counting every minute of Houdini’s stay in the box. The reporter is optimistic.

Glossary :
edge : the sharp side of something (କୌଣସି ଜିନିଷର ତୀକ୍ଷ୍ଣ ପାର୍ଶ୍ୱ)
sealed: closed tightly (ଜୋରରେ ବନ୍ଦ)
soldered: firmly fixed with solder (solder is easily melted metal) (ସୋଲ୍ଡର ସହିତ ଦୃଢ଼ ଭାବରେ ସ୍ଥିର କରାୟାଇଛି)
trick : cheating, a fraud (ଠକେଇ, ଜାଲିଆତି)
emergencies : sudden happenings which make it necessary to act without delay (ଜରୁରୀକାଳୀନ ପରିସ୍ଥିତି)
And days : Houdini is as good as his words (ଏବଂ ଦିନଗୁଡିକ)
Concerned : anxious (t) (ଚିନ୍ତିତ)
signal (v): to give a sign (ଏକ ଚିହ୍ନ ଦେବାକୁ)
build (n): general shape or size of a person’s body (ଜଣେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ଶରୀରର ସାଧାରଣ ଆକାର ବା ଆକାର)
He himself: Housini is firm in his determination (ସେ ନିଜେ)
motioning: making a sign (ଏକ ଚିହ୍ନ ତିଆରି କରିବା)
will : desire (ଇଚ୍ଛା)
rocked: moved backwards and forwards (ପଛକୁ ଏବଂ ଆଗକୁ ଗତି କଲା)
admire : praise (ପ୍ରଶଂସା)

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 4 The One and only Houdini

Unit – II

Gist:
Five minutes have passed ever since he was in a sealed casket submerged in the swimming pool. In the meantime, the reporter probes his past. His real name is Ehrich Weiss. His native place is Appleton, Wisconsin. He was born in 1874. His father was a Jewish priest. Houdini, renowned for his remarkable magic tricks, has an astonishing control over his body. He excels in the art of putting his shoulders out of position. When he was working for a locksmith, Ehrich knew technique of opening handcuffs with small, sharp pointed instruments. He also took interest in reading about Robert Houdini, the renowned French magician. At last he relinquished his job and became a professional magician under the name of Harry Houdini.

The reporter gives a picture of Houdini’s married life. Bessie is his wife. She was a magician too. Houdini is known for his sensational escape acts. Bessie has stood by her husband through thick and thin. Rinn informs that twenty minutes have passed. Tension mounts. Houdini has a tension-ridden career. His underwater box escape is a case in point. Handcuffed and chained, Harry Houdini is placed in a wooden box which firmly shut with nails. The box is then left underwater. Houdini accepts the challenge in his characteristic tricky manner. He swims to the surface safe and sound in a few minutes. This also demonstrates his skill in using tricks. Rinn, the official time-keeper keeps on counting time. Twenty five minutes have gone. In Houdini, the reporter finds an unusual person. He admires Houdini’s incredible control of chest muscles. He excels others in the act of moving around inside the jacket at the time of relaxation. The reporter is lavish in his praise, ‘There’s only one Houdini.’

Thirty minutes have trickled by. The reporter sees one of the swimmers standing on the box lose his balance. Other swimmers are no better. The box has moved up quickly above the water level. The reporter is worried. He enquires of Mr. Collins, about his condition. Collins talks to Houdini and says that he is fine. Rinn announces that thirty minutes have passed since Houdini’s adventure. The reporter brims with confidence. Houdini’s rigorous training for three weeks seems to be rewarded. The reporter thinks of Houdini’s march to a spectacular success. Forty minutes have elapsed. Meanwhile, the reporter refers eloquently to Houdini’s wonderful stomach muscles, that have resisted the fists of big, strong men. Forty-five minutes have already gone.

Glossary:
amazing : astonishing ବିସ୍ମୟକର)
dislocate : put out of position (ପଦରୁ ବାହାର)
straitjacket(ଷ୍ଟ୍ରେଟ୍ ଜାକେଟ୍) : kind of garment once used to prevent madman from struggling
rabbi: Jewish priest (ଇହୁଦୀ ପୁରୋହିତ)
locksmith: one who makes locks (ଯିଏ ତାଲା ତିଆରି କରେ)
a bit picks : a little small, sharp-pointed instruments (ଟିକିଏ ବାଛି ନେଲେ)
quit: give up (ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା)
idol : somebody greatly admired or loved (ଆଦର୍ଶ)
catch sight of: see (ଦେଖିବା)
career : way of making a living; profession (ବୃଭି)
bobbed up : moved up quickly (ଦ୍ରୁତ ଗତିରେ ଉପରକୁ ଉଠିଲା)
paying off : rewarding (ପୁରସ୍କାର ପ୍ରଦାନକାରୀ)
sources : places from which information comes or is got (ସୂତ୍ର)
claims : says, declares (କହୁଛି, ଘୋଷଣା କରୁଛି)
punch (v) : strike hard with the fist (ମୁଠା ସାହାୟ୍ୟରେ ଜୋରରେ ପ୍ରହାର କରନ୍ତୁ)
tensed : stiffened or hardened (ଦୃଢ଼ୀଭୂତ)
withstand : resist (ପ୍ରତିରୋଧ କରିବା)

Unit – III

Gist :
Houdini’s well-being concern the people. Everybody seems to be nervous. The doctors seem especially panicky. The reporter enquires of Dr. MaConnell about Houdini’s present condition. The doctor is really not aware of anything about him. Fifty minutes have gone. Other reporters are furiously taking track of Houdini’s adventurous mission. Time does not wait for anybody. Rinn announces – “Fifty minutes !” A group of grim-looking doctors seem to arguing with James Collins, Houdini’s assistant. Collins pleads his helplessness. The doctor advises him to be sensible and pull Houdini out of the box when an hour is up. Collins is adamant. The doctor insists him on responding to his advise. Collins contacts Houdini and apprising him of the doctors’ pressure on him to bring him out of the casket and an hour has passed. He gives them good news. Houdini is doing well. But the reporter’s anxiety continues.

Now one hour and thirteen minutes are up. Collins learns that the box has developed a leak and only a little trickle of water is entering. Houdini tells him that he faces no danger. The reporter promptly responds: “Houdini has nerves of steel.’’ This section comes to a terrific end. In spite of spending one hour and thirty-one minutes, underwater without air, Houdini emerges victorious. His secret lies in making very few body movements while in the box and taking short breaths. Houdini knows no panic. He has trained to reconcile himself to any situation. We see him in the reporter’s eyes: ‘You ’re a fantastic man, Mr. Harry Houdini!’

Glossary:
on edge : nervous (ସ୍ନାୟବିକ)
exhaustion : tiredness (ଅବସାଦ)
superstitious: full of superstition (ଅନ୍ଧବିଶ୍ୱାସରେ ପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ)
grim : (here) anxious (ଉତ୍କଣ୍ଠିତ)
sensible : intelligent (ବିଚକ୍ଷଣ)
urging : persuading (ପ୍ରରୋଚନା)
sprung a leak : appeared to have a leak (ଲିକ୍ ହୋଇଥିବା ଜଣାପଡ଼ିଥିଲା)
trickle : thin flow (ପତଳା ପ୍ରବାହ)
dizzy : feeling as if everything is whirling (ସବୁ ଘୂରିବା ଭଳି)
panic (v) : a sudden fright (ହଠାତ୍ ଭୟ)
calm : quiet (ଶାନ୍ତ)
fantastic : wonderful (ଅଦ୍ଭୁତ)

Think it out :

Question 1.
What was the feat that Houdini took up in Hotel Shelton?
Answer:
The feat that Houdini took up in Hotel Shelton was to remain in a sealed casket or coffin submerged in a swimming pool. He was to stay inside the tightly closed box for an hour and that too without air. According to Mr. Collins, his assistant, Houdini was serious about being buried alive.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 4 The One and only Houdini

Question 2.
What were Houdini’s purposes behind doing this miraculous act?
Answer:
Houdini’s purposes behind doing this miraculous act were to disprove science and thereby, to show that determination can shake mountains. It is well-known that man can only live only three minutes without air, but he is going to stay without air for over an hour. Houdini is committed and according to Collins: ‘Houdini does what he says.’

Question 3.
Discuss how he prepared to do the act.
Answer:
Houdini undertook a rigorous training for three weeks at a stretch. He practised the habit of holding his breath in the course of his underwater escapes. He trained long and hard with great patience before doing the act. He developed a mastery over his body control. Determination, hard work and calm acceptance of any challenge were his forte.

Question 4.
Focus on the role of the reporter during Houdini’s performance.
Answer:
From beginning to the end, the reporter had a keen watch on Houdini’s, spectacular performance in New York’s Hotel Shelton. He is the first to communicate Houdini’s ordeal in the swimming pool of New York’s Hotel Shelton to the public. He always keeps on touch with Dr. McConnell, Collins, Houdini’s assistant and Joseph Rinn, the official time-keeper. He probes Houdini’s past. As minutes trickle by, the reporter’s reaction fluctuates from anxiety to confidence. Houdini’s incredible feat of remaining in a sealed box, submerged in the swimming pool of the Hotel Shelton, overwhelms him. His admiration of Houdini’s knows no bound.

Question 5.
Describe some of Houdini’s previous achievements.
Answer:
Houdini was an Austrian-Hungarian born. American stunt performer, noted for his sensational escape acts from handcuffs and jails in the length and breadth of the country and Europe. Once he was handcuffed to the bars in a jail cell. While kissing him for good luck, his wife Bessie passed a small lock tool from her mouth to his. Several minutes later Houdini took his jailers by surprise. His handcuff was no more. He walked freely into their office. His underwater escape is another achievement. Besides, Houdini became a professional magician under the name of Harry Houdini.

Question 6.
Why does the reporter say to Houdini, You’re a fantastic man?
Answer:
The reporter here is a keen observer of Houdini’s miraculous act of remaining in a tightly-closed box, submerged in the swimming pool of New York’s Hotel Shelton for one hour and thirty minutes. Houdini comes out with flying colours, putting an end to everyone’s fear, tension and anxiety. That he is able to survive so long in such a situation bears the stamp of his determination. Houdini states that he had trained himself to remain calm in the face of any situation. These facts make the reporter say to Houdini, ‘You’re a fantastic man.’

Question 7.
Bring out the important aspects of Houdini’s character.
Answer:
Harry Houdini is a many-faceted character. He is a magician. He is also known for his sensational escape acts. He is an incredible stuntman. His act of remaining in a sealed box, submerged in the swimming pool of New York’s Hotel Shelton for one hour and a half is indeed unprecedented. He is the epitome of commitment. He does not understand the language of fear. To maintain calmness in any situation is his forte. We see him through the doctor’s eyes: ‘Houdini’s an amazing man!’ The reporter aptly remarks, ‘You’re a fantastic man, Mr. Harry Houdini.’ Houdini’s life shows that an ordinary human being can achieve anything through determination and hard work.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 4 The One and only Houdini

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English The One and only Houdini Important Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.

Reporter Thanks, Mr. Collins. It’s hard to believe that a man can live without air for over an hour. Oh, here come the doctors. Dr. McConnell, have you seen Houdini?
Dr. MaConnell: Yes, I just checked his blood pressure and pulse rate. They’re both normal.
Reporter: How last without long do you think Houdini will air?
Dr. MaConnell: That’s a difficult question. When they seal the box, there will be enough oxygen inside for the average man to take fifty breaths. Houdini says he knows how to breathe easily and save the oxygen. He is in good condition, but still he’s fifty two years old. I’d guess he might be able to get by without air for fifteen minutes.
Reporter: And after that?
Dr. MaConnell: After that Houdini had better telephone for help or ring his alarm bell – if he still has the strength.
Reporter: Are you doctors worried?
Dr. MaConnell: Well, we’re concerned. Houdini’s no fool. He isn’t trying to kill himself. But there’s always the danger that he’ll pass out before he can signal for help.
Reporter: There’s Houdini now! He’s wearing a black swimming suit. For a man his age, his build is great. He’s smiling. He seems sure of himself. Now he’s motioning for silence!
Houdini: Ladies and gentlemen, thank you for coming. As you know, it has often been written that a man can live only three minutes without air. I’m going to prove that that is wrong. If I die, it will be by the will of God and my own foolishness.
Reporter: Houdini’s in the box now. Several men are putting the iron cover in place. This is it! A man is soldering the cover. The box will be lowered into the shallow end of this pool. Then a team of swimmers will stand on the box to keep it level beneath the surface of the water. So far, the only person I’ve seen who doesn’t look nervous is Houdini. Well, they’re lowering the box. It’s under! Joseph Rinn, the official
timekeeper, has started the clock. Mr. Rinn, what are your plans?

Questions :
(i) Throw light on the conversation between the reporter and Dr. McConnell. What does it reveal?
(ii) What does the reporter tell us about Houdini’s imperial ordeal?

Answers :
(i) The reporter asks Dr. McConnell if he has checked Houdini. The doctor replies that his blood pressure and pulse rate are Both normal. The reporter asks the doctor how long he thinks Houdini will breathe. McConnell in his reply, states that the average man breaths fifty times in a sealed box, but Houdini is an exception. He knows the technique of breathing easily, but the doctor guessing he could remain without air for fifteen minutes. After that Houdini would be advised to seek help. The conversation between the two reveals their concern for Houdini.
(ii) The reporter apprises all of Houdini’s presence inside the box. After sealing it firmly, several men will put the box into the shallow end of the swimming pool. After that a team of swimmers will stand on it to maintain it level below the surface of the water. The reporter says that he has never seen such a person as Houdini, for he never looks nervous, despite this great ordeal. We also learn that Joseph Rinn, the official time-keeper has a look at the watch.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 4 The One and only Houdini

Question 2.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
Reporter: Well, Houdini is going past the limit suggested by Dr. Mc Connell! I wonder how his wife Bessie, is taking this. I haven’t been able to catch sight of her. She’s also a magician. After she married Houdini, they both had an act that played in many theatres. She dropped out after Houdini became famous for his escapes from handcuffs and jails throughout the country and in Europe. She still helped him, though. Once, after Houdini had been searched and handcuffed to the bars in a jail cell, she kissed him for good luck. It was more than good luck she offered. She also passed a lock pick from her mouth to his. Several minutes later, Houdini surprised his jailers by walking into their office.
Rinn: Twenty minutes!
Reporter: The tension here is growing. But tension has followed Houdini through most of his career. Take his underwater box escape, for example. He is handcuffed and chained. Then he’s put in a wooden box and it’s nailed shut. After that the box is dropped underwater. Minutes later Houdini swims to the surface. In that act, though, he uses tricks. He has lock picks and other special tools hidden on him or in the box. But there’s always the risk that the picks or tools will fail. Most people wouldn’t try Houdini’s escape tricks even if they knew how to do them.

Questions :
(i) Describe the part played by Bessie in Houdini’s life.
(ii) Describe of Houdini’s feat of underwater escape.

Answers :
(i) Houdini is widely known for his sensational escapes. Bessie, a magician, plays an important part in her husband’s life. Both had showed magic in many theatres. Houdini’s life is a saga of escape from handcuffs and jails in the length and breadth of the country and in Europe. Bessie stood by him through thick and thin. Once she kissed her husband for good luck. He was in a prison cell. In the course of offering her good luck, Bessie passed a small lock tool from her mouth to his. Several minutes later, the jailers, to their astonishment, saw Houdini walk into their office.
(ii) Houdini, handcuffed and chained, was put in a wooden box which was tightly sealed with nails. Then it was dropped underwater. After some minutes, Houdini swims to the surface safe and sound by using tricks, though he possesses lock picks and other special instruments not visible to others. This underwater box escape is one of Houdini’s wonderful feats.

Question 3.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
Reporter: Well, one can only wonder how he’s doing in the box. He still has a long time to go. Of course, he is unusual. Did you know that he can tie and untie rope with either foot? That won’t help him now, but it’s another example of his body control. He also has great control of his chest muscles. Before he’s bound into a straitjacket, he fills his chest with air. Later, when he relaxes, he can move around inside the jacket. Perhaps it sounds easy. But others have tried the same trick and failed. There’s only one Houdini!
Rinn: Thirty minutes!
Reporter: Oh – oh! There’s trouble! One of the swimmers standing on the box has lost his balance. He’s failing into the water! Now the other swimmers are falling, too. The box has bobbed up above the water level. I wonder if Houdini caused the box to move. Mr. Collins, is Houdini all right?
Collins: Quiet, sir, I’m calling Houdini. Harry, can you hear me?
Houdini: Yes.
Collins: The swimmers fell off the box. They’re getting back on now. That’s what caused the movement of the box. Are you all right?
Houdini: Fine.
Reporter: Mr. Collins, Houdini’s voice sounded faint. Is he well?
Collins: That’s what he said. I believe him.
Rinn: Thirty-five minutes!
Reporter: Houdini’s training seems to be paying off. According to sources around here, he has been training for three weeks. Also, he probably learned a lot about holding his breath while doing his underwater escapes. Anyway, it’s no secret that Houdini always trains long and hard before he does anything for the public. He wants to be sure that he can do anything he claims he will do. And right now he seems on his way to an amazing success.
Rinn: Forty minutes!
Reporter: When I was talking before about Houdini’s chest muscles, I failed to mention his stomach. Quite often, he lets local strongmen punch him in the stomach as hard as they can. Of course, his stomach muscles are tensed, but they have to be almost as hard as steel to withstand the fists of big, strong men.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 4 The One and only Houdini

Questions :
(i) Give an account of Houdini’s chest muscles and stomach muscles.
(ii) What picture of Houdini do you get in the extract?

Answers :
(i) The reporter presents a very clear picture of Houdini’s chest and stomach muscles. He eloquently refers to Houdini’s great control of his chest muscles. Before being bound into a straitjacket, he fill his chest with air. But, in times of relaxation, he has the ability to move around inside the jacket. The reporter then throws light on Houdini’s stomach muscles. Very often, he allows local strong men punch his Stomach in the hardest possible manner. His stomach muscles tensed, but they have to be as hard as steel to resist the fists of big, strong men.
(ii) We see Houdini through the reporter’s eyes, “Of course, he is unusual.” He has the ability to tie and untie rope with either foot. He is remarkable for his great control over his chest muscles. Before being bound into a straightjacket, he pumps air into his chest. In his moments of relaxation, he is capable of moving around inside the jacket. But others have tried the same trick but in vain. The reporter aptly remarks, ‘There ‘s only one Houdini.’ Houdini resorts to rigorous training before he does anything for the public.

Question 4.
Read through the extract and answer the questions that follow.
Collins: All right. Houdini, can you hear me? You have just passed an hour. The doctors are urging me to pull you out. What do you say?
Houdini I’ll let you know when I’m ready.
Rinn: One hour and one minute!
Collins: Well, you heard him, gentlemen. He seems to be doing well.
Reporter: Rinn’s going to be calling out each minute from here on. I’ll get back to him. Meanwhile, I’d like to hear from one of the doctors. Is this a world’s record, Doctor?
Doctor: As far as I know, it is. If I weren’t here, I don’t think I would believe it. Houdini’s an amazing man!
Reporter: He certainly is, Doctor, and thank you. Well, people are whispering to one another around the pool. When Houdini passed the hour mark, some of the crowd seemed to relax somewhat. Still Houdini is far from safe. I’m going to try to pick up the time.
Rinn: One hour and thirteen minutes!
Reporter: Did you hear that? What a man. Wait! Collins has a call from Houdini.
Collins: Had enough, sir?
Houdini: No. The box has sprung a leak. But there’s no danger. Only a slight trickle of water is coming in.
Collins: Are you sure?
Houdini: Yes.
Reporter: Houdini has nerves of steel. He’s under there with no air, and the water is leaking in on him. Yet he’s going to stay.
Rinn: One hour and twenty-five minutes.
Reporter: I must say, I wish he would come up. I’m probably more nervous than he is. Even Collins seems to be showing some concern.
Rinn: One hour and thirty minutes.
Reporter: This may be it! Collins has a call.
Houdini: Jim, get me up.
Reporter: They’re raising the box. Now they’re opening it. I wish they’d hurry.
Rinn: One hour and thirty-one minutes.
Reporter: Dr. McConnell has Houdini’s arms. He’s checking the magician’s pulse and blood pressure. How is he, Doctor?
Dr. McConnell: His pulse and blood pressure are very low. The man’s suffering from exhaustion.
Houdini: Nonsense! I feel a little dizzy, that’s all! If I do an hour or so of exercise. I’ll feel fine.
Reporter: Mr. Houdini, congratulations! How did you do it? Was it a trick?
Houdini: It was no trick. I took a series of deep breaths before the cover was soldered on. I made very few body movements while in the box and took short breaths. That’s all. I certainly hope that trapped coal miners and deep-sea divers take a lesson from this.
Reporter: How can they take a lesson from your performance. Mr. Houdini? You’re in perfect physical condition.
Houdini: They must learn not to panic. If you panic, your body needs more air. I have trained myself to remain calm in all situations. Everyone should do the same.

Questions :
(i) Describe Collin’s contact with Houdini.
(ii) What happens after Houdini comes out of the box?

Answers :
(i) The doctor and the reporter are concerned about Houdini, because there has been no sign from the man in the box yet. They insist on Collins, Houdini’s assistant, to talk to him. Collins informs him of the passage of an hour and the doctors pressure on him to pull him (Houdini) out. Collins waits for his reply. He learns that he is doing well and shares this information with them. Collins gets a call from Houdini concerning the leak in the box and a slight trickle of water coming in.
(ii) After Houdini comes out of the iron box in a triumphant fashion, the reporter congratulated him on remaining for one hour and thirty-one minutes in a sealed box and that too submerged in a swimming pool. He asks Houdini if he had resorted to a trick for his success. Houdini says that there was no trick. He had taken a series of deep breaths before the cover of the box was firmly fixed with solder. During his stay inside the box, he made few body movements and took short breaths. Above all, he has trained himself to remain calm in the face of any situation. In the reporter’s view, Houdini is a fantastic man.

Introducing the Author :
Dr. Robert Lado is one of the founders of contrastive linguistics which as a sub-disciple of applied linguistics served the purpose of improving language teaching material. He is a prolific writer. His works include over 60 books and many articles that deal with various topics ranging from linguistics to language testing and cross-cultural understanding.

About the Story :
‘The One and Only Houdini’, as the title signifies, throws light on Houdini’s miraculous act. Houdini’s second variation on Buried Alive was an endurance test designed to expose mystical Egyptian performer Rahman Bey, who claimed to use supernatural powers to remain in a sealed casket for an hour. Houdini bettered Bey on August 5, 1926, by remaining in a sealed casket, or coffin, submerged in the swimming pool of New York’s Hotel Shelton for one hour and a half. Houdini claimed he did not use any trickery or supernatural powers to accomplish this feat, just controlled breathing.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 4 The One and only Houdini

Summary :
It was August 5, 1926. All eyes were set on the swimming pool at New York’s Hotel Shelton. James Collins, Houdini’s assistant, Dr. Mc Connell and Joseph Rinn, the official time-keeper were present. People were gathering gradually at the pool. They were placing the iron box near the pool’s edge. It comprised a telephone and an alarm bell with batteries.

Harry Houdini clad in a black swimming suit appeared there. He was fifty-two, yet he was in good physical condition. Before getting inside the box, Houdini thanked everyone for coming to see his performance. He was going to disprove the theory that a man could live only three minutes without air. Houdini was inside the box now. Then it was tightly sealed. A team of swimmers would stand on the box before it was submerged in the swimming pool. The swimmers were instructed to keep the box level beneath the surface of the water as a result of which Houdini will not be moved backwards and forwards. The countdown started.

Houdini who was keen on going without air for an hour made him an object of attention. His success would come out in all newspapers all over the world. The reporter probed Houdini’s past. His real name was Ehrich Weiss, who was born in Appleton, Wisconsin. He was interested in magic. He became a professional magician under the name of Harry Houdini. He was married. Houdini was widely known for his sensational escape acts. Bessie had played a great role in her husband’s life. Minutes trickled by. Nobody knows what Houdini was doing inside the box. He had undertaken this ordeal after undergoing rigorous training for three weeks. Houdini possessed strong chest muscles. His tough stomach muscles resisted the fists of big, strong men.

With the passing of minutes, fear and anxiety gripped the people. There was no response from Houdini. The doctor in particular advised Collins to pull him out of the box when an hour was up. After interacting with Houdini, Collins declared that he seems to have smooth sailing. Doctor’s anxiety gave way to admiration. Houdini was an amazing man! Collins got a call from him. The box had developed a leak and only a slight trickle of water was entering. Everybody was understandably concerned. It was now one hour and thirty minutes. The box was opened. To everyone’s stunned disbelief, Houdini emerged out of it with flying colours. The reporter congratulated him. One key to his achievement lay in his ability to be calm in the face of any situation. The topic comes to close with the reporter’s fabulous remark, ‘You’re a fantastic man, Mr. Harry Houdini!’

ସାରାଂଶ :

Harry Houdini ଥିଲେ ଜଣେ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ଯାଦୁକର । ତାଙ୍କ ସ୍ତ୍ରୀ Bessie ମଧ୍ୟ ଜଣେ ଯାଦୁକର ଥିଲେ । ସେମାନେ ଉଭୟ ଅନେକ ମ୍ୟାଜିକ୍ ସୋ ଦେଖାଇଛନ୍ତି । ତାଙ୍କର ସବୁଠୁ ଭଲ ସୋ ଥିଲା, Houdini ଙ୍କୁ ହ୍ୟାଣ୍ଟକପ୍ ପକାଇଦେଲେ ସେ ଆପଣାଛାଏଁ ହ୍ୟାଣ୍ଡକପ୍ ଖୋଲିଦେଇ ଚାଲିଆସୁଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କୁ ପାଣିଭିତରେ ବୁଡ଼ାଇ ରଖୁଲେ ସେ ଆପେ ଆପେ କୂଳରେ ଲାଗିଯାଉଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କର ଯାଦୁଖେଳର ୟୁରୋପରେ ଖୁବ୍ ନାଁ ଥିଲା । ଦିନେ Houdini ଘୋଷଣା କଲେ ଯେ ସେ ଗୋଟେ ନିବୁଜ ବାକ୍ସ ଭିତରେ ରହିବେ ଓ ବାକ୍ସଟି ପାଣିଭିତରେ ବୁଡ଼ାଯିବ । ବାକ୍ସ ଭିତରେ ଟେଲିଫୋନ୍, କଲିଂବେଲ ରହିବ । କିଛି ଲୋକ ବାକ୍ସଟିକୁ ପାଣିଭିତରେ ସ୍ଥିର ଭାବରେ ଧରି ରଖୁବେ । ବିଜ୍ଞାନ କୁହେ, ମଣିଷ ବିନା ବାୟୁରେ ମାତ୍ର ତିନିମିନିଟ୍ ରହିପାରିବ। ମାତ୍ର ସେ ପ୍ରମାଣ କରିଦେବେ ଯେ ସେ ବିନା ବାୟୁରେ ଏକ ଘଣ୍ଟାକାଳ ରହିପାରିବେ ।

Houdini ଙ୍କ ଅଲୌକିକ ଘଟଣା ଦେଖିବାକୁ ସେଦିନ ପୋଖରୀ କୂଳରେ ହଜାର ହଜାର ଲୋକ ଭିଡ଼ ଜମାଇଥାନ୍ତି । ତାଙ୍କ ସହକାରୀ Collins ସାମ୍ବାଦିକମାନଙ୍କୁ ତାଙ୍କ ଗୁରୁଙ୍କ ବିଷୟରେ ବୁଝାଉଥାଏ । Dr. Mcconnell ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଥାଆନ୍ତି, କାଳେ କିଛି ଅଘଟଣ ଘଟିବ । Rinn ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ଥାଆନ୍ତି ସମୟ ଗଣିବେ । ପ୍ରତି ପାଞ୍ଚ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ ଥରେ ଲେଖାଏଁ ଘୋଷଣା କରିବେ । ଘଣ୍ଟାଏ ଡେଇଁଗଲାପରେ ଯଦି Houdini ନ ଆସନ୍ତି ଓ ଭଲ ଥାଆନ୍ତି, ତେବେ ସେ ତେଣିକି ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ଏକ ମିନିଟ୍ ଘୋଷଣା କରିବେ । Houdini ଧୀର ଓ ହସହସ ମୁହଁରେ ଆସିଲେ । ସେ ସମବେତ ଜନତାଙ୍କୁ ଅଭିବାଦନ ଜଣାଇଲେ ଓ କହିଲେ, ମୁଁ ଆଜି ବିଜ୍ଞାନର ନିୟମକୁ ଭାଙ୍ଗିବାକୁ ଯାଉଛି । ଯଦି ସଫଳ ହେଲି ଭଲକଥା । ଯଦି ମରିଗଲି, ତା ହେଲେ ଜାଣିବ, ଈଶ୍ବର ବୋଧହୁଏ ମୋର ମୁର୍ଖମିକୁ ସହିଲେ ନାହିଁ । Houdini ବାକ୍ସରେ ପଶିଲେ । ତା’ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଡାକ୍ତର ତାଙ୍କର ହୃତ୍‌ସ୍ପନ୍ଦନ ନାଡ଼ି ପରୀକ୍ଷା କରି ଦେଖୁଥିଲେ ଯେ ସେ ସଂପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ସୁସ୍ଥ ଅଛନ୍ତି । ଏଥର ବାକ୍ସକୁ ଭଲଭାବରେ ନିବୁଜ କରାଗଲା । ତାକୁ ପାଣିଭିତରେ ବୁଡ଼ାଇ ରଖାଗଲା ଓ କିଛିଲୋକ ବାସଟିକୁ ପାଣିଭିତରେ ସ୍ଥିରକରି ରଖୁଲେ । ଏଣେ Rinn ଗଣନା ଆରମ୍ଭ କଲେ ।

ମିନିଟ୍ ପରେ ମିନିଟ୍ ଗଡ଼ିଚାଲିଲା । ସାମ୍ବାଦିକ ଜଣକ Collins ଓ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କଠାରୁ Houdini ଙ୍କ ବିଷୟରେ ବିଭିନ୍ନ ଖବର ସଂଗ୍ରହ କରୁଥାନ୍ତି । ସେ ଜଣେ ଦକ୍ଷ ଯାଦୁକର । ସେ ନିଜ ଦେହରୁ ହାତକାଢ଼ି ନେଉଥିଲେ । ସେ ୧୮୭୪ ମସିହାରେ Appleton ରେ ଜନ୍ମ ନେଇଥିଲେ । ତାଙ୍କର ପ୍ରକୃତ ନାଁ Enrich Weiss I ତାଙ୍କ ପରିବାର ଖୁବ୍‌ ଗରିବ ଥିଲା । ଏଣୁ ସେ ପିଲାଟି ଦିନରୁ ପରିବାର ପୋଷିବାପାଇଁ କାମ କରୁଥିଲେ । ସେତେବେଳେ ସେ ହ୍ୟାଣ୍ଡକପ୍ ଖୋଲିବାର କଳାକୌଶଳ ଶିଖୁଥିଲେ । ସେ ମଧ୍ୟ ବେଳେବେଳେ ଫରାସି ଯାଦୁକର Robert Houdini ଙ୍କ ରଚିତ କିଛି ବହି ପଢ଼ି ଖୁବ୍ ପ୍ରଭାବିତ ହେଲେ ଓ ନିଜ ନାଁ ବଦଳାଇ ନିଜକୁ Harry Houdini ନାମରେ ପରିଣତ କରାଇଲେ । ସମୟ ଗଡ଼ି ଚାଲିଥାଏ । Rinn ପାଞ୍ଚ, ଦଶ, ପନ୍ଦର, କୋଡ଼ିଏ ଏମିତି ଗଣିଚାଲିଥାଆନ୍ତି । ଯେଉଁ ଲୋକମାନେ ବାକ୍ସକୁ ଧରିଥିଲେ, ସେମାନେ ଖସି ପଡ଼ିଲେ । ଲୋକମାନେ ଉତ୍କଣ୍ଠିତ ହୋଇପଡ଼ିଲେ । ଭାବିଲେ, Houdini ବୋଧହୁଏ ବାହାରକୁ ଆସିବାକୁ ଚେଷ୍ଟା କରୁଛନ୍ତି । Collins ଟେଲିଫୋନ୍ ଲଗାଇ ପଚାରିଲେ Houdini! | 66 ଅଛନ୍ତି ? ସେ ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲେ, ଭଲ ଅଛି’’ । ଡାକ୍ତରମାନେ ମତଦେଲେ, ବାକ୍ସଭିତରେ ଯେତିକି ବାୟୁ ଅଛି ସେଥ‌ିରେ ଜଣେ ଲୋକ ପଚାଶ ଥର ନିଃଶ୍ବାସ ନେଇପାରିବ । ତା’ପରେ ସେ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ଅଶ୍ୱସ୍ତି ଅନୁଭବ କରିବ । ସେ ନିଶ୍ଚୟ ବାକ୍ସ ଖୋଲିବାକୁ କହିବେ । Collins କହିଲେ – ମୁଁ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଯେତିକି ଜାଣିଛି, ସେ ସମୟ କେବେ ଆସିବ ନାହିଁ । କାରଣ Houdini କୌଣସି କଥାକୁ ପାଞ୍ଚ ଦଶଥର ପରୀକ୍ଷା ନ କରି ଜଣଙ୍କ ଆଗରେ ପେଶ୍ କରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ ।

ବେଳକୁ ବେଳ ସାମ୍ବାଦିକଙ୍କ ଭିଡ଼ ଜମିଲା । ଡାକ୍ତରମାନେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଆସି ପହଞ୍ଚିଲେ । ସେମାନେ କହିଲେ – ଏହା ଏକ ଆତ୍ମଘାତୀ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ । Houdini ଙ୍କୁ ଏଥୁରୁ ନିବୃତ୍ତ କରାଯାଉ । ଏହା ଭିତରେ ଘଣ୍ଟାଏ ବି ହୋଇଗଲା । ଲୋକମାନେ କିଛି ସମୟପାଇଁ ଖୁସି ଦେଖାଗଲେ । ଭାବିଲେ, ଏଥର Houdini ବାହାରକୁ ଆସିବାକୁ କହିବେ । ମାତ୍ର ସେମିତି କିଛି ହେଲା ନାହିଁ । ଡାକ୍ତରମାନେ ବାଧ୍ୟ କରିବାରୁ Collins ପୁଣିଥରେ ଟେଲିଫୋନ୍ ଲଗାଇ ପଚାରିଲେ – Houdini ! ଡାକ୍ତରମାନେ ବାଧ୍ୟକରୁଛନ୍ତି ବାହାରକୁ ଆସିବାପାଇଁ । Houdini ଉତ୍ତର ଦେଲେ – ମୁଁ କହିଲେ ମତେ ଉପରକୁ ନେବ । ଏଥର ଲୋକମାନେ କୁହାକୁହି ହେଲେ – Houdini ନିଃଶ୍ଵାସ ପ୍ରଶ୍ଵାସ ରୋଧ କରିବା ତାଲିମ ପାଇଛନ୍ତି । ସେ ବିନା ବାୟୁରେ ରହିବାର କୌଶଳ ଶିଖ୍ଯାଇଛନ୍ତି । ଏହା ଭିତରେ ଏକ ଘଣ୍ଟା ତିରିଶ ମିନିଟ୍ ହେଲା । ଏଥର Houdini ଙ୍କ ଠାରୁ ସଂକେତ ଆସିଲା ତାଙ୍କ ବାହାରକୁ ଆଣିବାପାଇଁ । ଲୋକମାନେ ଏକଘଣ୍ଟା ଏକତିରିଶ ମିନିଟ୍‌ରେ ବାକ୍ସ ଖୋଲିଲେ । ଡାକ୍ତରମାନେ Houdiniଙ୍କ ସ୍ବାସ୍ଥ୍ୟ ପରୀକ୍ଷା କଲେ । କିଛି ବ୍ୟତିକ୍ରମ ହୋଇନଥିଲା । ସାମ୍ବାଦିକମାନେ Houdiniଙ୍କୁ ଅଭିନନ୍ଦନ ଜଣାଇଲେ ।

ଏଥର ସାମ୍ବାଦିକମାନେ Houdini ଙ୍କୁ ପଚାରିଲେ ଏହା କେମିତି ସଂଭବ ହେଲା ? Houdini କହିଲେ ଏଥ‌ିରେ ଯାଦୁବିଦ୍ୟା ନାହିଁ । ଏହା ଏକ ସାଧନା ମାତ୍ର । ମୁଁ ନିଃଶ୍ଵାସ ରୋଧ କରିବା ଶିଖୁ ଯାଇଛି । ଏହା ମତେ ଏତେ ସମୟ ବାକ୍ସ ଭିତରେ ବଞ୍ଚାଇ ରଖୁ । ଶ୍ଵାସକ୍ରିୟା ଖୁବ୍ ମନ୍ଥର ଥିଲା । ସାମ୍ବାଦିକମାନେ ପଚାରିଲେ – ଆପଣ ଯୁବଗୋଷ୍ଠୀଙ୍କୁ କି ବାର୍ତ୍ତା ଦେବେ ? Houdini କହିଲେ – ସେମାନେ ଭୟ କରିବା ଛାଡ଼ି ଦିଅନ୍ତୁ । ସେମାନେ ଯେ କୌଣସି ପରିସ୍ଥିତିକୁ ସହଜ, ସରଳ ଓ ଶାନ୍ତ ଭାବରେ ସାମ୍ନା କରିବାକୁ ଶିଖନ୍ତୁ । ସମସ୍ତେ Houdini ଙ୍କର ଜୟଗାନ କଲେ ।

Read More:

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

Odisha State Board BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ Important Questions and Answers.

BSE Odisha Class 9 Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

Subjective Type Questions With Answers
ସଂଷିପ୍ତ ଉତ୍ତରମୂଳକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର

୧।ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ପ୍ରକାରଭେଦ ବର୍ଣନା କରି ।
Answer:
ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପାଞ୍ଚ ଭାଗରେ ବିଭକ୍ତ

  • ଆଇନଗତ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ – ସମ୍ବିଧାନର ସମ୍ମାନ ରକ୍ଷା ପାଇଁ ଏହା ଉଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ।
  • ରାଜନୈତିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ― ସାର୍ବଭୌମ ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା, ଜାତୀୟ ସଂହତି ବଜାୟ ରଖିବା ଓ ଦେଶର ସୁରକ୍ଷା ନିମିତ୍ତ ଏହା ଉଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ।
  • ସାମାଜିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ – ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସଦ୍‌ଭାବ ଓ ଭ୍ରାତୃଭାବ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା କରିବା କରିବାପାଇଁ ଏହା ଉଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ।
  • ନୈତିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ – ଦେଶକୁ ବାହ୍ୟ ଓ ଆଭ୍ୟନ୍ତରୀଣ ବିପଦରୁ ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା, ସ୍ଵାଧୀନତା ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନର ମହାନ୍ ନୀତି ଓ ଆଦର୍ଶକୁ ଅନୁସରଣ କରିବା ସହିତ ଜାତୀୟ ସେବାରେ ନିଜକୁ ନିୟୋଜିତ କରିବାକୁ ଏହା ପ୍ରେରଣା ପ୍ରଦାନ ନିମିତ୍ତ ଏହା ଉଦ୍ଦିଷ୍ଟ ।
  • ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ – ଜାତୀୟ ସମ୍ପତ୍ତିର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣ ଏବଂ ପରିବେଶ ସୁରକ୍ଷା ସମ୍ପର୍କିତ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ପୂରଣରେ ଏହା ସହାୟକ ହେଉଛି ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

୨।ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ବୁଝାଇ ଲେଖ ।

  • କରିବା ସଙ୍ଗେ ସଙ୍ଗେ ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କୁ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ର ପ୍ରତି କେତେକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ପାଳନ କରିବାକୁ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
  • ଦେଶର ପ୍ରଗତି ନିମନ୍ତେ ଭାରତୀୟ ସମ୍ବିଧାନରେ ୪ର୍ଥ(କ) ଅଧ୍ୟାୟରେ ଧାରା ୫୧(କ)ରେ ୧୧ଟି ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ବିଷୟରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରାଯାଇଛି ।
  • ଦେଶର ସମ୍ବିଧାନ, ଜାତୀୟ ପତାକା ଏବଂ ଜାତୀୟ ସଙ୍ଗୀତ ପ୍ରତି ସମ୍ମାନ ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରିବା ଆମର କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ।
  • ଭାରତର ସାର୍ବଭୌମତ୍ୱ, ଏକତା, ସଂହତି ରକ୍ଷା ପ୍ରତି ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ଦେବା ଆମର କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ।
  • ଦେଶରେ ଭ୍ରାତୃଭାବ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା କରିବା, ନାରୀର ମର୍ଯ୍ୟାଦା ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା, ଜୀବଜଗତ ପ୍ରତି ଅନୁକମ୍ପା ପ୍ରଦର୍ଶନ କରିବା ଆମର ମୌଳିକ ।

କ୍ଷୁଦ୍ର ଉତ୍ତରମୂଳକ ପ୍ରଶ୍ନୋତ୍ତର

୧। ଅଧିକାର ଓ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଗୋଟିଏ ମୁଦ୍ରାର ଦୁଇଟି ପାର୍ଶ୍ୱ ପରି ବୋଲି କାହିଁକି କୁହାଯାଇଛି ?
Answer:

  • ଅଧିକାର ଓ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ପରସ୍ପର ପରିପୂରକ । ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିର ବିକାଶ ପାଇଁ ଓ ତା’ର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିତ୍ଵର ପରିପ୍ରକାଶ ପାଇଁ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ର ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିକୁ କେତେକ ଅଧ୍ୟାର ପ୍ରଦାନ କରିଥାଏ ।
  • ସେହିଭଳି ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ର ନିଜର ସୁପରିଚାଳନା ପାଇଁ କିଛି ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତିଙ୍କଠାରୁ ଆଶା କରିଥାଏ । ସେଥପାଇଁ ଅଧିକାର ଓ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଗୋଟିଏ ମୁଦ୍ରାର ଦୁଇଟି ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵ ସଦୃଶ ବୋଲି

୨। କେବେ ପ୍ରଥମ ଥର ପାଇଁ ସମ୍ବିଧାନରେ କିଛି ସଂସ୍କାର ଆଣିବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ କେଉଁ କମିଟି ଗଠନ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ?
Answer:

  • ପ୍ରଥମ ଥର ପାଇଁ ସମ୍ବିଧାନରେ କିଛି ସଂସ୍କାର ଆଣିବାପାଇଁ ୧୯୭୬ ମସିହା ଫେବୃୟାରୀ ମାସରେ ଏକ କମିଟି ଗଠନ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ।
  • ଏହି କମିଟି ସ୍ଵରଣ ସିଂହ କମିଟି ନାମରେ ପରିଚିତ ।

୩ । ସମ୍ବିଧାନର ୪୨ତମ ସଂଶୋଧନ ଆଇନ କେବେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକାରୀ ହୋଇଥିଲା ଓ ଏହି ଆଇନଦ୍ୱାରା କଣ କରାଗଲା ?
Answer:

  •  ୧୯୭୬ ମସିହାରେ ସମ୍ବିଧାନର ୪୨ତମ ଆଇନ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକାରୀ ସଂଶୋଧନ ଆଇନ କେବେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକାରୀ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।
  •  ଏହି ଆଇନଦ୍ୱାରା ଭାରତ ସମ୍ବିଧାନର ଚତୁର୍ଥ ଭାଗ (କ)ର ଧାରା ୫୧(କ)ରେ ୧୦ଗୋଟି ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ବିଷୟରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣ ନା କରାଗଲା । .

୪। ନୈତିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ବୁଝାଇ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:

  • ନାଗରି କ ମାନେ ମୌଳିକ ଅଧ୍ୟାର ଉପଭୋଗ କରୁଥିବାରୁ ସେମାନେ ଦେଶ ପ୍ରତି କିଛି କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ କରିବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ । ଦେଶକୁ ବାହ୍ୟ ଓ ଆଭ୍ୟନ୍ତରୀଣ ବିପଦରୁ ରକ୍ଷା ନୈତିକ କର୍ଭବ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ।
  • ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନାଗରିକ ଜାତୀୟ ସେବାରେ ନିଜକୁ ନିୟୋଜିତ କରିବା ଏହାର ଅନ୍ୟତମ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

୫। ସାମାଜିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ କହିଲେ କ’ଣ ବୁଝ ବୁଝାଇ ଲେଖ ।
Answer:

  • ଏହି କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ମାଧ୍ୟମରେ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନାଗରିକ ନିଜ ନିଜ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସଦ୍‌ଭାବ ଓ ଭ୍ରାତୃଭାବ ପ୍ରତିଷ୍ଠା କରିଥାଏ ।
  • ମହିଳାମାନଙ୍କର ମର୍ଯ୍ୟାଦା ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା ଏହି କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ଅନ୍ୟତମ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ।

୬ । ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ଦୁଇଟି ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କର ।
Answer:

  • ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଅଧିକ ଦେଶପ୍ରେମୀ କରାଇବା ସହିତ ଦେଶ ଓ ଜାତି ପାଇଁ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିବାକୁ ଉତ୍ସାହ ଦେଇଥାଏ । ଏହି କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ପାଳନ କଲେ ନାଗରିକ ଦେଶର କଲ୍ୟାଣ ଓ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରର ଗଠନ ପାଇଁ ସଚେତନ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
  • ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନାଗରିକଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଆଦର୍ଶ ଆଚରଣବିଧ୍ ଅଟେ । ଏହାକୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନାଗରିକ ପାଳନ କଲେ ସମାଜରେ ଶୃଙ୍ଖଳା ବଜାୟ ରହେ ।

୭।BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କର ।
Answer:
(i) BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟକର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ଯ ଏକ ଗୁରୁତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

Objective Type Questions With Answers
A ଗୋଟିଏ ବାକ୍ୟରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖ ।

୧। କେଉଁ ଦୁଇଟି ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସୁସମନ୍ଵୟ ରକ୍ଷା ଏକ ଆଦର୍ଶ ଗଣତାନ୍ତ୍ରିକ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ର ଗଠନରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିଥାଏ ।
Answer:
ଅଧିକାର ଓ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ମଧ୍ୟରେ ସୁସମନ୍ଵୟ ରକ୍ଷା ଏକ ଆଦର୍ଶ ଗଣତାନ୍ତ୍ରିକ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ର ଗଠନରେ ସାହାଯ୍ୟ କରିଥାଏ ।

୨।କେବେ ସ୍ମରଣ ସିଂହ କମିଟି ଗଠନ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ?
Answer:
୧୯୭୬ ମସିହା ଫେବୃୟାରୀ ମାସରେ ସ୍ଵରଣ ସିଂହ କମିଟି ଗଠନ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ।

୩। ସ୍ଵରଣ ସିଂହ କମିଟି କେଉଁ ବିଷୟରେ ସୁପାରିସ କରିଥିଲେ ?
Answer:
ସ୍ଵରଣ ସିଂହ କମିଟି ସମ୍ବିଧାନରେ ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କର ମୌଳିକ କର୍ଭବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକର ଏକ ତାଲିକା ଅନ୍ତର୍ଭୁକ୍ତ କରିବାପାଇଁ ସୁପାରିସ କରିଥିଲେ ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

୪। ସମ୍ବିଧାନରେ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ଭବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ କେଉଁ ଦାୟିତ୍ୱବୋଧକୁ ବୁଝାଇଥାଏ ?
Answer:
ସମ୍ବିଧାନରେ ପ୍ରଦତ୍ତ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ଭବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କର ଆଇନଗତ, ରାଜନୈତିକ, ସାମାଜିକ, ସାଂସ୍କୃତିକ, ନୈତିକ, ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ ଓ ଶିକ୍ଷାଗତ ଦାୟିତ୍ୱବୋଧକୁ ବୁଝାଇଥାଏ ।

୫। ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ କାହା ପାଇଁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶିତ ?
Answer:
ମୌଳିକ କର୍ଭବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶିତ ।

୬ । ବିଦେଶୀ ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଲାଗୁ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ କି ?
Answer:
ନା, ବିଦେଶୀ ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଲାଗୁ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।

୭ । ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ ନାଗରିକ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ସମ୍ପାଦନ ନ କଲେ ତାଙ୍କ ବିରୋଧରେ କିପରି ଆଇନଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯିବ ?
Answer:
ଜଣେ ଭାରତୀୟ ନାଗରିକ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ନ କଲେ ତାଙ୍କ ବିରୋଧରେ କୌଣସି ଆଇନଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଇ ପାରିବ ନାହିଁ ।

୮।  କେଉଁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅଧିକ ଦେଶପ୍ରେମୀ କରାଇଥାଏ ?
Answer:
କେଉଁଗୁଡ଼ିକ ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅଧିକ ଦେଶପ୍ରେମୀ କରାଇଥାଏ ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

୯ । ଜଣେ ନାଗରିକ କିପରି ଦେଶର ଓ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରର ଗଠନ ପାଇଁ ସଚେତନ ହୁଏ ?
Answer:
ଦେଶର କଲ୍ୟାଣ ଓ ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରର ଗଠନ ପାଇଁ ସଚେତନ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ଭବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ପାଳନ କଲେ ଜଣେ ନାଗରିକ ହୁଏ ।

୧୦ । ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ କାହା ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଆଦର୍ଶ ଆଚରଣବିଧ ଅଟେ ?
Answer:
ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନାଗରିକ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଆଦର୍ଶ ଆଚରଣବିଧ ଅଟେ ।

B ଗୋଟିଏ ଶବ୍ଦରେ ଉତ୍ତର ଲେଖ ।

୧।‘ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରୀୟ ସମ୍ପଭିର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣ’ କରିବା କେଉଁ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ?
୨। ‘ସ୍ଵାଧୀନତା ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନର ମହାନ୍ ନୀତି ଓ ଆଦର୍ଶକୁ ଅନୁସରଣ କରିବା’ କେଉଁ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ?
୩। ପ୍ରଥମଥର ପାଇଁ ସମ୍ବିଧାନରେ କିଛି ସଂସ୍କାର ଆଣିବା ଉଦ୍ଦେଶ୍ୟରେ ୧୯୭୬ ମସିହାରେ କେଉଁ କମିଟି ଗଠନ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ?
୪। ମହିଳାମାନଙ୍କର ମର୍ଯ୍ୟାଦା ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା କେଉଁ ପ୍ରକାରର କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ଯ ଅଟେ ?
୫୮ ୧୧ତମ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ଭବ୍ୟଟି ସମ୍ବିଧାନରେ କେବେ ଯୋଗ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ?
୬। ଜାତୀୟ ସେବାରେ ନିଜକୁ ନିୟୋଜିତ କରିବା କି ପ୍ରକାରର କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ?
୭। ସମ୍ବିଧାନର କେଉଁ ଧାରାରେ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ବିଷୟରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରାଯାଇଛି ?
୮। ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟଗୁଡିକ ଭାରତୀୟ ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ କ’ଣ ଅଟେ ?
୯। ସମ୍ବିଧାନର କେଉଁ ସଂଶୋଧନରେ ‘ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ’ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଯୋଗ କରାଗଲା ?
୧୦ ।୮୬ ତମ ସମ୍ବିଧାନ ସଂଶୋଧନ କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ହୋଇଥିଲା ?

Answer:
୧। ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ,
୨। ନୈତିକ,
୩। ସ୍ଵରଣ ସିଂହ କମିଟି,
୪ । ସାମାଜିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ,
୫ । ୨୦୦୨ ମସିହା,
୬ । ନୈତିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ,
୭ । ଧାରା-୫୧ (କ),
୮ । ଏକ ଆଦର୍ଶ ଆଚରଣବିଧ୍,
୯ । ୪୨ତମ ସଂଶୋଧନ,
୧୦ । ୨୦୦୨ ମସିହା

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

C ଶୂନ୍ୟସ୍ଥାନ ପୂରଣ କର ।

୧। ସ୍ମରଣ ସିଂହ କମିଟି __________ BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ - q. 1 ହୋଇଥିଲା ।
Answer:
୧୯୭୬

୨। ଭାରତ ସମ୍ବିଧାନର ୪୨ତମ ସଂଶୋଧନ __________ ମସିହାରେ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।
Answer:
୧୯୭୬

୩ । ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ବିଷୟରେ ଭାରତୀୟ ସମ୍ବିଧାନରେ _____________ ଭାଗରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରାଯାଇଛି ।
Answer:
ଚତୁର୍ଥ ଭାଗ (କ)

୪। . ________________ ମସିହାରେ ୮୬ତମ ସମ୍ବିଧାନ ସଂଶୋଧନ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ।
Answer:
୨୦୦୨

୫। BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ - Q5 __________ ଗୋଟି ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ରହିଛି ।
Answer:
୧୧

୬ । ଜାତୀୟ ସେବାରେ ନିଜକୁ ନିୟୋଜିତ କରିବା ______________ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ଏକ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ।
Answer:
ନୈତିକ

୭। ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରୀୟ ସମ୍ପଭିର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିବା _____________ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ।
Answer:
ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ

୮ । ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ପାଳନ କଲେ ନାଗରିକ ଦେଶର ______________ କଲ୍ୟାଣ ଓ ପାଇଁ ସଚେତନ ହୁଏ ।
Answer:
ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରର ଗଠନ

୯। ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନାଗରିକଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଏକ __________________ଅଟେ ।
Answer:
ଆଦର୍ଶ ଆଚରଣବିସ୍‌

୧୦ । ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟକୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟେକ ନାଗରିକ ପାଳନ କଲେ ____________ ରହିପାରିବ ।
Answer:
ଶୃଙ୍ଖଳା

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

D. ଠିକ୍ ଉକ୍ତି ପାଇଁ (✓ ) ଓ ଭୁଲ୍ ଉକ୍ତି ପାଇଁ (X) ଚିହ୍ନ ଦିଅ ।

୧। ୧୯୭୬ ମସିହାରେ ଆମର ୧୧ ଗୋଟି ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଥିଲା ।
୨ । ୨୦୦୨ ମସିହାରେ ଆମର ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ସଂଖ୍ୟା ୧୧କୁ ବୃଦ୍ଧି ପାଇଥିଲା ।
୩। ଭାରତ ସମ୍ବିଧାନର ଚତୁର୍ଥ ଭାଗ (ଖ) ର ଧାରା ୫୧ (କ)ରେ ୧୦ ଗୋଟି ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ବିଷୟରେ
୪। ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶିତ ।
୫। ବିଦେଶୀ ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଲାଗୁ ହୋଇଥାଏ ।
୬ | ମୌଳିକ କର୍ଭବ ସମ୍ପାଦନ ନ କଲେ ବ୍ୟକ୍ତି ବିରୋଧରେ ଆଇନଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ ।
୭। ଆଇନଗତ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟାନୁଷ୍ଠାନ ଗ୍ରହଣ କରାଯାଇପାରିବ । ପତାକାକୁ ସମ୍ମାନ କରିବା ।
୮। ସମ୍ବିଧାନର ସମ୍ମାନ ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା ଆମର ରାଜନୈତିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ।
୯ । ମହିଳାମାନଙ୍କର ମର୍ଯ୍ୟାଦା ରକ୍ଷାକରିବା ଏକ ନୈତିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ।
୧୦ । ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରୀୟ ସମ୍ପଭିର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିବା ଏକ ସାମାଜିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ।

Answers:
୧। (×)
୨ । (√)
୩। (X)
୪। (√)
୫। (×)
୬ | (×)
୭। (√)
୮। (×)
୯ । (x)
୧୦ । (x)

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

E ‘କ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭର ଶବ୍ଦକୁ ‘ଖ’ ସ୍ତମ୍ଭର ଶବ୍ଦ ସହ ମିଳନ କରି ଲେଖ ।

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ - 1
BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ - 2

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ - 3
BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ - 4

F. ରେଖାଙ୍କିତ ପଦକୁ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରି ଭ୍ରମ ସଂଶୋଧନ କର ।

୧। ସ୍ଵରଣ ସିଂହ କମିଟି ୧୯୭୮ ମସିହାରେ ଗଠିତ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।
୨ । ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସରକାରଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ନିର୍ଦ୍ଦେଶିତ ।
୩। ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କୁ ଅଧିକ ଦେଶଦ୍ରୋହୀ କରାଇଥାଏ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ।
୪। ୪୨ତମ ସମ୍ବିଧାନ ସଂଶୋଧନ ଆଇନ ୧୯୬୭ ମସିହାରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟକାରୀ ହୋଇଥିଲା ।
୫। ଅଧିକାର ଓ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ପରସ୍ପର ଅନୁପୂରକ
୬। ମହିଳାମାନଙ୍କୁ ମର୍ଯ୍ୟାଦା ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା ଏକ ନୈତିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ
୭। ୮୬ତମ ସଂଶୋଧନ ୨୦୦୦ ମସିହାରେ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ।
୮। ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ସମ୍ବିଧାନ ୮୬ତମ ସଂଶୋଧନରେ ସଂଯୋଗ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ।
୯। ସମ୍ବିଧାନର ସମ୍ମାନ ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା ରାଜନୈତିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ।
୧୦ । ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରୀୟ ସମ୍ପଭିର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣା କରିବା ସାମାଜିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ।

Answer:
୧। ୧୯୭୬
୨ । ନାଗରିକମାନଙ୍କ
୩ । ଦେଶପ୍ରେମୀ
୪।୧୯୭୬
୫ । ପରିପୂରକ
୬ । ସାମାଜିକ କର୍ତବ୍ୟ
୭ । ୨୦୦୨
୮। ୪୨ ତମ
୯ । ଆଇନଗତ
୧୦ । ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

G ଚାରୋଟି ସମ୍ଭାବ୍ୟ ବିକଳ୍ପ ମଧ୍ୟରୁ ସଠିକ୍ ଉତ୍ତରଟି ବାଛି ଲେଖ ।

1. ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ସ୍ଵରଣ ସିଂହ କମିଟି ଗଠନ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା ?
(A) ୧୯୭୫
(B) ୧୯୭୬
(C) ୧୯୭୭
(D) ୧୯୭୮
Answer:
(B) ୧୯୭୬

2.BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ - q.2 କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ’ଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଯୋଗ କରାଗଲା ?
(A) ୪୧ ତମ
(B) ୪୨ ତମ
(C) ୪୩ ତମ
(D) ୪୪ ତମ
Answer:
(B) ୪୨ ତମ

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

3.୮୬ ତମ ସମ୍ବିଧାନ ସଂଶୋଧନ ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କେଉଁ ମସିହାରେ ହୋଇଥିଲା ?
(A) ୨୦୦୨
(B) ୨୦୦୫
(C) ୨୦୦୧
(D) ୨୦୦୭
Answer:
(A) ୨୦୦୨

4. ସମ୍ବିଧାନର କେଉଁ ଧାରାରେ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ବିଷୟରେ ବର୍ଣ୍ଣନା କରାଯାଇଛି ?
(A) ୪୮(କ)
(B) ୪୯(ଖ)
(C) ୫୦(କ)
(D) ୫୧(କ)
Answer:
(D) ୫୧(କ)

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

5. BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ - q. 5ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ରହିଛି ?
(A) ୧୦
(B) ୧୧
(C) ୭
(D) ୬
Answer:
(B) ୧୧

6. ସମ୍ବିଧାନର ସମ୍ମାନ ରକ୍ଷାକରିବା ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କେଉଁ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ?
(A) ଆଇନଗତ
(B) ରାଜନୈତିକ
(C) ସାମାଜିକ
(D) ନୈତିକ
Answer:
(A) ଆଇନଗତ

7. ‘ଭାରତର ସାର୍ବଭୌମତ୍ୱ ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା’ – ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କେଉଁ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ?
(A) ଆଇନଗତ
(B) ରାଜନୈତିକ
(C) ସାମାଜିକ
(D) ନୈତିକ
Answer:
(B) ରାଜନୈତିକ

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

8. ‘ରାଷ୍ଟ୍ରୀୟ ସମ୍ପଭିର ରକ୍ଷଣାବେକ୍ଷଣ କରିବା’ – ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କେଉଁ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ?
(A) ରାଜନୈତିକ
(B) ସାମାଜିକ
(C) ନୈତିକ
(D) ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ
Answer:
(D) ଅର୍ଥନୈତିକ

9. ମହିଳାମାନଙ୍କର ମର୍ଯ୍ୟାଦା ରକ୍ଷା କରିବା ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କେଉଁ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ?
(A) ସାମାଜିକ
(B) ଆଇନଗତ
(C) ନୈତିକ
(D) ରାଜନୈତିକ
Answer:
(A) ସାମାଜିକ

10. ‘ସ୍ଵାଧୀନତା ଆନ୍ଦୋଳନର ମହାନ୍ ନୀତି ଓ ଆଦର୍ଶକୁ ଅନୁସରଣ କରିବା’ — ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କେଉଁ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ?
(A) ଆଇନଗତ
(B) ରାଜନୈତିକ
(C) ସାମାଜିକ
(D) ନୈତିକ
Answer:
(D) ନୈତିକ

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

11. ୧୯୭୬ ମସିହାର କେଉଁ ସମ୍ବିଧାନ ସଂଶୋଧନ ଆଇନରେ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଯୋଗ
(A) ୩୮ତମ
(B) ୪୨ତମ
(C) ୪୫ତମ
(D) ୪୮ତମ
Answer:
(B) ୪୨ତମ

12. କେଉଁ ସମ୍ବିଧାନ ସଂଶୋଧନ ଆଇନରେ ଏଗାରତମ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ ଯୋଗକରାଯାଇଛି ?
(A) ୭୦ତମ
(C) ୮୫ତମ
(B) ୭୬ତମ
(D) ୮୬ତମ
Answer:
(D) ୮୬ତମ

13. ସର୍ବସାଧାରଣ ସମ୍ପଭିର ସୁରକ୍ଷା କରିବା ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କେଉଁ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ?
(A) ପ୍ରଥମ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ
(B) ପଞ୍ଚମ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ
(C) ନବମ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ
(D) ଦଶମ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ
Answer:
(C) ନବମ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

BSE Odisha 9th Class Political Science Important Questions Chapter 2 ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

14. ଛଅ ବର୍ଷରୁ ଚଉଦ ବର୍ଷ ବୟସର ପିଲାମାନଙ୍କୁ ଶିକ୍ଷାଲାଭ ପାଇଁ ସୁଯୋଗ ଦେବା ନିମ୍ନୋକ୍ତ କେଉଁ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟର ଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟ ଅଟେ ?
(A) ପ୍ରଥମ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ
(B) ଦ୍ଵିତୀୟ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ
(C) ସପ୍ତମ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ
(D) ଏକାଦଶ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ
Answer:
(D) ଏକାଦଶ ମୌଳିକ କର୍ତ୍ତବ୍ୟ

The Nightingale and the Rose Question Answer Class 12 Invitation English Non-Detailed Chapter 2 CHSE Odisha

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 12 Invitation to English 2 Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 2 The Nightingale and the Rose Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 12th Invitation English Non-Detailed Chapter 2 The Nightingale and the Rose Question Answers CHSE Odisha

The Nightingale and the Rose Class 12 Questions and Answers

Unit – I

Gist:
The love-stricken young Student desperately longs for red roses, because the girl promises to dance with him on the condition he brings her these beautiful flowers, but he doesn’t find any red rose. He is sad. In a dance programme given by the Prince, the young Student will become lonely. His heart will bleed. The Nightingale, famous for her enchanting voice, hears him cry for the want of the girl, who is apparently his true love. She shares the feelings of the young Student. She feels the importance of love that comes from within, not from outside. The young man’s longing for a red rose grows intense, but in vain. He has no red rose to give the girl so as to enable her to dance with him. He weeps. A little Green Lizard and a Butterfly laugh at the weeping young Oxford boy. The Nightingale alone understands the mystery of Love.

ସାରମର୍ମ :
ପ୍ରେମପୀଡ଼ିତ ଯୁବ-ଛାତ୍ରଜଣକ ଏକ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ପାଇଁ ବ୍ୟାକୁଳ ହୋଇଉଠିଛି କାରଣ ତା’ର ପ୍ରେମିକା ପ୍ରତିଜ୍ଞା କରିଛି ଯେ ଯଦି ଯୁବକଜଣକ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଏକ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ଦିଏ, ତେବେ ସେ ଏହି ପ୍ରେମିକ ଯୁବକଙ୍କ ସହ ନୃତ୍ୟ କରିବେ । ସେ କୌଣସି ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ପାଆନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ତେଣୁ ସେ ଦୁଃଖ ହୋଇ ଯାଇଛନ୍ତି । ଯଦି ଯୁବତୀଜଣଙ୍କ ଆଉ କାହା ସହ ନୃତ୍ୟ କରିବେ, ତେବେ ଯୁବ-ଛାତ୍ର ଜଣଙ୍କ ହୃଦୟ ରକ୍ତାକ୍ତ ହୋଇଯିବ । ଆକର୍ଷଣୀୟ ଗୀତ ଓ ସଙ୍ଗୀତ ପାଇଁ ପ୍ରସିଦ୍ଧ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପ୍ରେମିକ ଯୁବକଙ୍କର ଦୁଃଖକୁ ବୁଝିପାରନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ସେହି ଯୁବତୀ ପ୍ରତି ଥ‌ିବା ସଚ୍ଚା ପ୍ରେମକୁ ଜାଣିପାରନ୍ତି । ସେ ସଚ୍ଚା ପ୍ରେମିକର ପ୍ରେମକୁ ବୁଝିପାରନ୍ତି । ସତ୍ ପ୍ରେମ ହୃଦୟ ଭିତରୁ ଆସିଥାଏ, ହୃଦୟ ବାହାରୁ ନୁହେଁ । ଯେହେତୁ ଯୁବ-ଛାତ୍ରଙ୍କ ପାଖରେ ସେହି ଯୁବତୀଙ୍କୁ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ନ ଥିଲା, ତେଣୁ ସେ କାନ୍ଦିଛନ୍ତି । ଝିଟିପିଟି ଓ ପ୍ରଜାପତି ଏହି ଭାବକୁ ବୁଝିନପାରି ଥଟ୍ଟା କରନ୍ତି । କିନ୍ତୁ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପ୍ରେମର ଏହି ରହସ୍ୟକୁ ବୁଝିପାରିଛି ।

Glossary :
nest : ବସା
wondered : ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହେଲେ
entire: ସମଗ୍ର
wretched: miserable (ଦୁଃଖପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ)
passion: ଆବେଗ
pale: ମଳିନ
brow: କପାଳ
murmured: ଧୀରେ ଧୀରେ କହିଲା
lean: incline (ଆଉଜିବା)
my heart will break: my sorrow will know no end (ମୋ ହୃଦୟ ବିଦୀର୍ଣ୍ଣ ହେବ)
precious: valuable (ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ୍)
emerald: ମୋତି
dearer: morecostly ( ଅଧ୍ଵମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ୍)
opal: ରତ୍ନପଥର
pearl: ମୁକ୍ତା
pomegranate: ଡାଳିମ୍ବ
weigh: measure (ମାପିବା)
in exchange of : ବଦଳରେ
play upon: ଉପରେ ଖେଳ
string: ତାର
harp: ବୀଣା
violin: ବେହେଲା
stringed instruments: ବାଦ୍ୟଯନ୍ତ୍ର
lightly: ହାଲୁକା ଭାବରେ
gay: (here) beautiful (ସୁନ୍ଦର)
throng: ଘେରିଯିବେ
Flung: threw (ପକାଇଦେଲା)
buried: ଘୋଡ଼ାଇ ପକାଇଲା
wept: କାନ୍ଦିଲା
fluttering: ଡେଣା ଫଡ଼ଫଡ଼ କରି
sunbeam : ସୂର୍ଯ୍ୟାଲୋକ
ridiculous : ହାସ୍ୟାସ୍ପଦ
secret of sorrow: ଦୁଃଖର ରହସ୍ୟ
mystery of Love: ପ୍ରେମର ରହସ୍ୟ

CHSE Odisha Class 12 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 The Nightingale and the Rose

Think it out

Question 1.
Why does the young student pine for a red rose?
Answer:
The Professor’s daughter requests specifically a red rose from the love stricken young student for the sake of dancing with him. Only with the flower the girl will respond to his request for love. But the young student finds no red rose in his garden. His happiness is linked with this beautiful flower. Therefore, the young student pines for a red rose.

Question 2.
Why does the nightingale admire the young student?
Answer:
The young student plunges into sorrow, because he does not find a red rose for the Professor’s daughter whom he loves deeply. She requests specifically a red rose from him as a token of true love. But he is hopeless. He visualises a radiant dream of the girl dancing with him, if he brings her red rose. Without it his dream will collapse like a house of cards. He will be lonely. The nightingale understands the feelings of the forlorn lover and therefore, admires the young student.

Question 3.
How does the nightingale wonder at the mystery of love?
Answer:
The nightingale wonders at the mystery of love to see the sight of a weeping young student. He is grief-sticken because he cannot get a red rose for the Professor’s daughter whom he loves deeply. His happiness depends on this beautiful flower. There is no red rose in his garden. Frustrating thoughts flood into his mind. Deprived of a red rose, he visualises a painful picture of his loneliness.

Unit – II

Gist:
Moved by the young student’s sorrow, the nightingale wishes to find a red rose as a gift for him. Suddenly, she flies high into the air and catch sight of a beautiful Rose-treein the centre of a lawn. She asks it for a rose, but in vain, because its garden is full of white roses. Therefore, the Rose-tree instructs her to go to his brother who grows below the student’s window. The nightingale magnificently responds to his advice. She reaches the destination and appeals to the Rose-tree to give her a red rose. To her great sorrow, she learns that the biting winter has destroyed the buds of all red roses, but the Rose-tree growing beneath the student’s door agrees to give her a red rose by singing to him throughout the night with her breast against a thorn. Besides, the thorn should penetrate her heart. At last the life-blood will be in its veins, eventually resulting the birth of red rose. Instead of being disheartened, the nightingale decides to get a red rose at the cost of her life, for she thinks that nothing is so supreme as love. Life loses its luster before it.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 The Nightingale and the Rose

ସାରମର୍ମ :
ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ନ ପାଇ ଦୁଃଖରେ ଭାଙ୍ଗି ପଡ଼ିଥିବା ଯୁବକର ଦୁଃଖଦ୍ଵାରା ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ଅନୁପ୍ରାଣିତ ହୋଇ ଏକ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପର ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନରେ ଉପରକୁ ଉଡ଼ିଯାଇଛି । ସେ ଏକ ବଗିଚାରେ ଗୋଟିଏ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଗୋଲାପ ଗଛ ଥ‌ିବାର ଦେଖିଛି । କିନ୍ତୁ ଦୁଃଖର ବିଷୟ ସେହି ଗଛରେ କୌଣସି ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ନାହିଁ । ସେଥୁରେ କେବଳ ଧଳା ଗୋଲାପ ଅଛି । ତେଣୁ ସେ ଗଛଟି ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍‌କୁ ସେହି ଯୁବକ ରହୁଥ‌ିବା ପ୍ରକୋଷ୍ଠର ଝରକା ତଳେ ଥିବା ତା’ର ଭାଇ ପାଖକୁ ଯାଇ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ଆଣିବାପାଇଁ ଉପଦେଶ ଦେଇଛି । ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ସେହି ଅନୁସାରେ କାର୍ଯ୍ୟ କରିଛି । ସେ ସେଠାରେ ପହଞ୍ଚି ଗୋଟିଏ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ଗଛକୁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କରିଛି । ସେ ଶୁଣିବାକୁ ପାଇଛି ଯେ ଅସହ୍ୟ ଶୀତ ହେତୁ ସବୁ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପର କଢ଼ ନଷ୍ଟ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି । କିନ୍ତୁ ସେହି ଗୋଲାପ ଗଛଟି ଗୋଟିଏ ସର୍ଭରେ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପଟିଏ ଦେବାକୁ ରାଜି ହୋଇଛି । ଯଦି ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍‌ଟି ସାରା ରାତି ନିଜର ହୃଦୟକୁ ଏକ ଗୋଲାପ କଣ୍ଟାରେ ବିଦ୍ଧ କରି ଗୀତ ଗାଏ, ତେବେ ସେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ଦେବ । ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍‌ର ହୃଦୟରୁ କ୍ଷରିତ ରକ୍ତରେ ଧଳା ଗୋଲାପଟି ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପରେ ପରିଣତ ହେବ ।ଏଥ‌ିରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ରାଜି ହୋଇଛି । ସେ ଗୋଟିଏ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ପାଇଁ ନିଜ ଜୀବନକୁ ଉତ୍ସର୍ଗ କରିଛି । କାରଣ ସେ ଭାବିଛି ପ୍ରେମଠାରୁ କିଛି ବି ଅଧିକ ନୁହେଁ । ସଚ୍ଚା ପ୍ରେମ ଆଗରେ ମଧ୍ୟ ଜୀବନ ତା’ର ଗୌରବ ହରାଇ ବସେ ।

Glossary :
wings: ଡେଣା
flight: ଉଡ଼ାଣ
soared: ଉର୍ଦ୍ଧ୍ୱଗାମୀ
spray: a very small branch of a tree (ଗଛର ଏକ ଛୋଟ ଡାଳ)
beneath: ତଳେ
shook head
coral: ପ୍ରବାଳ
redder : ଅଧ୍ଵ ଲାଲ୍
Nipped: destroyed (ନଷ୍ଟ କରିଦେଲା)
bud: କଢ଼ି|କଢ଼
terrible: ଭୟଙ୍କର
dare: ସାହସ କରିବା
stain: paint (ରଙ୍ଗ କରିବା)
price: cost (ମୂଲ୍ୟ)
Yet Love …. Life: The writer gives more importance to Love than Life.

Think it out

Question 1.
What does the nightingale do to get a red rose?
Answer:
The nightingale is moved to pity because of the young student’s sorrow. She wishes to find a red rose as a gift for him. She asks nearly everywhere for this beautiful flower. She flies high and in the course of her flight, the nightingale notices a beautiful Rose-tree in the midst of the lawn. The bird requests him to give her a red rose in exchange of her sweetest song, but in vain, because the roses in the tree are white. Again, in accordance with his suggestion, the nightingale flies over to the Rosetree beneath the student’s window. Here her request for a red rose meets with a tough test.

Question 2.
How does the Rose-tree growing beneath the student’s door agree to give her a red rose?
Answer:
In response to her request for a red rose, the Rose-tree growing beneath the student’s door demands a high price from the nightingale. As winter has destroyed his buds, she should place her heart closer to the thorn. In other words, she is required to pinch her own heart against the thorn of a white rose to turn it red with her own blood. In this way, the Rose-tree growing beneath the student’s door agrees to give her a red rose.

Question 3.
Why does the nightingale decide to pet a red rose at the cost of her life?
Answer:
The Rose-tree agrees to give the nightingale a red rose, provided she sings throughout the night, pressing her heart against the thorn and the white rose will turn red with her own blood. It means her ultimate sacrifice. The nightingale thinks that nothing is as precious as Love and she will pay a heavy price for a red rose. Nevertheless, Love is supreme, Life is inferior to it. The nightingale understands the importance of the love of the young student and hence decides to get it at the cost of her life.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 The Nightingale and the Rose

Unit – III

Gist:
The nightingale comes near the miserable young student and promises to bring him a red rose by creating it out of music by moonlight and colouring a white rose into red by using her own blood, but she wants an assurance from him in return that he will a true lover, because to her Love is superior to Philosophy and Power. Her words makes him confused. The young student fails to understand anything. But the oak-tree understands everything. He appeals to the bird to sing him one last melodious song. The bird responds to it in an instant. The nightingale goes on her mission. The oak tree is now lonely and sad. The young student doubts her feelings. He identifies the nightingale with most artists who are stylish, but not sincere. She does not understand the language of sacrifice. Music is her life. Her voice sounds melodious. He expresses pity for the nightingale. Her songs are meaningless. They lack practical value. These are the student’s feelings about the nightingale which he writes in his note-book.

ସାରମର୍ମ :
ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପକ୍ଷୀଟି ଦୁଃଖରେ ଭାଙ୍ଗି ପଡ଼ିଥ‌ିବା ଯୁବ-ଛାତ୍ରଙ୍କ ପାଖକୁ ଆସିଛି ଏବଂ ଗୋଟିଏ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ଦେବାର ପ୍ରତିଶ୍ରୁତି ଦେଇଛି । ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରବିଧୌତ ରଜନୀରେ ଚମତ୍କାର ସଙ୍ଗୀତ ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରି ନିଜର ରକ୍ତରେ ଧଳା ଗୋଲାପକୁ ଲାଲ୍ କରିଦେବାକୁ ମଧ୍ୟ ସେ ପ୍ରତିଶ୍ରୁତିବଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇଛି ।ଏହା ବଦଳରେ ଯୁବକଜଣକ ଜଣେ ସଚ୍ଚା ପ୍ରେମିକ ହେବା ଆବଶ୍ୟକ, କାରଣ ପ୍ରେମ ହେଉଛି ଦର୍ଶନ ଓ କ୍ଷମତାଠାରୁ ଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠ । କିନ୍ତୁ ଯୁବକ ପ୍ରେମିକଜଣକ କିଛି ବୁଝିପାରି ନାହାନ୍ତି । ଓଗଛ ପକ୍ଷୀଟିକୁ ଏକ ସଙ୍ଗୀତପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ଗୀତ ଗାଇବାପାଇଁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କରିଛି । ସେ ମଧ୍ୟ ତତ୍‌କ୍ଷଣାତ୍ ଗାଇଛି । ଓକ୍ ଗଛ ଦୁଃଖ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛି ଏବଂ ଏକାନ୍ତ ହୋଇଯାଇଛି । ଯୁବ-ଛାତ୍ରଜଣକ ଉତ୍ସର୍ଗର ଭାଷାକୁ ବୁଝିପାରି ନାହାନ୍ତି । ସେ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପାଇଁ ଦୁଃଖ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛନ୍ତି । ସେ କହିଛନ୍ତି ଯେ ତା’ର ଗୀତଗୁଡ଼ିକ ଅର୍ଥହୀନ ଓ ସେଥ‌ିରେ ବାସ୍ତବତାର ମୂଲ୍ୟବୋଧ ନାହିଁ । ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍‌ ପ୍ରତି ଏହି ମନୋଭାବକୁ ଯୁବକଜଣକ ତା’ର ଟିପାଖାତାରେ ଲେଖି ରଖିଛନ୍ତି ।

Glossary:
still: ତଥାପି
lying: ପଡ଼ିଥିଲା
you …. rose: The nightingale promises to bring the young student a red rose.
whispered: ଆସ୍ତେ ଆସ୍ତେ କହିବା
lonely : ଏକୁଟିଆ
bubbling: ପାଣି ଫୁଟିବା ଶବ୍ଦ
stain: ବିଦ୍ଧ କରିବା
mightier: more powerful (ଅଧିକ ଶକ୍ତିଶାଳୀ)
heart’s blood: ହୃଦୟର ରକ୍ତ
honey: ମହୁ
pull: ଟାଣି ଆଣିବା
sacrifice: ବଳିଦାନ
fell asleep: ତ୍ୟାଗ କରିବା

CHSE Odisha Class 12 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 The Nightingale and the Rose

Think it out

Question 1.
What does the nightingale expect from the student in exchange of a red rose?
Answer:
The nightingale is ready to give a red rose to the student, but she wants an assurance from him in exchange: He should be a true lover. The reason is not far to seek. Philosophy, she says, is not as wise as Love, and Love is more forceful than Power.

Question 2.
What does the student write about the nightingale in his notebook?
Answer:
The young student fails to understand anything from the nightingale’s words. He doubts her feelings. He identifies the nightingale with most artists who are stylish, but not sincere. She does not understand the language of sacrifice. Music is her life. Her voice sounds melodious. Her songs are meaningless. They lack practical value. He expresses pity for the nightingale. These are the student’s feelings about the nightingale which he writes in his note-book.

Unit – IV

Gist:
The nightingale flies to the Rose-tree growing beneath the student’s door when the moon shines in heavens. Pinching her own heart against the thorn of the Rose-tree, she keeps on singing throughout the night. As the night advances, the tree appeals to the bird to come closer against the thorn, because the red rose will bloom before the advent of the day. As a believer of true and eternal love, she tries her best to respond the tree’s persistent call to press closer and closer to the thorn. At last, the inevitable happens. The bird turns the white rose red with her own blood. In other words, the red rose appears. The nightingale suffers a lot. She offers her life as an ultimate sacrifice in the name of love that the student feels for the Professor’s daughter.

ସାରମର୍ମ:
ଛାତ୍ରଟିର ଝରକାତଳେ ବଢୁଥିବା ଗୋଲାପ ଗଛ ପାଖକୁ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍‌ଟି ଉଡ଼ିଯାଇଛି । ଆକାଶରେ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର ଉଦିତ ହୋଇଛି । ଏକ ଧଳା ଗୋଲାପର କଣ୍ଟାରେ ନିଜର ହୃଦୟକୁ ବିଦ୍ଧ କରି ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ରାତିସାରା ଗୀତ ଗାଇଛି । ରାତି ବଢ଼ିବଢ଼ି ଚାଲିଛି । ଗୋଲାପ ଗଛଟି ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍‌କୁ କଣ୍ଟା ଦେହରେ ଅଧ୍ଵ ଚାପି ହୋଇଯିବାକୁ ନିବେଦନ କରିଛି । କାରଣ ଦିନ ହେବା ପୂର୍ବରୁ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ଫୁଟି ସାରିଥିବା ଦରକାର । ଯେହେତୁ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ଚିରନ୍ତନ ପ୍ରେମରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରେ, ତେଣୁ ସେ ଗୋଲାପ ଗଛର କଥାନୁସାରେ ସେହି କଣ୍ଟା ନିକଟକୁ ଅଧ‌ିକ ଲାଗିଯାଇଛି । ଶେଷରେ ସତ୍ୟର ହିଁ ପ୍ରକଟ ଘଟିଛି । ପକ୍ଷୀଟି ସେହି ଧଳା ଗୋଲାପକୁ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ କରିଦେଇଛି । ଅର୍ଥାତ୍ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପର ଆବିର୍ଭାବ ହୋଇଛି । ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ବହୁତ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ପାଇଛି । ପ୍ରେମ ପାଇଁ ସେ ଜୀବନ ଉତ୍ସର୍ଗ କରିଛି।

Glossary:
heavens: ଆକାଶ
ebbed away: finished (ଶେଷ ହୋଇଗଲା)
marvellous: very beautiful ସୁନ୍ଦର )
petal: ପତ୍ରକ
maid: ଝିଅ
delicate:ସୂକ୍ଷ୍ମ
flush: ଝଲକ
press: put pressure (ଚାପ ଦେବା)
bitter: ତୀବ୍ର
thorn: କଣ୍ଟା
Love ….. tomb : Love isdeathless.(ପ୍ରେମର ମୃତ୍ୟୁ ନାହିଁ ।)
fainter: ମୂର୍ଚ୍ଛିତ
choking: ରୁଦ୍ଧ ହୋଇଯିବା
ecstasy: great delight (ପରମ ଆନନ୍ଦ)
the Nightingale .. answer: The nightingale was dead.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 The Nightingale and the Rose

Think it out

Question 1.
What does the nightingale do to get a red rose?
Answer:
To get a red rose the nightingale flies to the Rose-tree growing beneath the student’s door when the moon shines in the heavens. She presses her heart closer and closer to the thorn of the Rose-tree, singing throughout the night. As the night advances, the thorn pierces her heart more and more, and her life-blood exists no more.

Question 2.
What kind of songs does the nightingale sing?
Answer:
At first the nightingale sings of the emergence of love in the heart of a boy and a girl. There is no end to her song. With the advancement of night, she sings of the birth of passion that arises in the soul of both man and woman. The last song the nightingale sings is the song of Love that knows no death. In other words, the bird lastly sings the song of Love that defies space and time.

Question 3.
What is the effect of each song?
Answer:
The effect of the nightingale’s song is amazing. At first the nightingale sings of love in the heart of a boy and a girl putting her heart against the thorn and there blossoms a marvellous rose, petal after petal oh the top-most branch of the Rose-tree. When the nightingale sings of the birth of passion that emerges in the soul of man and woman in a louder voice, a delicate flush comes into the leaves of the rose. At last when the nightingale sings the song of Love in a faint voice the marvelous rose becomes crimson.

Unit – V

Gist :
It is noon. To his stunned disbelief the student sees the most beautiful red rose in his life. He hurriedly goes to the Professor’s home with the rose in his hand. Now with the reddest rose in the world at the disposal of the Professor’s daughter, the young student has a radiant vision of the night. They will dance together that night when he will express how deeply he loves her. Here is a dramatic twist in the story. The girl finds the red rose almost insulting, because she prefers jewels and gifts. Moreover, the boy, far from suffering her ingratitude, proves to be ungrateful to himself by tossing the flower aside and declaring that Logic is greater than Love.

ସାରମର୍ମ :
ଏହା ଥିଲା ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ସମୟ । ନିତାନ୍ତ ଅବିଶ୍ଵାସ୍ୟ ହୋଇଥିଲେ ହେଁ ଯୁବ-ଛାତ୍ରଜଣକ ତାଙ୍କ ଜୀବନରେ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଲାଲ୍‌ରଙ୍ଗର ଗୋଲାପ ଫୁଲଟିଏ ଦେଖିବାକୁ ପାଇଛନ୍ତି । ସେହି ଲାଲ୍ ରଙ୍ଗର ଗୋଲାପ ଫୁଲଟିକୁ ଧରି ସେ ପ୍ରଫେସରଙ୍କ ଝିଅ ନିକଟକୁ ଯାଇଛନ୍ତି । ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ପୃଥ‌ିବୀର ସବୁଠାରୁ ଲାଲ୍ ରଙ୍ଗର ଗୋଲାପ ସେହି ତରୁଣୀଙ୍କ ହାତ ପାହନ୍ତାରେ ପହଞ୍ଚିଛି । ଯୁବକଜଣଙ୍କ ମୁଖମଣ୍ଡଳରେ ଏକ ଉଜ୍ଜଳ ହସ ଫୁଟି ଉଠିଛି । ସେ ଯେତେବେଳେ ଏକାଠି ନୃତ୍ୟ କରିବେ ସେ ତା’ର ସଚ୍ଚା ପ୍ରେମକୁ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିବ ବୋଲି ଭାବିଛି । ମାତ୍ର ନାଟକୀୟ ଢଙ୍ଗରେ ଏଠାରେ ପରିବର୍ତ୍ତନ ଘଟିଛି । ଯୁବତୀଜଣକ ଏହି ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପକୁ ଅପମାନଜନକ ମନେ କରିଛି । ସେ ଚାହିଁଛି ଅଳଙ୍କାର ଓ ଉପହାର । ଯୁବକଜଣକ ନିଜ ପ୍ରେମିକାକୁ ଅକୃତଜ୍ଞ ମନେ କରିଛନ୍ତି ଏବଂ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପକୁ ରାସ୍ତାକୁ ଫୋପାଡ଼ି ଦେଇଛନ୍ତି । ସେ ତର୍କଶାସ୍ତ୍ରକୁ ପ୍ରେମଠାରୁ ଅଧିକ ମହତ୍ତ୍ଵପୂର୍ଣ୍ଣ ବୋଲି ଘୋଷଣା କରିଛନ୍ତି ।

Glossary:
wonderful piece of luck! : ଭାଗ୍ୟର ଅପୂର୍ବ ଅଂଶ
leaned down : ତଳକୁ ଓହ୍ଲାଇଲା
plucked: ତୋଳିଲା
put on : wear (ପିନ୍ଧିବା)
frowned: ରାଗରେ ଗର୍ଜନ କଲା
Ungrateful: ଅକୃତଜ୍ଞ
cart-wheel: ଶଗଡ଼ ଚକ
rude: harsh (ନିର୍ଭୟ)
Logic: ତର୍କଶାସ୍ତ୍ର
dusty: dirty (ମଇଳା)
Metaphysics: ଆଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମିକ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ର

CHSE Odisha Class 12 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 The Nightingale and the Rose

Think it out

Question 1.
What does the student do with the red rose?
Answer:
The student goes to the Professor’s house with the red rose. He hands over the gift to the Professor’s daughter whom he loves deeply. The student wants the girl to dance with him that night, because in response to her request, he has given her the reddest rose in the world.

Question 2.
How does the Professor’s daughter respond to the student’s gift of the red rose?
Answer:
The Professor’s daughter flatly rejects the student’s gift of the red rose. She finds it almost insulting, since she prefers jewels and gifts. These are more expensive than flowers. The vain daughter of die Professor accuses the student of being harsh and ungrateful. She treats him with contempt. To his shocked disbelief, she rises from the chair and enters the house.

Question 3.
Why does the student return to his books?
Answer:
The Professor’s daughter discards the student’s gift of the red rose. As a result, he is in a rage. He suffers the anguish of the girl’s ingratitude and throws the red rose into the street, with a passing cart run wer it. The student realizes that it was all caprice on his part. He declares that Logic is greater than Love, because the latter is quite deceptive. In his view, in this crude age, to be practical matters most. Hence the student returns to his books.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 English The Nightingale and the Rose Important Questions and Answers

Multiple-Choice Questions (MCQs) with Answers

Question 1.
The student ________ a red rose.
(A) asked for
(B) ran after
(C) scrambled for
(D) panged in
Answer:
(D) panged in

Question 2.
In the student, the nightingale finds a _________.
(A) brilliant scholar
(B) a mad young boy
(C) true lover
(D) all of these
Answer:
(C) true lover

Question 3.
The nightingale sings of love ___________.
(A) off and on
(B) in a state of melancholy
(C) heedless of the external world
(D) for nights together
Answer:
(D) for nights together

CHSE Odisha Class 12 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 The Nightingale and the Rose

Question 4.
Love is _________.
(A) nice
(B) precious
(C) wonderful
(D) both (B) and (C)
Answer:
(B) precious

Question 5.
The butterfly and lizard __________ the student’s weeping for a red rose.
(A) look down
(B) looked down upon
(C) laughed at
(D) jeered
Answer:
(C) laughed at

Question 6.
The young student’s sorrow moved the nightingale to –
(A) tears
(B) pity
(C) excitement
(D) commitment
Answer:
(A) tears

Question 7.
The response of the first rose-tree to the nightingale’s appeal for a red rose was _________.
(A) negative
(B) positive
(C) ray of hope
(D) evasive
Answer:
(A) negative

Question 8.
The word ‘ nipped’ means ___________.
(A) plucked
(B) cut
(C) destroyed
(D) killed
Answer:
(C) destroyed

Question 9.
The condition set by the rose-tree growing beneath the student’s window to give the nightingale a red rose was ___________.
(A) ridiculous
(B) serious
(C) a very tough
(D) none of these
Answer:
(C) a very tough

Question 10.
The nightingale’s decision to get a red rose sacrificing her life is attributed to _________.
(A) supremacy of love over life
(B) her adoration of love
(C) her sympathy for the student
(D) her attachment to the student
Answer:
(A) supremacy of love over life

CHSE Odisha Class 12 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 The Nightingale and the Rose

Question 11.
The boy’s beautiful eyes gave a sign of _____________.
(A) hope
(B) strength
(C) sadness
(D) none of these
Answer:
(C) sadness

Question 12.
The tone of the nightingale is one of ___________.
(A) disillusionment
(B) certainty
(C) doubt
(D) assurance
Answer:
(D) assurance

Question 13.
The boy felt that the nightingale’s words are ____________.
(A) pragmatic
(B) absurd
(C) theoretical
(D) emotional
Answer:
(C) theoretical

Question 14.
The nightingale responded to the oak tree’s request for singing her last song for him ___________.
(A) sentimentally
(B) affirmatively
(C) sorrowfully
(D) none of these
Answer:
(B) affirmatively

Question 15.
The student always thinks of __________.
(A) reading books
(B) the nightingale
(C) artists
(D) love
Answer:
(D) love

Question 16.
Which one of the following statements is true?
(A) The nightingale sings for nights.
(B) It is a moon-lit night.
(C) At last, the nightingale sings the origin of love in the heart of a boy and a girl.
(D) Her life-blood becomes thicker
Answer:
(B) It is a moon-lit night.

CHSE Odisha Class 12 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 The Nightingale and the Rose

Question 17.
Which one of the following statements is false?
(A) The nightingale’s heart is away from the thorn.
(B) She sings on and on.
(C) At first, the rose petal looks pale.
(D) The nightingale obeys the words of the rose-tree.
Answer:
(A) The nightingale’s heart is away from the thorn.

Question 18.
With the nightingale’s song grow louder and louder, her song becomes more and more __________.
(A) melodious
(B) monotonous
(C) about the source of passion in the soul of a man and a maid
(D) none of these
Answer:
(C) about the source of passion in the soul of a man and a maid

Question 19.
The nightingale sings of love that is __________.
(A) timeless
(B) ephemeral
(C) transparent
(D) all of these
Answer:
(A) timeless

Question 20.
The nightingale’s life is marked by ___________.
(A) pain
(B) pleasure
(C) futility
(D) sacrifice
Answer:
(D) sacrifice

Question 21.
The rose the student sees is the most __________.
(A) fragrant
(B) alluring
(C) repulsive
(D) beautiful and the reddest
Answer:
(D) beautiful and the reddest

Question 22.
The Professor’s daughter discarded the student’s gift of red rose _________.
(A) reluctantly
(B) thoughtfully
(C) outright
(D) none of these
Answer:
(C) outright

CHSE Odisha Class 12 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 The Nightingale and the Rose

Question 23.
She epitomises ___________.
(A) determination
(B) vanity
(C) ingratitude
(D) both (A) and (B)
Answer:
(D) both (A) and (B)

Question 24.
At last, the student realises that love stands for _____________.
(A) all that is beautiful
(B) perfection
(C) foolishness
(D) nobility
Answer:
(C) foolishness

Question 25.
He reconciles himself to life’s __________.
(A) problems
(B) frustration
(C) unfulfillment
(D) reality
Answer:
(D) reality

Introducing the Author :
Oscar Wilde (1854-1900) was a gifted British poet, playwright, novelist and short story writer from Ireland. He associated himself with the literary movement of his time called aestheticism which defined the nature and purpose of art as an independent form free from any moral consideration. ‘Art never expresses anything but itself,’ wrote Wilde and in this view he has had his followers. His own poems, written accordingly, were a mixture of verbal felicity and affected sentiment. His well-known works include the comedy, The Importance of Being Earnest, the novel, The Picture of Dorian Gray, now filmed, and a number of short stories. Wilde was a brilliant conversationalist and his plays abound in smart brilliant dialogue. Today Wilde is best remembered for his short stories, which are available in volumes like The Happy Prince and Other Tales (1888) and A House of pomegranates (1891). Like all other writings of the author, the stories are marked by ‘sparkling wit, an eye for humorous situations, and an insight into human nature’. Among the stories there is a bundle of engaging tales meant for children. They describe in a simple and somewhat fairy tale fashion some meaningful happenings which contain a striking blend of truth and wisdom.

About the Story :
The main theme of Oscar Wilde’s short story “The Nightingale and the Rose” explores the effects of self-sacrifice in the name of what one truly believes in. As the title suggests, the Nightingale is the main character of the short story. The bird offers her life as an ultimate sacrifice in the name of love, thinking that this would have made a difference in the life of a student. Her sacrifice goes in vain.

“The Nightingale and the Rose” ଗଳ୍ପରେ ଜଣେ ନିଜର ଏକାନ୍ତ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ ନିମନ୍ତେ ଜୀବନ ଉତ୍ସର୍ଗ କରିବାର ଫଳାଫଳ ଉପରେ ଆଲୋକପାତ କରାଯାଇଛି । ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପକ୍ଷୀ ଏହି ଗଛର ମୁଖ୍ୟ ଚରିତ୍ର । ପ୍ରେମର ଚିରନ୍ତନତାକୁ ବଜାୟ ରଖିବା ପାଇଁ ପକ୍ଷୀଟି ତା’ର ଜୀବନକୁ ଉତ୍ସର୍ଗ କରିଛି । ସେ ଚିନ୍ତା କରିଛି ଯେ ଛାତ୍ରଟିର ଜୀବନରେ ଏହା ଏକ ଭିନ୍ନ ଅବସ୍ଥା ସୃଷ୍ଟି କରିବ । କିନ୍ତୁ ତା’ର ଚରମ ଉତ୍ସର୍ଗ ବିଫଳତାରେ ପର୍ଯ୍ୟବସିତ ହୋଇଛି ।

CHSE Odisha Class 12 English Solutions Non-Detailed Chapter 1 The Nightingale and the Rose

Summary :
The Professor’s daughter is the young Oxford student’s true love. She is ready to dance with him if he brings her a red rose. The Student feels sad, because there is no red rose in the garden. The Nightingale hears the young man’s pine for a red rose. In him the bird sees a ‘true lover’. The young Student visualises his state of loneliness without dancing with the girl he loves. The sight of her darling with others will bring him a deepening frustration.

The absence of a red rose torments him. The young Student’s love makes the Nightingale think how she sings song of love for nights together. She profuses, praises love which is a wonderful thing, more valuable than any other and costlier than fine opals. Love she says, is priceless. The Nightingale admires the young student for his painful love. The sight of the weeping young Student for a red rose has no effect on a little Green Lizard and Butterfly. They don’t share his sorrow.

To them, the student’s eagerness for a red rose appears ridiculous. But the Nightingale understands his secret. She wonders at the mystery of love. The Nightingale is moved to pity by the young Student’s sorrow. She wishes to find a red rose as a gift for him. She leaves the Oak-tree in search of it. While flying higher, she catches sight of a beautiful Rose-tree and requests it to give her a red rose in exchange of her beautiful song.

To the Nightingale’s disappointment, the tree states that its roses are white. But the Nightingale find a ray of hope, when the Rose-tree wants her to go to his brother that grows beneath the student’s window. The bird flies over to the Tree and appeals for a red rose, but in vain. In spite of growing red roses, they have now turned into white ones. The biting winter has destroyed its buds. Storm has wrecked havoc.
The Nightingale still asks the Tree for a red rose. It succumbs to her will. The Tree is ready to give her a red rose, if she sings to it throughout the night with her breast against the thorn. Her life-blood will turn the white rose into a red one. The Nightingale is ready to sacrifice her life for the sake of love.

Brimming with joy, the bird meets the love-stricken young Student and promises him to bring him a red rose. But she wants an assurance from him in return. He will be a true lover. He listens, but cannot make out what the Nightingale is saying. But the Oak-tree understands, feels sad. He wants the bird to sing him one last song, for he will be lonely without her. Soon after the completion of her song, the Student writes about the bird’s music, style, her lack of sincerity and sacrifice for others in his note book.

The Nightingale flies to the Rose-tree growing beneath the Student’s window when the moon shines in the heavens. She believes in true and eternal love. She pinches her own heart against the thorn of the Rose-tree and turns it red with her own blood. She sacrifices her life in the name of love. It is noon. The Student’s delight knows no bound at the sight of a beautiful red rose. He meets the Professor’s daughter with it, but she rejects the rose and in turn, the Student throws the red rose away in the gutter, with a passing cart running over it. The Nightingale’s ultimate sacrifice for the cause of true love goes in vain.

ସାରାଂଶ :
ଅକ୍‌ସଫୋର୍ଡର ଜଣେ ଯୁବ-ଛାତ୍ର ପ୍ରେମ କରନ୍ତି ପ୍ରଫେସରଙ୍କର ଝିଅକୁ । ଯଦି ସେ ପ୍ରେମିକାଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଗୋଟିଏ ଲାଲ୍ ରଙ୍ଗର ଗୋଲାପ ଫୁଲ ଆଣିବେ, ତେବେ ତରୁଣୀ ପ୍ରେମିକା ତାଙ୍କ ସଙ୍ଗେ ନୃତ୍ୟ ପରିବେଷଣ କରିବ ବୋଲି ସର୍ଭ ରଖୁଛି ।ରଖୁଛି । ଛାତ୍ରଟି ଦୁଃଖରେ ଭାଙ୍ଗିପଡ଼ିଛି କାରଣ ସେହି ବଗିଚାରେ ଲାଲ୍ ରଙ୍ଗର ଗୋଲାପ ମିଳିନାହିଁ । ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପକ୍ଷୀ ଲାଲ୍ ରଙ୍ଗର ଗୋଲାପ ପାଇବାପାଇଁ ଯୁବକର ବ୍ୟାକୁଳତା ଜାଣିପାରେ । ସେହି ଯୁବକଙ୍କଠାରେ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପକ୍ଷୀ ଦେଖେ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପକ୍ଷୀ ସଚ୍ଚା ପ୍ରେମିକର ପ୍ରତିମୂର୍ତ୍ତି ।

ନିଜ ପ୍ରେମିକା ଯୁବତୀଙ୍କ ସହିତ ନୃତ୍ୟ କରିନପାରିବାର ଏକାନ୍ତ ନିଃସଙ୍ଗ ଅବସ୍ଥା ବିଷୟରେ ଯୁବଛାତ୍ରଜଣକ ଭାବିଛି । ତାଙ୍କର ପ୍ରିୟ ପ୍ରେୟସୀ ତାଙ୍କୁ ଛାଡ଼ି ଅନ୍ୟ ଜଣଙ୍କ ସହ ନୃତ୍ୟ କରିବା ସେ ଆଦୌ ସହ୍ୟ କରିପାରିବେ ନାହିଁ । ତାଙ୍କର ଜୀବନ ପ୍ରତି ବିତୃଷ୍ଣା ଆସିଯାଏ । ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ନ ପାଇ ସେ ମାନସିକ ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣା ପାଆନ୍ତି । ଯୁବ-ଛାତ୍ରଙ୍କର ପ୍ରେମକୁ ଦେଖି ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପକ୍ଷୀ ଭାବେ ସେ କିଭଳି ରାତି ରାତି ଧରି ପ୍ରେମର ଗୀତ ଗାଇଥାଏ । ସେ ଭାବେ ସବୁଠାରୁ ମୂଲ୍ୟବାନ୍ ହେଉଛି ପ୍ରେମ । ପ୍ରେମ ଆଗରେ ସବୁ ଜିନିଷ ତୁଚ୍ଛ । ପ୍ରେମର ମୂଲ୍ୟ କେହି ଦେଇପାରିବେ ନାହିଁ । ଏହି ଯନ୍ତ୍ରଣାଦାୟକ ପ୍ରେମ ପାଇଁ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ଯୁବକଙ୍କୁ ପ୍ରଶଂସା କରିଛି । ଏକ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ଫୁଲ ପାଇବାପାଇଁ ଯୁବ- ଛାତ୍ରଙ୍କର କ୍ରନ୍ଦନର ମୂଲ୍ୟ ଏକ ଛୋଟ ନୀଳବର୍ଣ୍ଣର ଝିଟିପିଟି ପ୍ରଜାପତି କିଛି ବୁଝିପାରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ସେମାନେ ଯୁବକଙ୍କର ଦୁଃଖରେ ଭାଗିଦାର ହୋଇପାରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ଛାତ୍ରଟିର ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ପାଇବାର ଆକାଂକ୍ଷାକୁ ସେମାନେ ପରିହାସ କରନ୍ତି । କିନ୍ତୁ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପକ୍ଷୀ ବୁଝେ ପ୍ରେମିକ ଯୁବକ ମନରେ ଲୁକ୍‌କାୟିତ ହୋଇଥିବା ପ୍ରେମର ଆସରକୁ । ପ୍ରେମର ରହସ୍ୟକୁ ଦେଖୁ ସେ ଆଶ୍ଚର୍ଯ୍ୟ ହୋଇଯାଏ ।

ଯୁବ-ଛାତ୍ରଙ୍କର ଦୁଃଖରେ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ଦୁଃଖ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରେ । ସେ ପ୍ରେମିକ ଯୁବକଙ୍କୁ ଉପହାର ଭାବେ ଏକ ଲାଲ ଗୋଲାପ ଦେବା ପାଇଁ ଇଚ୍ଛା କରେ । ସେ ସେହି ଓକ୍ ବୃକ୍ଷ ଛାଡ଼ି ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପର ଅନୁସନ୍ଧାନରେ ଚାଲିଯାଏ । ଉପରେ ଉଡ଼ି ଉଡ଼ି ଯାଉଥ‌ିବା ସମୟରେ ସେ ଦେଖେ ଏକ ସୁନ୍ଦର ଗୋଲାପ ଗଛ ଯାହାକୁ ସେ ତା’ର ସୁନ୍ଦର ଗୀତ ବଦଳରେ ଏକ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କରେ । କିନ୍ତୁ ଗୋଲାପ ବୃକ୍ଷଟି କହେ ତା’ପାଖରେ କେବଳ ଧଳା ଗୋଲାପ ଅଛି । ଏହା ଶୁଣି ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ମନ ଦୁଃଖରେ ଭାଙ୍ଗିପଡ଼େ । ପୁନଶ୍ଚ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପକ୍ଷୀ ମନରେ ଆଶାର ଆଲୋକ ସଞ୍ଚାର ହୁଏ ଯେତେବେଳେ ସେହି ଗୋଲାପ ବୃକ୍ଷଟି କହେ ତା’ର ଭାଇ ଯିଏକି ସେହି ପ୍ରେମିକ ଯୁବକଙ୍କର ଝରକାତଳେ ଅଛି, ତା’ ପାଖରେ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ଅଛି । ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍‌ ସେହି ଗୋଲାପ ଗଛ ପାଖକୁ ଯାଏ ଏବଂ ଏକ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କରେ । କିନ୍ତୁ ସଫଳ ହୁଏ ନାହିଁ । ଗୋଲାପ ଗଛଟି କହେ ଯେ ତା’ର ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପଗୁଡ଼ିକ ବର୍ତ୍ତମାନ ଧଳା ହୋଇଯାଇଛନ୍ତି । ଭୀଷଣ ଥଣ୍ଡା ଏହାର କଢ଼ିଗୁଡ଼ିକୁ ନଷ୍ଟ କରିଦେଇଛି । ଝଡ଼ ସବୁ ଧ୍ବଂସ କରିଦେଇଛି ।

ତଥାପି ମଧ୍ୟ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପକ୍ଷୀ ଏକ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ପାଇବାପାଇଁ ଗଛଟିକୁ ଅନୁରୋଧ କରିଛି । ଗଛଟି କହିଛି ଯେ ସେ ଏକ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ଦେବାପାଇଁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ; ଯଦି ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ରାତିସାରା ତା’ର କଣ୍ଟାକୁ ଛାତିରେ ଲଗାଇ ରଖି ଗୀତ ଗାଇବ । ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍‌ଠାରୁ ଝରିତ ଲାଲ ରକ୍ତ ସେହି ଧଳା ରଙ୍ଗର ଗୋଲାପକୁ ଲାଲ୍ କରିଦେବ । ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ସଚ୍ଚା ପ୍ରେମ ପାଇଁ ତା’ର ଜୀବନକୁ ଉତ୍ସର୍ଗ କରିବାପାଇଁ ପ୍ରସ୍ତୁତ ହୋଇଛି ।
ଖୁସିରେ ଆତ୍ମହରା ହୋଇ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପକ୍ଷୀ ସେହି ପ୍ରେମିକ ଯୁବ-ଛାତ୍ରଙ୍କ ନିକଟକୁ ଯାଇଛି ଏବଂ ତାଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଏକ ଲାଲ୍ ରଙ୍ଗର ଗୋଲାପ ଫୁଲ ଆଣିଦେବାପାଇଁ ପ୍ରତିଜ୍ଞା କରିଛି । କିନ୍ତୁ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ଚାହେଁ ଯୁବକଜଣକ ଜଣେ ସଚ୍ଚା ପ୍ରେମିକ ହୁଅନ୍ତୁ । ସେ ଶୁଣନ୍ତି, କିନ୍ତୁ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ କ’ଣ କହୁଛି କିଛି ବୁଝିପାରନ୍ତି ନାହିଁ । ଓକ୍ ବୃକ୍ଷ ଦୁଃଖ ପ୍ରକାଶ କରିଛି । ସେ ଚାହିଁଛି ପକ୍ଷୀଟି ତାଙ୍କ ପାଇଁ ଶେଷ ଗୀତ ଗାଉ, କାରଣ ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପକ୍ଷୀ ବିନା ଓକ୍ ବୃକ୍ଷ ଏକାନ୍ତ ହୋଇଯିବ । ପକ୍ଷୀଟିର ଗୀତର ସମାପ୍ତି ପରେ, ଛାତ୍ରଟି ପକ୍ଷୀର ସଙ୍ଗୀତ ତଥା ଶୈଳୀ ଏବଂ ଅନ୍ୟମାନଙ୍କ ତା’ର ତ୍ୟାଗ ମନୋବୃତ୍ତିର ଅଭାବ ବିଷୟରେ ଟିପ୍‌ପଣୀ ଲେଖୁଛି ।

ଯେତେବେଳେ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର ଉଦୟ ହୋଇଛି, ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍ ପକ୍ଷୀଟି ସେହି ଛାତ୍ରଙ୍କ ଝରକା ତଳେ ଥିବା ଗୋଲାପ ଗଛ ନିକଟକୁ ଉଡ଼ିଯାଇଛି । ସେ ଚିରନ୍ତନ ପ୍ରେମ ଉପରେ ବିଶ୍ଵାସ କରେ । ଏକ ଧଳା ରଙ୍ଗର ଗୋଲାପର କଣ୍ଟା ଉପରେ ସେ ତା’ର ହୃଦୟକୁ ବିଦ୍ଧ କରିଛି ଏବଂ ନିଜର ରକ୍ତରେ ସେହି ଧଳା ରଙ୍ଗର ଗୋଲାପକୁ ରକ୍ତବର୍ଣ୍ଣର ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପରେ ପରିଣତ କରିପାରିଛି । ଯୁବକର ପ୍ରେମ ପାଇଁ ସେ ତା’ର ଜୀବନକୁ ଉତ୍ସର୍ଗ କରିଦେଇଛି ।

ଏହା ହେଉଛି ମଧ୍ୟାହ୍ନ ସମୟ । ଛାତ୍ରଟି ବଗିଚାରେ ଏକ ଲାଲ୍ ଗୋଲାପ ଫୁଲ ଦେଖ୍ ଖୁବ୍ ଖୁସି ହୋଇଯାଇଛି । ସେ ଲାଲ୍ ରଙ୍ଗର ଗୋଲାପଟିକୁ ସାଙ୍ଗରେ ନେଇ ପ୍ରଫେସରଙ୍କର ଝିଅଙ୍କୁ ସାକ୍ଷାତ୍ କରିଛି, କିନ୍ତୁ ଯୁବତୀଜଣକ ଯୁବକଙ୍କର ପ୍ରେମକୁ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ କରିଛି ଏବଂ ଯୁବକଜଣକ ସେହି ଲାଲ୍ ରଙ୍ଗର ଗୋଲାପଟିକୁ ରାସ୍ତାକୁ ଫୋପାଡ଼ି ଦେଇଛି । ବୁଲ୍‌ବୁଲ୍‌ର ଯୁବକର ପ୍ରେମ ପାଇଁ ଚରମ ଉତ୍ସର୍ଗ ବୃଥା ହୋଇଯାଇଛି ।

Read More:

Memories of Crossgates School Question Answer Class 11 Alternative English Chapter 1 CHSE Odisha

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Approaches to English Book 1 Solutions Unit 1 Text A: Memories of Crossgates School Textbook Activity Questions and Answers.

Class 11th Alternative English Chapter 1 Memories of Crossgates School Question Answers CHSE Odisha

Memories of Crossgates School Class 11 Questions and Answers

Activity – 1

Comprehension:
Look at the passage again and put a tick mark against the correct alternative.
(a) The writer describes the pleasure of school life enjoyed during.
(i) Winter,
(ii) Summer,
(iii) Summer and Winter.
Answer:
Summer (✓)

(b) The phrase ‘taking fee walk’ in line 15 is given within question marks to indicate.
(i) that the writer does not approve of the master’s talking a walk.
(ii) that the mortar was actually keeping watch over the boys on fee pretext of taking the walk.
(iii) fee mortar had gone on a visit to the town on the pretex of taking a walk.
Answer:
That the mortar was actually keeping watch over the boys on fee pretext of taking the walks. (✓)

Activity – 2

Comprehension:
Answer the following question briefly as you can.
(a) At what time of the day did the writer bath in fee sea?
Answer:
In the afternoon of the day, the writer took bath in fee sea.

(b) Did he enjoy swimming among the chalk boulders or have a sense suffering for it? What words in the text tell you the’ answer?
Answer:
The author had a pleasant pain for his swimming among the’ chalk boulder. lt was painful because he was full of cuts when he was back at home. The words – “bathed dangerously” and “covered; with cuts” tell us this answer in the text.

(c) What was the boys’ “special treat” in mid-summer evening?
Answer:
The boy had a “special treat” in mid-summer evenings when they were not driven off to hed arid were allowed to go about the grounds in the long twilight terminating in a drive into the swimming bath at about 9 O’clock.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text A: Memories of Crossgates School

(d) Who were Orwell’s favourite authors in his boyhood ?”
Answer:
Ian Hay, Thackeray, Kipling and H.GWells were Orwell’s favourite authors in his boyhood.

(e) What are the different kinds of caterpillars ‘ that’ Orwell mentions in the passage?
Answer:
The silky green and purple puss moth, the ghostly green popular lewk, the private hawk are the kinds of caterpillars that Orwell mentions in the passage.

(f) What does Orwell say about his “hopeless love affair”?
Answer:
Orwell had a proud love for cricket till he was eighteen. But he was not cricket till he was eighteen. But he was not at all well at the game. Therefore it was “hopeless Ipye affair- a relentless love without any yield.

(g) What does Orwell learn from his experiences at Crossgates School?
Answer:
Orwell learnt a lot of sweet and bitter experiences at Crossgates school. The childhood days were the formative years when children enjoy moving about scot-free. This experience helps to build up the conviction that the things one wants ‘most are always unattainable.

Activity – 3

Writing:
Write in points, the six pleasures of school life that the writer mentions in the passage.
Answer:
The six pleasures of school life that the writer mentions in the passage are:
(1) Bathing dangerously among the chalk boulder in the sea in the returning afternoon.
(2) Deriving special pleasure from mid summer evenings to move about the grounds in the long twilight and taking a dive into the swimming bath at about 9 O’clock.
(3) Walking early on summer morning and having an hour’s undisturbed reading of his favourite authors like Ian Hary, Thackery, Kipling and H.G Wells.
(4) Devoting to cricket hopelessly because he was not good at this game in spite of his sincere efforts.
(5) Keeping caterpillars and dragging a beg-net along the bottom the dew ponds to collect biological specimens.
(6) Escaping long enough from the master with the illicitly purchased of tiny insects.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text A: Memories of Crossgates School

Activity – 4

Grammar:
Subject-verb Agreement in ’There’ constructions will you please give Text-A another look to find out how many ‘there….’ sentences are used by the author? Notice that sentence-2 in the text-Sentences on summer afternoons there were wonderful expeditions across the Downs…. is a ‘there…’ sentence. Write the sentence number as well as the ‘there…’ sentence you find in the text.
Answer:
Sentence-3: And there were still more wonderful midsummer evening when as a special treat, we were not driven off to bed as usual but allowed to wander about the grounds in the long twilight, ending up with a plunge into the swimming bath at about 9 O’clock.

Sentence-4: There was the joy of walking early on summer morning and getting in an hour’s undisturbed reading (Ian Hay, Thackery, Kipling and H.G. Wells were, the favourite authors of my boyhood) in the sunlight sleeping dormitory.

Sentence-5: There was also cricket which I was no good act but with which 1 conducted a sort of hopeless love affair upto the age of about eighteen.

Sentence-6: And there was the pleasure of keeping caterpillars-the silky iron and purple puss-math, the ghostly green popular park, the privet hawk, large as one’s third finger specimens of which could be illicitly purchased for sixpence at a shop in the town-and when one could escape long enough from the morter who was “taking the walk” share was the excitement of dredging the dew-ponds on the Downs for enormous newts with orange coloured Bellies.

You can very well notice that the verb ‘there’- sentences is either was or more. As you known the verb in an English sentence agrees with the subject in number and person.

Example:
(1) He was ready.
(2) They were ready,
(3) I am reading English grammar today.
(4) She is writing a letter to his friend now.

The subject ‘he’ in sentence-1 is singular in number and so, a singular verb ‘was’ has been used- The sentence would. be wrong if a ‘plural’ verb, such as were, was used. Also notice that verb ‘were’ in sentence two agrees with the subject they in respect of plurality.

The verbs in sentences (3) and (4), do not differ in number i.e., both of them have singular subjects, but they do differ in person. ‘I’ is a first person pronoun, while ‘she’ is a third-person pronoun. So the difference in the verb ‘am’ and ‘is’ are according to them.

In sentences 1-4, the subject comes before the verb. In these sentences, however,’ there’ comes in the subject position while the real subject (which is .also. known as the postponed subject), occurs after the verb. You can, now look back at your list of these sentences above and notice that the verb after there is ‘was’ or ‘were’ according to whether the postponed subject is singular or plural. Thus, in sentence 2 of the text-Sometimes on summer afternoon, there were wonderful expeditions…. the verb ‘were’ is plural because the postponed subject wonderful expeditions is plural. In sentence 4 of the text-there was the Joy of walking easily the singular verb was agrees with the singular postponed subject the Joy of walking early.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text A: Memories of Crossgates School

Now fill in each blank in the following letter with an appropriate verb from the following list:
is required
is take
do not object
are
attract
is wanted.

Dated the 11th June 2001
To
The Chairperson.
Bhimpur Municipality,
Bhimpur.
Madam,
I would like to express my concern at the growing number of so-called lottery centres in our town.
There__________ several reasons why I object to these places. Firstly, die operators under the false promise Of an easy fortune, _________quite substantial amounts of money away from the poor people who ate least able to afford it. Secondly, While I __________ to gambling in principle, I feel that this particular kind, where no skill __________ on the part of the betting person, is especially Offensive and deadening to the intellect. Thirdly, these establishments often ____________ undesirable individuals into the neighbourhood. Lastly, die physical appearance of these places is must unattractive, and there __________ almost always a lot of noise around. I hope that the Municipal Council will consider very carefully whether this mindless kind of gambling is what _______________ in this traditionally peaceful town.

Yours faithfully,
Smita Samantray.

Answer:
To
The Chairperson
Bhimpur Municipality,
Bhimpur.
Madam,
I would like to express my concern at the growing number of so-called lottery centres in our town.
There are several reasons why I object to these places. Firstly, the operators under the false promise of an easy fortune, take quite substantial amounts of money away from the poor people who are least able to afford it. Secondly, while I do not object to gambling in principle, I feel that this particular kind, where no skill is required in the part of the betting person, is especially offensive and deadening to the intellect. Thirdly, these establishments often attract undersirable individuals into the neighbourhood. Lastly, the physical appearance of these places is must unattractive, and there is almost always a lot of noise around. I hope that the Municipal Council will consider very carefully whether this mindless kind of gambling is what is wanted in this traditionally peaceful town.

Yours faithfully,
Smita Samantray.

Section- A
Pre-reading Activity:
Before reading the following passage which presents George Orwell’s recollection of his school days, write three main things which you remember about your school days.
(1)
(2)
(3)
Now read Text A below quickly to see what Orwell remembers about his school days.

Section- B
Pre-reading Activity:
The text you are going to read in this section has the title “Make Me a Child Again. Just for Tonight”. Almost every one of us has fond memories of childhood, and therefore wants to become a child again. Can you write below three possible reasons why people want to become children again?
(1)
(2)
(3)

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text A: Memories of Crossgates School

Pre-reading Tips:
In this section, you will read a passage or learning. Your primary aim here is to grasp the central meaning of the passage. To do this rapidly and accurately, you have to adopt aggressive reading. In other words, you must get into the habit of speeding through words and you must try to focus on the broad structure, of the passage while reading.

Try to recognise the author’s pattern of thinking and to realise how the detail serve to highlight the main ideas, but don’t let these details slow you down Skim or Skip whenever you feel, you can safely do so, that is, where, you are reasonably sure that you know what the next sentence or paragraph will contain. In order to detect the author’s pattern of thinking and to understand what, in essence,the author is trying to say, you don’t have to read every single word or every single sentence. By thinking along with the author’s pattern of thinking, you can predict what is likely to come next, and whether it is important, less important or completely unimportant to the central meaning of the text. Now cruise through Text-B with conscious pressure on your speed, with an awareness that you must go first. As average learner on the Alternative English course needs 4 to 6 minutes to complete a quick reading of the passage with the aim of grasping the central idea of the piece.

Extra Activity – 4(A)

A. Make sentences of your own using the following:
horde
expeditions
bath
wander
plunge
ghostly
specimen
illicit
escape
excitement

Answer:
horde – He encountered a horde of critical situations.
expeditions – We pray God before starting our expeditions.
wander – The mad man wanders the whole Say.
bath – We should have our baths before praying God.
plunge – We plunge into a river before swimming.
ghostly – The terrorists made the atmosphere ghostly.
specimen – The bank requires specimen signature before opening an account.
illicit – It is illicit to keep gun without licence.
escape – The criminal made all possible efforts to escape punishment
excitement – One cant act well without excitement.

B. Supply appropriate prepositions in the blanks:

(a) We go by the river __________ summer evenings.
(b) He came back from the forest covered __________ cuts.
(c) We were not driven ___________ to bed as used but allowed to wander __________ the grounds _______the long twilight ending up with a plunge ___________ the swimming bath ____________ 9 O’clock.
(d) There was also cricket which I was no good ‘ but ___________ which I conducted a sort of hopeless love affair ____________ the a sort of hopeless love affair ___________ the age of about eighteen.
(e) This business __________ being out ___________ a walk coming across something _________ fascinating interest and then being dragged __________ it by a yell ___________the mortar, like a dog jerked onwards ___________ die leash, is an important feature ___________ school life.

Answer:
(a) We go by the river on summer evening.
(b) He came back from the forest covered with cuts.
(c) We were not driven off to bed as usual. but allowed to wander about the grounds In the long twilight ending up with a plunge into the swimming bath at about 9 O’clock.
(d) There was also cricket which 1 was no good at but with which I conducted a sort of hopeless love affairs upto the age of about eighteen.
(e) This business of being out for a week coming across something of fascinating interest and then being dogged away from it by a yell from the mortar like a dog jerked onwards by the leash. It is an important feature of school life.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text A: Memories of Crossgates School

C. Use the following :
cover
finger
treat
purchase
ground
escape
end
master
conduct
walk
Answer:
cover :
(N) The cover of this book is attractive.
(V) They covered the idol with flowers.
treat:
(N) Going on a horse’s back gives a special treat.
(V) They treated their guests with respect.
ground:
(N) Your argument has no ground.
(V) This building grounds on a solid structure.
end:
(N) The play has a tragic end.
(V) The play ends with a tragic note.
finger:
(N) Our fingers are not equal.
(V) He fingers well in typing.
purchase:
(N) Business centres round.
(V) He purchased a car yesterday.
escape:
(N) He had no escape from such a crime.
(V) At last, the criminal escaped from the prison.
Master:
(N) The master scolded his servant for his mistake.
(V) He has mastered English language well.

Memories of Crossgates School Summary in English

However, George Orwell had memories at Crossgates School. They were both sweet and bitter memories. He, very often, had beautiful expeditions to different spots. These were Downs, a vast grassy land, and Beachy Head an attractive spot for summer days. He also took baths in Beachy Head. Sometimes, he returned home with injuries. They also had special pleasure from the midsummer evenings. He also very often wander about in the twilight. He also derived great pleasure by taking a dive into the swimming bath. He had also great mirth of getting up early on summer mornings and also reading Ian Hay. Thacjceran, Kipling and H.G. Wells works. Actually, he was not very good at cricket, but this did not imply that he did not love it. On the other hand, he loved cricket upto eighteen. He also took tremendous joy in the forbidden churphase of tiny insects and ran ‘away from the mortar who was “taking the walk”. He had pleasant experiences in bringing up bag nets to collect newts with dredges. He was also bringing up other biological specimens.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Unit 1 Text A: Memories of Crossgates School

Outlines of the Eassay :

  • George Or well had memories at Crossgates School.
  • They were both sweet and bitter memories.
  • He, very often, had beautiful expeditions to different spots.
  • These were Downs, a vast grassy land and Beachy Head, an attractive spot for summer days.
  • He also took baths in Beachy Head.
  • Sometimes, he returned home with injuries.
  • He also had special pleasure from the mid-summer evening.
  • He also very often wandered about in the twilight.
  • He also derived great pleasure by diving into the summer bath.
  • He had also great joy of getting up early on summer mornings.
  • He derived great joy by reading land Hay, Thackery, Kipling and H.G Wells works.
  • However, he was not very good at cricket.
  • This did not imply that he did not love it.
  • Actually, he loved cricket upto eighteen.
  • He also took tremendous joy in the forbidden purchase of tiny insects.
  • He ran away from the mortar who was ‘taking the walk’.
  • He had pleasant experiences in bringing up beg nets to collect newts with dredges.
  • He was also bringing up other biological specimens.

Word Meaning:
horde – a lot of, a great number, crowd, a group of.
expeditions – journeys, movement, wanderings.
the Downs – vast- grassy land.
treat (n) – joy, pleasure, pleasant experience.
wander – roam, move, travel, go about.
twilight – faint half-light after sunset or before sunrise.
walking – getting up from bed, go without sleep.
illicitly – illegally, unlawfully.
purchased – bought, had or exchanged for money.
escape – run away from free sight of
excitement – stirring up, provocation.
dredging – dragging a bag net along the bottom to collect biological specimens.
depends – small ponds.
enormous – large, huge, very big in size.
newts – small aquatic animals wife a moist skin, short legs a long tail.
yell – sound, shout or noise produces from a.distance.
unattainable – which, can not be obtained easily.

Read More:

The Rainbow-Bird Question Answer Class 11 Alternative English Short Stories Chapter 1 CHSE Odisha

Odisha State Board CHSE Odisha Class 11 Approaches to English Book 2 Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Class 11th Alternative English Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird Question Answers CHSE Odisha

The Rainbow-Bird Class 11 Questions and Answers

Section- I

Questions For Discussion:
Question 1.
Why was Maggie unmindful in the classroom the whole afternoon?
Answer:
Maggie was unmindful in the classroom the whole after-noon because her mind had been filled with the vision of the Rain-bow bird.

Question 2.
“The hands crawled down the cracked face of the clock with aggravating slowness….”. What does this expression suggest ?
Answer:
Maggie felt as if the hands of the c,ock were consider ably slow. A small spare of time seemed very long to her. Waiting makes time longer. And therefore she felt that the hands of the clock were very slow in their movement as her mind was preoccupied with the thought of the bird.

Question 3.
Why did Maggie avoid the other girls of the class?
Answer:
Maggie avoided the other girls of the class because she never wished them to find out her secret. She looked down upon their empty faces and their coldly-mocking eyes. They also made fun of her because she carried beetles.

Question 4.
What did Maggie do when the school was over?
Answer:
When the school was over, Maggie had a look at Don. She also raced down to the bottom fence along through the bushes that covered the side of the hill.

Question 5.
How did Maggie feel at the sight of the rainbow bird and the world of the school? What do they signify?
Answer:
However, Maggie felt exulted and Proud at the sight of the rainbow bird and she felt nervous and at the world of the school. However, the former signifies the world of happiness and the latter the world, of unhappiness.

Question 6.
Which lines present a contrast between the world of the bird and the world of the school? What do they signify?
Answer:
The lines 13 to 21 present a contrast world of the bird and the world of the school. They signify the dullness of the world of the bird.

Question 7.
“It is a bird now”. In which context does Maggie’s mother say so? Why ‘now’? Does it imply that Maggie had other obsessions earlier? Which ones? (See Paragraph 5)
Answer:
Maggie’s mother says so when she hears the girl mutter on the pillow. It is “now” because, she chirps like at the moment, Maggie had other obsessions also, because she carried beetle wings and cowries about in her matchbox to stare at under the dark.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

Focusing Questions:

Question 1.
What does this section of the story tell us about Maggie’s preoccupation with the bird?
Answer:
“The Rainbow Bird” is, undoubtedly, Vance Palmer’s outstanding and typical short story. The first section of the story explains us about Maggie’s preoccupation with the bird. We know that Maggie’s mind has been filled with the vision of the bird. The bird is blue-green shot with gold, its tail an arrow. The girl could scarcely know what she was writing. It has become a regular feature with her. When the school was over, she had. a look at Don. She raced down to the bottom fence along through the bushes that covered the side of the hill. Don was limping because of his sore toe, flushed and breathless Maggie had reached the bottom of the gully before he came out of the undergrowth.

However from the end if the playground, she could hear the other girls her classmates calling her. She did not pay any heed to their voices: She looked down upon their empty faces, their coldly mocking’ eyes. They made fun with her because she carried beetle wings and cowries about in her matchbox to stare at under the desk. Maggie walked along with Don. They went up the other hills across a cleared paddock that lay beside the beach, Before the eyes of both of them won die deep cleft left by the store truck when it was bogged months before and the title round hole with a heap of sand in front of it. Such a tinny tunnel in the side of the rut that no of could notice unless he saw the bird fly out. There had been a sudden burr of wing almost beneath their feet. A shimmer of opal in the sun-bright ajr and then a stillness as the bird settled on the sbe-oak thirty yards away, making their hearts turn over with the sheer beauty of its bronze and luminous green.

It was a rainbow bird which had come from that rounded tunnel in the sandy earth where the couch grass was growing over the old rut, Moreover, the strange bird was shining out of the grainy grey branches. It was only rarely they surprised her in the nest for as usually seemed to feel the puttering the vibration of their feet along the ground and sleep out unobserved. But, they never had to look far for her. There in the she-oak, she shone, flame-bright and radiant as if she had just dropped from the blue sky. The vision came back to Maggie each night before the closed her eyes in sleep. It seemed that it belonged to a different world from that of the school. As a matter of fact, the section 1 deals with the imaginative aspects, of Maggie whose mind gets preoccupied with the thought of the bird. Her farfetched ‘imagination caries her forwards and her vision drags her to the world of the bird,” a world of brightness, joy and soothing.

Question 2.
How does the storyteller show the contrast between the real world of the school and ‘ the’ world of Maggie’s dreams?
Answer:
Vance Palmer is an eminent and outstanding master in the art of storytelling. In this discussing story “The Rainbow Bird”, he displays a sharp contrast between the real world of the school with the dreamy and imaginative world of Maggie very intensely in the first section of the story. The two world have been beautifully gestaposed and a succinct picture of the both has been trickily extricated.

Actually, the world of the school was real. But Maggie was preoccupied with the imagination of the rainbow bird and she feels herself out off from the real and physical world devoting herself wholeheartedly to the world of imagination. While at school, she scarcely knew what she was writing. It was usual with her every day. She was impatient with the passage of time, which she thought passed very slowly. The teacher’s voice for her was like the droning of a blowfly against the window pane.

As a matter of fact, the world of the school was regarded, here, as dull, drab, monotonous, gloomy, pale, colourless and charmless. The life has been routined and schemed. It is traditional, prosaic and uninteresting. On the whole, the imaginative world is more flamboyant, gorgeous, enjoyable, rapturous, elusive and devoting them the real world.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

Vocabulary:
A. Use the following in sentences of your own:
squirm
beg
skim
rut
cavern
burr
growl
shimmer
blaze
mutter
Answer:
Squirm – He squirmed as a ball hit his head.
skim – I like skim milk.
cavern – I Having seen a tiger, the hare hit itself in the cavern.
growl – The servant did a mistake and so he growled like a dog.
blaze – People telephoned the fire brigade as the house was in blaze.
bog – He, unfortunately, bogged in the marshy land.
rut – This wheel has ruts on the soft soil.
burn – The madman burred at me.
shimmer – The light shimmer due to power disturbance.
mutter – The dull student muttered the answer due to the fear of a mistake.

B. Write the noun forms of the following:
mental
deep
hairy
monthly
momentary
sandy
empty
miraculous
impatient
different

Answer:
mental – mind
deep – depth
hairy – hait
monthly – month
momentary – moment
sandy – sand
empty – emptiness
miraculous – miracle
impatient – impatience
different – difference

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

Grammar:
Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions.
1. In my way to school, I saw a soldier _________uniform.
2. He married a lady _________ thirty.
3. He is a man _________ quiet temperament.
4. I saw him going to the field _______ spade.
5. Skill comes _________ practice.
6. The shop was destroyed ________ a fire.
7. The case is investigated __________ police.
8. This letter is written __________ink, not _________pencil.
9. This picture is drawn ________ pencil.
10. He wrote ________ left hand.
11. They won the game _________ case.
12. The world is heading __________another war.
13. When I was going __________marked I saw a beggar ________a broken leg.
14. The train ________ Ambala leaves at 2 p.m.
15. He is __________ London, He wants __________visit Konark.
16. The boys threw stones __________the beggar.
17. Don’t laugh _________ others.
18. Wine is made ___________grape.
19. Your ring is made ___________ gold.
20. Her mother died _________pneumonia.
21. Her father is living __________ New York today.
22. subash Bose was born ___________Cuttack.
23. Now, she is living __________a beautiful house just _________the end of the street.
24. We met __________ Padhihari Pathagar.
25. Her husband works _________a factory.
26. They are living ___________ a flat ___________ Bhubaneswar.
27. He was brought up ___________ a village.
28. He is working _________ a tea plantation.
29. His brother is __________ a bank.
30. They live ___________ 23, Lajpat Road.
31. The monk is living _________ a forest __________the end of the village.
32. She teaches English __________ a school.
33. All know he is not ___________homte. He is __________his office.
34. All who live ________ India are IndiAnswer:
35. The plane landed _________ an island _____________the Indian Ocean.
36. His father works __________ the railways.
37. What’s the distance in miles __________Bhubaneswar and Delhi.
38. The Chief Guest distributed sweets ________ students.
39. He is known all _______ the world as a champion of the poor.
40. Put your signature________ nine.
41. Your pen is __________ your desk.
42. His portrait is handing __________ the fire place.
43. The box is __________ the rack.
44. There is a garden _______my house.
45. His house is just _______ the road.
46. The road is _________ repair.
47. He is _________ criticism. All knew __________ his honesty.
48. Now, twenty men are working ___________him.
49. He can’t sign the contract as he ___________ age.
50. Banki is __________Cuttack, on the Mahanadi.
51. He has no command ________himself.
52. Fix a revenue stamp and sign _________ it.
53. To wear long hair has becoihe a fashion _________young people.
54. He has no command _________himself.
55. We shall start _________ dinner.
56. A woman is _________ gold necklace.
57. I saw a soldier_________ uniform.
58. A farmer was going to field __________a plough on his soldier.
59. He is a man _________ quiet habits.
60. The woman __________pimples on her face quarrelled with your aunt yesterday.
Answer:
1. In my way to school, 1 saw a soldier in uniform.
2. He married a lady of thirty.
3. He is a man of quiet temperament.
4. I saw him going to the field with a spade.
5. Skill comes from practice.
6. The shop was destroyed by a fire.
7. The case is investigated by police.
8. This letter is written in ink, not in pencil.
9. This picture is drawn with pencil.
10. He wrote by left hand.
11. They won the game with ease.
12. The world is heading towards another war.
13. When I was gring to market I saw a beggar with a broken leg.
14. The train for Ambala leaves at 2 p.m.
15. He is from London, He wants to visit Konark.
16. The boys threw stones at the beggar.
17. Don’t laugh at others.
18. Wine is made from grape.
19. Your ring is made of gold.
20. Her mother died of pneumonia.
21. Her father is living for New York today.
22. Subash Bose was bom in Cuttack .
23. Now, she is living m a beautiful house just at the end of the street.
24. We met at Padhihari Pathagar.
25. Her husband works in a factory.
26. They are living in a flat in Bhubaneswar.
27. He was brought up in a village.
28. He is working on a tea plantation.
29. His brother is in a bank.
30. They live at 23, Lajpat Road.
31. The monk is living in a forest at the end of the village.
32. She teaches English in a school.
33. All know he is not at home. He is in his office.
34. All who live m India are IndiAnswer:
35. The plane landed on an Island in the Indian Ocean.
36. His father works on the railways.
37. What’s the distance in miles between Bhubaneswar and Delhi.
38. The Chief Guest distributed sweets among students.
39. He is known all over the world as a champion of the poor.
40. Put your signature below nine.
41. Your pen is under your desk.
42. His portrait is hanging over the fire place.
43. The box is before the rack.
44. There is a garden across my house.
45. His house is just under the road.
46. The road is above repair.
47. He is under criticism. All knew about his honesty.
48. Now, twenty men are working under him.
49. He can’t sign the contract as he is above age.
50. Banki is under Cuttack on the Mahartadi.
51. He has no command oyter himself.
52. Fix a revenue stamp and sign among if.
53. To wear long hair has become a fashion over young people.
54. He has no command after himself.
55. We shall start before dinner.
56. A woman is m gold necklace.
57. 1 saw a soldier in uniform.
58. A farmer was going tja field with a plough on his soldier.
59. He is a man of quiet habits.
60. The woman with pimples on her face quarrelled with your aunt yesterday.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

Section – II

Questions For Discussion:
Question 1.
Whom did Maggie and Don meet near the she_oak? What he was What he was doing there?
Answer:
Maggie and Dgn met Cafferty, the honey Man near the she_oak. He was standing almost the nest and looking down into the she-oak by the beach.

Question 2.
How was Maggie shocked on? How her feeling of excitement and joy changed suddenly to one of fear anger and hatred for the man?[Note: Horror laid an icy hand on the girl’s heart, ‘Try to understand’ the significance of this statement.
Answer:
Actually, Maggie had run covering a long distance so as to see the rainbow bird. But she was highly surprised to find something unreal that diminished he excitement. She found Cafferty the Honey man Man standing with a gun who had already hunted a Rainbow bird and kept it in pocket. She ran away in fear and fell on ground in sorrow. His lively spirit depressed.

Question 3.
“Beast! that’s what you are…A beast”. How do these words characterise the feelings of the small girl when she finds that her world of joy and wonder had been destroyed?
Answer:
Maggie had cherished a great joy and excitement to see the colorful Rainbow bird for which she had run a long distance from school. But, to her utter dismay, she found that the bird had been hunted down by Cafferty, the Honey Man. This caused a heavy shock to her. She felt nervous and terrified and knew that her world of joy and wonder had been shattered by Honey Mali. Her state of grief remained no bound. She could not utter a single word. She murmured calling him a beast.

Question 4.
Why did Cafferty swear to wipe the birds off the face of earth?
Answer:
Actually, Cafferty was a Honey Man who was much concerned with the bees, But the Rainbow birds which are very bright and colorful relish in eating bees. This makes a problem to both the bees and Cafferty. For this reason, he was determined to wipe the birds off the face of earth.

Question 5.
“There was dull passion in his absorbed eyes, a sense of warning against evil.” How does this sentence portray the attitude of the Honey Man. What contrast do you mark between the world of Maggie and the world of Cafferty?
Answer:
This statement is the reaction of the Honey Man against the innocent birds. It actually, a war against the evils as the ‘ in-bow birds for the Honey Man are evils, fact, the world of Maggie and that offerty are poles apart. However, Maggie’s role is one of love, joy and beauty whereas that of Cafferty is one of cruelty, hatred and destruction.

Question 6.
What /difference do you mark between the attitudes of Maggie and Don? Does Don support Cafferty? Explain, You’ll now come to the last part of the story while reading it, try to find answers to the following questions.
(i) What happens to Honey Man after the bird is killed?
(ii) How does Maggie look at the happening?
Answer:
Maggie and Don had the urge to visit the brightly coloured Rainbow birds. But Don was rather more practical whereas Maggie lived in a world of fantasy and imagination. She forgot everything for the bird. She felt sony and perplexed at die killing of the bird by Cafferty. On the other hand, Don although supported Maggie and was also against the Honey Man proved to be more practical and consoled her to cope with the- situation come whatever it may be.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

Vocabulary:
A. Derive adjectives from the following words in the text, earth, death, suddenly, contempt, heat, hair, fire, home, solidity, stormy, people, moment, thought, obey, color, bag, proudly, sand, sheep, fear, trouble, child, confuse, heart, boy, eye, bewilder, .air, satisfied, color, face, horror, passion, hand, war, right, winter, shadows, superiority, father.
Answer:
earth – earthly
death – dead
suddenly – sudden
contempt – contemptuous
heat – hot
hair – hairy
fire – fiery
home – homely
solidity – solid
storm – stormy
people – popular
moment – momentary
thought – thoughtful
obey – obedient
colour – colourful
bag – baggy
proudly – proud
sand – sandy
sheep – sheepish
fear – fearful
trouble – troublesome
child – childish
confuse – confused
heart – hearty
boy – boyish
eye – ocular
bewilder – bewildered
air – airy
satisfied – satisfactory
colour – colourful
face – facial
horror – horrible
passion – passionate
hand – handy
war – warring
right – rightful
winter – wintry
shadow – shadowy
superiority – superior
father – paternal

B. Derive nouns from the following words in the text:
bathe, red, sure, obey, close, sandy, warm, new, intense, good, wonderful, green, dark, desperate, wooden, different, believe, reveal, hot, grow, thick, distant, solid, die, proudly, pretend, small, occasional, bewilder, noisy, satisfied, thoughtful, rob, drowsy, soft, gracious, heavy, serve, dull, hopeful, absorb, oppress, awkward, visible, dead, lustrous, feel, triumphant, airy.
Answer:
wordsNoun
bathe – bath
red – redness
sure – surety
obey – obedience
close – closeness
sandy – sand
warm – warmth
new – newness
intense – intensity
good – goodness
wonderful – wonder
airy – air
dark – darkness
desperate – despair
wooden – wood
different – difference
believe – belief
reveal – revelation
hot – heat
grow – growth
thick – thickness
distant – distance
solid – solidity
die – death
proudly – pride
pretend – pretense
small – smallness
occasional – occasion
bewilder – bewilderment
noisy – noise
satisfied – satisfaction
thoughtful – thought
rob – robber
drowsy – drowsiness
soft – softness
gracious – grace
heavy – heaviness
serve – service
dull – dullness
hopeful – hope
absorb – absorption
oppress – oppression
awkward – awkwardness
visible – vision
dead – death
luster – lustrous
feel – feeling
triumphant – triumphantly

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

Grammar
A. Replace the Adverbs with Suitable adverb phrases.
1. Our guest will arrive
2. He spoke
3. Park your car
4. Read the book
5. The soldiers fought
6. He spoke on disarmament
7. The boys played
8. She completed the work
9. Their team played
10. He worked
11. My friend responded
12. She met her friend
13. Who was present with you
14. Corruption is the cheapest thing
15. She went away

B. Replace the following adverb phrases with suitable adverbs:
1. In India flourished a glorious civilization
2. Now we live in a
3. The workers completed the work
4. Pursue your aim
5. My mother treated the beggars
6. The thief entered into the room
7. The deer vanished into the forest
8. He broke his misfortune
9. The old man blessed me with
10. I shall join you r
11. He does it :
12. I called them .
13. She waited
14. He sold his commodities
15. The winning team returned

C. Fill in the blanks With “fairly” or “rather”.
1. His son is _________ clever.
2. Jatin’s answer is _________ better than’ Minu’s.
3. His daughter is __________a stupid girl.
4. He is __________ kind. You can approach him for help.
5. This packet is __________ small. I can easily take it in my pocket.
6. This packet is ___________ big. I can’t take it .
7. Your box is __________ small to contain all these articles.
8. This room is _________ precious. I like it.
9. This room is___________ spacious. I don’t like, such room.
10 The weather is _________ better today.
11. This room is _________ difficult to solve.
12. Your performance is _________ satisfactory.
13. Your son is a __________intelligent boy
14. He gave me a ________ silly book.
15. It is a __________good remark.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

D. Complete the following sentences by adding suitable to infinite.
1. Do you like …………..
2. She agreed………..
3. The principal allowed us ………………
4. The society expects you……………
5. This dog is too heavy……………….
6. This bag is small enough ………………
7. The old woman wants someone ……………..
8. Will you give me something……………
9. Her story is too tragic…………..
10. She has an interesting story………………..
11. This essay is too difficult………………
12. I have nothing……………….
13. She does not know how………………
14. He didn’t know where …………………
15. We have many problems………………..
16. This poem is too philosophical………………
17. This pencil is too hard………………..
18. I do not know where……………………….
19. I request him…………………
20. I consented him……………………..

Answers:
A. The adverbs are replaced with suitable adverb phrases.
1. Our guest will arrive soon.
2. He spoke gently.
3. Park your car there.
4. Read the book thoroughly.
5. The soldiers fought bravely.
6. He spoke eloquently on disarmament.
7. The tyjys played cheerfully:
8. She completed the work satisfactorily.
9. Their team played carelessly.
10. He worked industriously.
11. My friend responded promptly.
12. She met her friend here.
13. Who was present with you then?
14. Corruption is the cheapest thing every where.
15. She went away hurriedly.

B. The given adverb phrases are replaced with suitable adverbs.
1. Once upon a time in India flourished a glorious civilization.
2. Now he lived in a foreign country.
3. The workers completed the work with satisfaction.
4. Pursue your aim with resolution.
5. My mother treated the beggars with kindness.
6. The thief entered into the room in silence.
7. The deer vanished into the forest at a great speed.
8. He bore his misfortune with patience.
9. The old man blessed me with all his heart.
10. I shall join you in a short while.
11. He does it as a habit.
12. I called them in a loud voice.
13. She waited with great anxiety.
14. He sold his commodities with profit.
15. The winning team returned in triumph.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

C. The blanks are filled with ‘fairly’ or ‘rather’.
1. His son is fairly clever.
2. Jatin’s answer is rather better than Minu’s.
3. His daughter is rather a stupid girl.
4. He is fairly kind. You can approach him for help.
5. This packet is fairly small. can easily take it in my pocket.
6. This packet is rather big. I can’t take it
7. Your box is rather small to contain all these articles.
8. This room is fairly precious. 1 like it.
9. This room is rather specious. I don’t like such room.
10. The weather is fairly better today.
11. This sum is rather difficult to solve.
12. Your performance is fairly satisfactory.
13. Your son is fairly intelligent hoy.
14. He gave me a rather silly look.
15. It is a fairly good remark.

D. The sentences are completed by adding suitable to infinite.
1. Do you like to organise a party?
2. She agreed to help his friend.
3. The principal allowed us to fill in the forms.
4. The society expects you to do something spectacular.
5. This dog is too heavy to lift.
6. This bag is small enough to contain all these items.
7. The old woman wants someone to help her.
8. Will you give me something to eat?
9. Her story is too tragic to listen to.
10. She has an interesting stoiy to tell.
11. This essay is too difficult to write.
12. I have nothing to say.
13. She does not know how to drive.
14. He didn’t know where to go.
15. We have many problems to solve.
16. This poem is too philosophical to understand.
17. This pencil is too hard to write with.
18. I do not know where to go.
19. I request him to come.
20. I consented him to give money

Section – III

Questions For Discussion:
Question 1.
What ideas sweep Maggie’s mind after she returned home and threw herself on the bed? Do you mark the difference between Maggie’s feelings in Section-I and those in Section III? (Note: Wonder and Magic – they had gone out of everything: this line is a key to the understanding of the changed world of Maggie).
Answer:
After returning from the field, Maggie went upstairs, she threw herself down Upon the bed and she started thinking of the cruel face of the Honey Man and the bleeding dead bird came to her eyes repeatedly.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

Question 2.
What did Maggie imagine when she heard voices between broken drift of sleep?
Answer:
Maggie imagined when she heard voices between broken drifts of sleep that perhaps the Honey Man had died.

Question 3.
How did she react when she was told that Cafferty had been injured ?’ Why did she think “everything had come right”?
Answer:
When Maggie came to know that Cafferty was injured she thought that he should die. She meant that right thing befalls a right man at right time.

Question 4.
Do you find in her a vengeful attitude? Does she feel that justice has been done? What impression do you form about her from her reaction to the Honey Man’s suffering?
Answer:
There is certainly a tone of vengeful attitude. She feels that justice has been meted out. This proves that Maggie’s reaction against killing the rainbow bird is at the apex.

Question 5.
What change do you mark in her in the last paragraph? Has there been a restoration of her world of joy and wonder? How did she imagine about the rainbow bird and the Honey Man.
Answer:
The deadly reaction of Maggie against the Honey Man continued up to the last stanza. She went on with the thought that the Honey Man was standing in the same place is before. The restoration is possible in dream. The rainbow bird and the Honey Man are antagonistic

Questions For Composition:
Question 1.
How does the rainbow bird created a world of wonder and magic for Maggie?
Answer:
The short story “The Rainbow Bird” is written by Vance Palmer, an eminent and outstanding storyteller. His stories are imaginative, thought-provoking and using. In this discussion story, his presentation of an Australian bird that is a Rainbow bird creating a world of wonder and magic for a little girl Maggie is really superb and fantastic. Actually, the rainbow bird automatically aggravated a World of wonder and magic in the psych of Maggie. The imaginative and attractive colour of the beautiful bird has already captivated her delicate mind. So her tender psyche is preoccupied with the idea of the bird and she thinks about it in every breath of her life. She feels disinterested like reading at home and school. In fact, she remains brooding’ over the fascinating bird which is undoubtedly for her a world of wonder and magic.

However, the imagination of the attractive coloured rainbow-bird has entirely captured her mind. She does not cherish any interest in her study at school. Whenever she gets a little bit of leisure, she starts brooding over the thought of seeing the bird. She gets enticed and bewitched by the bird and so runs to see it straightforwardly. She is accompanied by Don. The other students, of the school follow suit. She rushed to the spot to see the bird. But she discovers Cafferty the Honey Man there holding a gun. He has already hunted a rainbow bird before they arrive. The bird is blood-drenched. It is inside the Honey Man’s pocket. He dangles it in front of them. Maggie stands perplexed and shocked. Her heart becomes hardened and stupefied at the uncompromising shock. Out of utter disgust and irritation, she calls the Honey Man a ‘Beast’.

On the other hand, the Honey Man is determined to wipe all such type of tribes off the earth, because they are beefeaters. He moves away. Maggie and Don returned home. Father had been waiting /or their arrival outside. She scarcely eats any thing at home. Her mind has been highly sorrow-stricken by the thought of the dead bird and uncompromising hatred for the Honey Man. She goes upstairs directly without doing his home task’s. After a few minutes her mother arrives with a candle light. But she is being hunted by sleeplessness. She has nothing in her mind but the dead bird and the hideous man. Her mother informs her about that hideous man’s accident. So she starts thinking that such a brutal and hateful man should die.

Her mother marks that she has not slept till then. Even Maggie wanted to know whether he had died. She does not pay any heed to her mother saying that he is a good man. After all she returns to the dreamy state thinking about the dead bird and the brutal and hideous man like the, Cafferty. She thinks God must punish such a cruel man. As a matter of fact, the depiction of the imaginative and dreamy psyche of a little child. Maggie is superb and fantastic. Although imaginative, it on the other hand, carries a bit of truth which straightforwardly expresses the brutality of the man against the natural animals.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

Question 2.
Discuss how the story comes full circle with restoration of Maggie’s world of joy and wonder.
Answer:
In fact, it is undoubtedly, accepted that the story “The Rainbow Bird” is one of the superb and fantastic creation of Vance Palmer, a prominent and outstanding story teller. Palmer’s description of Maggie’s world of joy and wonder is really inspiring and heart-enduring. The main character of the story is the little girl Maggie. She is school going. She remains under the hangover of dream and joy throughout the story. She remains in undated the thought of the bird anywhere atod everywhere. She only thinks of the beautiful bird at school. The thought of beautiful bud has disinterested her from her study. She only thinks about die bird on and on. She, is not at all aware of, anything else., Even she runs to see the bird whenever she gets a little bit of chance.

Actually, she is highly fascinated by the vision of this rainbow bird. She galloped with Don to see the bird. She was extremely surprised to discover Cafferty, the Honey Man there. It was that Honey Man who had already killed the rainbow bird. It was because such type of birds like rainbow bird eat the bees. He was standing there with a gun. He had already hunted a beautiful rainbow bird with his gun and kept it in one of his pockets. She was vehemently perplexed and shocked by the sight of that Honey Man. That man showed them the dead blood-drenched rainbow bird dangling it before their eyes. Maggie was entirely irritated by this and ran away with terror and nervousness. She fell
down on the grassy ground. She feels as if she were dead. She was so vexed and sorry that she could not express this by any words. She called him a ‘beast’. On the other hand, the cruel man only said that he was determined to wipe such birds from the earth because these are bee-eaters. Telling this, he departed from the place.

However, Don tried to console her and they returned home. Father had been waiting for them. They reached home and she went upstairs and laid on her bed. She started brooding over the dead hunted bird and about that hideous and brutal man. She came down for supper and then returned back to upstairs. she laid into the but sleep could not come to her eyes. The image 0f that crooked and brutal Honey Man pinched her mind again and over again. She saw the dangling of mat blood-drenched hunting bird in front of her eyes. she abuses on, Her mother marked her abnormal and odd behaviours. Her mother said m Honey Man would be taken to the hospital, as, he was injured hts though by an accident. Maggie thought that it was Gods not judgment for a hideous and cruel man like him. she got relieved because, the birds would be rescued from the clutches of a killer.

As a matter of fact, Palmer’s treatment of the story is really full circle with the restoration of Maggie’s world of joy and wonder. The opening of the story depicting Maggie’s world of joy and wonder ends with be same world of joy and wonder. The conclusion of the story at least provides solace and consolation and pacification to her perplexed and perverted mind of the middle of the story. In short, Palmer’s treatment of the story is superb, thought-provoking and alluring.

Question 3.
Give an account of the contrasting attitudes of Maggie and the other around her to the rainbow bird.
Answer:
In fact, the outstanding storyteller Vance Palmer of the story “The Rainbow Bird” is a superb master in his portrayal of contrasting characters. However, he has vividly observed the attitude of the contrasting characters who are varied and different in tone and temper. He has beautifully contrasted the characters in the following three sets –
i) Maggie and the other school children.
ii) Maggie and Don and
iii) Maggie and Cafferty.
Let us now discuss these contrasting characters in detail.

(i) Maggie and the other school children:
However, Maggie and the other schoolchildren stand in sharp contrast to one another. Maggie’s mind was only concerned with the vision of the beautiful rainbow bird at school. Her hair followed her intense, grape-dark eyes and she scarcely knew what she was writing. This was happening incessantly with her every day at school. On the other hand, die other students were not responsive as her; the colorful and fascinating bird. They squirmed in their seats and folded papers darts to throw across the room. Maggie lived for the intense attraction of seeing the colorful shape of the beautiful bird. After the school was over, she had a look at Don and raced down to the bottom fence along through the bushes that covered the side of the hill.

(ii) Maggie and Don:
Again, the second set of characters are Maggie and Don. They are also contrasted in their attitude towards the beautiful rainbow bird. It is certain that Don consented Maggie to escort her in order to see the GFC rainbow bird, but in reality, he was not so much esthetically bewitched by it. Again he was also not equally burr as Maggie was when they discovered Cafferty at the place having with a gun. Maggie’s running out in great sorrow and terror and falling down on the grass proved out of intense shock whereas Don kept on standing looking at the bereaved Maggie unconcerned with the blood-drenched dead rainbow bird.

(iii) Maggie and Cafferty:
However, the third set of contrasting characters and Maggie and Cafferty, the Honey Man. They are deeply contrasted in the story. They are just like two poles apart. They stand at the extreme ends in their attitudes towards the rainbow bird. In one hand, Maggie loves the little bright colourful beautiful bird, on the other hand, the Cafferty looks down upon such birds. It is because, they eat away the bees. Even he is determined to wipe the birds off the earth. Therefore, when Maggie is portrayed as love-incarnate and live-incarnate, the Honey Man is portrayed as death incinerate for the innocent beautiful birds. As a matter of fact, Palmer, depiction of the above contrasting set of characters is superb and excellent. Even he portrays them with their variegated and contrasting attitude. On the whole, Palmer’s portrayal is inspiring, alluring and heart-rendering.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

Grammar:

Supply Preposition:
They panted ___________ the other hill and ____________ a cleared that lay_ them and the beach. Before the eyes __________ both __________. them was the deep cleft left by the store truck when it was bogged months before and the little round hole _________ a heap _________ sand __________ front __________ it. Such a tiny turned ___________ the side __________ the rut that no one would notice unless she saw the bird fly__________ They had cone ___________ it together when they were looking ___________ mushrooms, there had a sudden burr ____________ wings almost ____________ their feet, a shimmer___________ opal ____________ the sun-bright air and then a stillness as the bird settled ____________ the she-oak thirty yards away, making their hearts turn _________ the sheer beauty ___________ its bronze and luminous green.
Answer:
They panted up the other hill and across a cleared paddock that lay between them and the beach. Before the eyes, of both of them was the deep cleft left by the store truck when it was bogged months before and the little round hole with a heap of sand in front of it. Such a tiny turned m the side of the rut that no one would notice unless he saw the bird fly put. They had come on it together when, they were looking for mushrooms, there had a sudden burr of wings almost beneath their feet, a shimmer of opal in the sun-bright air and then a stillness as the bird settled on the sea-oak thirty yards away, making their hearts turn over with the shear beauty of its bronze and luminous green.

Notes on the story-writer and the Story:
Vance Palmer (1885-1959) is a Australian story writer who had considerable reputation among the Common Wealth literary figures. His writings are marked by an interesting portrait of the phenomenal world with its amazing beauty and wonder. With his deft sketch of manners and behavior especially the responses of the young, and tender minds, some of the stories are very impressively drawn. lie excels in the study of “the innocence of the oneself-conscious years” and ‘‘the beginning makes towards discoveries and disappointments which are an essential part of growing up”. His narrative is very often enriched by an evocative use of symbols.

The story in the beginning depicts the innocent joys of childhood days a visionary world of beauty and wonder. The rainbow bird with its multiple shining colours has a magic spell on the small girl. But, the joy and wonder does not last long: to the utmost shock and depression of the child it is totally demolished with the killing of the rainbow bird that represents for her entire world of enthralling beauty and splendor. The Honey Man for her Satan bent upon destroying God’s beautiful creation and design through to others beautiful creation and design through to others accident of the Honey Man, in her opinion, is retributive, and it signifies the ultimate triumph of good over evil.

With the grant of poetic and divine Justice,’ there is a restoration of the earlier world of magic and music, of course at the imaginative and psychic level of the child. The contrast between the two worlds is quite transparent. The rainbow bird has a symbolic significance, most of the lines in the story with their alliterative system have a poetic effect and serve as appropriate expression of the child’s shimmering world of beauty and wonder.

Section- I

Pre-reading Activity:
It is always a pleasure to remember how in your childhood days you ran after the colorful butterflies, how you wanted to keep pets and spend most of your time in their company and how you developed an attachment to the birds and animals. Here is a story depicting a small girl’s love and concern for a colorful Australian bird befittingly called the rainbow bird.

Gist:
Paragraphs: 1-9
Maggie’s mind had been deeply thinking about the sight of a bird. The bird was blue-green shot with gold, its tail an arrow. After the school was over, she had a look at Don. She was racing down to the bottom fence along through the bushes. Don was limping because of his sore toe. She ran breathlessly. She heard her friends call her to wait. She did not listen to them. She was coming back with beetle wings and cowries about in her matchbox.

Paragraphs: 10-14
They went up the bill across a cleared 21) small grass field. They encountered a crack which was sunk month .before. It was a little 22) round hole with a heap of sand before it. A 23) bird flew out of it. It was a rainbow bird. It 24) had come out of the rounded tunnel. Don had 25) wanted to put his hand in and feel if there were any young ones, but Maggie had caught his arm in despair. Her eyes were filled with tear. The bird was seen skimming through the air.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

Analytical outlines:

  • Maggie’s mind had been filled with the sight of a bird.
  • The bird was blue-green shot with gold its tail an arrow.
  • She did not know what she was writing.
  • After the school was over, she had a look at Don.
  • They raced towards the fence
  • They raced through the bushes that covered the side of the hill.
  • Don was limping.
  • Because His toe was sore.
  • Maggie had reached the bottom of the gully.
  • Her friends woe calling her from the end of the playground.
  • But she tried to shut their voices from her ears.
  • None of them must find out her secret.
  • She looked down upon their empty faces.
  • She also despaired their coldly-mocking eyes.
  • They made fun of her.
  • Because she carried beetle wings.
  • She cowries about in her matchbox.
  • She did this to stare at under her desk.
  • Maggie and Don went up the other hills.
  • They went across a cleared paddock.
  • The paddock was situated by the side of the beach.
  • They had come on it together.
  • They were looking for mushrooms.
  • They heard a sudden burr of wings.
  • They saw a shimmer of opal in die sun bright air.
  • Then a stillness profiled the place.
  • It was because the bird Settled on the she-oak tree.
  • It was thirty yards away from them.
  • It was a rainbow bird.
  • It had come from the rounded tunnel in the sandy, place.
  • The couch grass was growing there.
  • Don had wanted to put his hand in.
  • He felt of there were any young ones.
  • But Maggie had caught his arm.
  • She was looking desperate.
  • The strange bird sat shining Put of the greenly-grass branches.
  • She seemed to feel the puttering vibration of their feet along the ground.
  • She stop and unobserved.
  • It seemed as if the bird had fallen from the blue sky.
  • Sometimes they saw her skimming through the air.
  • While flying, it took long, sweeping curves and pausing at the top of the curve.
  • The vision came back to Magg night before she closed her eyes in sleep.
  • It belonged to a different world from the school the each.

Meanings of difficult words:

Blowfly – an insect that deposits its larval or carrier, excrement etc., or in the wounds of living animals.
squirmed – twisted the’ body as in pain or discomfort.
dart – a pointed missile, arrow.
skim – a thin layer, or film formed on a liquid.
cavern – a deep cave, hollow place.
gully – a water-worn ravine, a narrow channel made by rainwater.
beetle – an insect with hard horny forewings.
cowries -highly polished and usually brightly coloured shells,
growl – to utter a deep rough sound like a dog.
blazes – flames of fire.
paddock – a small grass field.
chafed – divided into two, crack.
bogged – sunk and stuck fast in a marsh or quagmire.
rut – a furrow made by wheels on soft ground.
burr – whisper or murmur.
shimmer – shine with a soft unsteady light.
opal – a type of white stone with changing colours in it.
she-oak – a variety of oak tree.
thistledown – the’ tufted feathery parachutes of thistle seeds,
luminous – clear, bright, shining.
desperate – furious, state of utter despair.

Section – II

Gist:
Paragraphs: 15-20
Maggie and Don quickly passed across the road. They went away the spindle-legged house with no fence around it. They also went away the red-roofed cottage where the bathing suits hung to dry. They thought that they would surely be out that afternoon. It was, indeed, surprising to observe those bits f of living colour down there in the dark. Of course, it would be much more amazing when/they would come out into the light. All on a sudden. Maggie started running snatching 1 Don’s arm. But Don prohibited her running. He said her that somebody was there. So they were to wait for some-time. Don stood glancing at the dark big figure on the slope ever looking the sea. It was Cafferty the Honey Man. He was standing almost on the nest looking down into the sea-oak by the beach. They saw him having a gun with him. The girl was terrified.

Paragraphs: 21-32
All on a sudden, Maggie started running. She became out of breath when she reached Cafferty. She asked him what he was doing with the gun there. She wanted to know whether he was shooting something. Actually, he had already killed a rainbow bird and put it in his pocket. He was waiting for its mate which would be killed within a short time. He I took the bird out of his pocket and dangled it. before her eyes. The girl fell on the turf calling him a ‘beast’.

Paragraphs: 33-36
Cafferty moved off down the beach. He was moving off shouldering his gun. His gait had a lumbering heaviness. Maggie was still lying prone on the turf, her face in her arms. Don watched her a while and ill-at-ease. Picking up the dead bird that Cafferty had thrown on the grass, he fingered it clum silly. He wondered if there were any bees in its crop. The boy called Maggie to rise because the other kids would be coming along very soon. She rose from the grass looking at the bird with reddened eyes. She told him to clutch away, but the boy insisted that he would make it home and skin it. But he hesitated for moment and then obeyed her.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

Analytical outlines:

  • Maggie and Don quickly passed across the road.
  • They went away the spindle-legged house.
  • It was having no fence around it.
  • They also went away the red roofed cottage.
  • In this, the bathing suits were hung to diy.
  • They thought that they would surely be out that afternoon.
  • It was, indeed, very surprising to observe these bits of living colour down there in the dark.
  • Of course, it would be much more amazing.
  • At any moment, they would come out into the light.
  • Suddenly, Maggie started running.
  • She snatched Don’s arm.
  • But Don prohibited her running.
  • He said her that somebody was there.
  • So they were to wait for sometime.
  • Don stood glancing at the dark big figure on the slope overlooking the sea.
  • It was Cafferty, the Honey Man.
  • He was standing almost on the nest.
  • He was looking down into the sea-oak by the beach.
  • They saw him having a gun with hint.
  • The girl was terrified.
  • All at sudden, Maggie started running.
  • She became out of breath.
  • She reached near Cofferty.
  • She asked him what he was doing with the gun there.
  • She wanted to know whether he was shooting something.
  • Actually, he had already killed a Rambow bird.
  • He put it in his pocket.
  • He was waiting for its mate.
  • He would kill its mate very soon.
  • He took the bird out of his pocket.
  • He dangled it before her eyes.
  • The girl fell on the turf.
  • She called him a ‘beast’.
  • Cafferty moved off down the beach.
  • He was moving off shouldering his gun.
  • His gait had a lumbering heaviness.
  • Maggie was still lying prone on the turf.
  • Don watched her a while.
  • He marked she was ill at ease.
  • Picking up the dead bird, the Cafferty had thrown on the grass.
  • He fingered it clumsily.
  • He wondered if there were any bees in its crop.
  • The boy called Maggie to rise.
  • Because, the other kids would be coming along very soon
  • She rese from the grass looking at the bird with reddened eyes.
  • She told him to clutch it away.
  • But the boy insisted that he would take it home.
  • He would skin it at home.
  • But he hesitated for a moment.
  • At last, he obeyed her words.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

Meaning of the difficult words:

cheeping – the chirping of a young bird, twittering of a bird.
mullet – a kind of sea-fish.
turf – surface of land matted with roots of grass.
dangled – hung in the air
ruffled – wrinkled, disordered.
plumage – a natural covering of feathers.
sheepish – embarrassed, in a trance.
hulking – bulky, heavy and clumsy.
humy – (Australian) any crude aborigine hut of shelter.
creek – small in let of sea or river, a watercourse smaller than a river.
vermin – harmful, small-sized disgusting insects difficult to control.
DinKum – (Australian) a swear meaning genuinely or honestly speaking.
Shanghai – drug applied to make somebody unconscious.
lumbering – moving clumsily or heavily.
crop – throat of a bird.

Section-III

Gist:
Paragraphs: 37-40
Father was waiting for Maggie and Don at the bowser outside the store. Don had to go for orders on his pony. Maggie went upstairs and threw herself down on the bed. Whenever she closed her eyes she could see the Honey Man’s evil face. After her evening meal she went upstairs again without doing her homework. Her mother shouted for her but Maggie was still lying awake. She imagined herself running down the slope and stopping suddenly to see the bird. But she could recall nothing but the Honey Man and the bleeding dead bird.

Paragraphs: 41-50
It was raining lightly. So it was making scarcely any sound upon the roof. People were coming and going in the store below. All other noises were dumped. She thought of buying the dead bird. Her mother appeared there with a candle. Her mother asked why she was not asleep till then.‘She also said that Mr. Cafferty had a little accident of When he had been waiting at the shop for ambulance in order to be taken into hospital. Listening to this Maggie’s eyes got widened. She wanted to know whether he was dead. Her mother replied negatively. He had an Injury on the thigh. So Maggie said that he had to die. Her mother could not grasp anything and was wanted to know why the child Was saying that. She also added that everybody loved the Honey Man and he would be right very soon. Her mother told her to sleep.’Maggie again kept thinking of the event.

Analytical outlines:

  • Father was waiting for Maggie and Don.
  • He was waiting at the bowser outside the store.
  • Don had to go for orders on his pony.
  • Maggie went upstairs
  • She threw herself down on the bed.
  • She tried to close her eyes.
  • But she could see the Honey Man’s evil face.
  • After her evening meal, she went upstairs again.
  • She had not done her homework.
  • Her mother shouted for her.
  • But Maggie was still lying .awake.
  • She imagined herself running down the slope.
  • She stopped suddenly to see the bird.
  • But she could remember nothing.
  • She could recall Only the Honey Man.
  • She could also remember the bleeding dead bird.
  • It was raining lightly.
  • So it was making scarcely any sound upon the roof.
  • People were coming and going in the store below.
  • All other tortoises were silent.
  • She was thinking about buying the dead bird.
  • Her mother appeared there with a candle.
  • Listening to this, Maggie’s eyes got widened.
  • Maggie wanted to know whether he.
  • Her mother asked why she was not asleep till then.
  • She also said that Mr. Cafferty had little accident.
  • So, he had been waiting at the shop for ambulance.
  • He wanted it in order to go to hospital.
  • Listening to this, Maggie’s eyes got widened.
  • Maggie wanted to know whether he was dead.
  • Her mother replied negatively.
  • She fold that he had an injury on the thigh.
  • So Maggie said that he had to die.
  • Her mother could not understand anything.
  • She wanted to know about it.
  • She added that everybody loved the Hopey Man.
  • She wished that he would be all right very soon.
  • Her mother told her to sleep.
  • At last Maggie again kept thinking of that event.

CHSE Odisha Class 11 Alternative English Solutions Short Stories Chapter 1 The Rainbow-Bird

Meaning of difficult words:
bowser – truck filled with a tank.
trudge – to walk with labour or effort.
flung – threw
swaggering round – walking with a sense of superiority.

Read More: